Parker Seals NG Store

Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Fluid Power Seal

Design Guide
Catalog EPS 5370
06/2014
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
If you have questions about the products contained in this catalog, or their applications,
please contact:
Engineered Polymer Systems

Division
phone 801 972 3000
fax 801 973 4019
eps-ccare@parker.com
www.parker.com/eps
Care is taken in the preparation of

this publication; however Parker
shall not be responsible for a
user’s reliance on any inadvertent
typographical errors or omissions.
Information in this catalog is
only accurate as of the date of
publication. For more current
information, please consult the
Parker EPS Division website at
www.parker.com/eps.
Offer of Sale NOTE: Failure or improper selection or improper

use of seals or related items can cause death,
The items described in this document are hereby personal injury and property damage. Parker
offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its Hannifin shall not be liable for any incidental,
subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer consequential or special damages that result from
and its acceptance are governed by the provisions use of the information contained in this publication.
in the “Offer of Sale.”
WARNING !
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS
DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY
DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized
distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation by users having expertise. It
is important that you analyze all aspects of your application, including consequences of any failure and
review the information concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety of
operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and
testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all
performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs,
availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and its related companies at
any time without notice.
© Copyright 2007, 2008, 2014, 2018, Parker Hannifin. All rights reserved. Extracts may only be taken with permission. 12/19/2018
Parker Hannifin Corporation

Engineered Polymer Systems Division
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Table of Contents
Introduction 1
Click on a section title
to jump to that section.
Engineering 2
Materials 3
Fluid Power Applications 4
Rod Seals 5
Symmetrical Seals 6
Piston Seals 7
Wipers 8
Wear Rings / Bearings 9
Back-ups 10

Urethane O-Rings / D-Rings / Head Seals 11
Phone: 801 972 3000
Fax: 801 973 4019
www.parker.com/eps Metric Seals 12

Appendix
A Design Action Request Form Table of Contents
Click on an appendix title
to jump to that appendix.
B English / Metric Conversions
C Custom Groove Calculations
AN6226 Gland Dimensions

D & Tolerances (Army / Navy)
MS-28776 (MS-33675) Dash Size

E Grooves (for SH959 Profile WIpers)
Commercial PTFE Back-Ups for Retrofit

F MS-28774 and MS-27595 Grooves
G ISO Gland Tolerances

Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Introduction Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Parker Hannifin is the industry Parker Engineered Polymer Systems Division offers equipment
manufacturers the most comprehensive selection of fluid power seals
leader for sealing system
for hydraulic and pneumatic applications. Our expertise and complete
solutions for the product offering means Parker is your one source manufacturer and
fluid power industry. sealing solution partner. Our innovative technology and value-added
services allow us to engineer your success with leading edge material
development, experienced design, high quality manufacturing, and
outstanding customer service.
This guide provides design engineers with a range of profile and
compound combinations to configure part numbers for complete
sealing systems for most applications. The catalog offering includes
gland calculation tables for standard profiles and preferred profiles
which conform to conventional gland and cylinder designs.
Technical Assistance
If you need assistance, Parker’s team of experienced application
engineers is available to help with selection recommendations.
Custom Designs and Material Formulations

In addition to our catalog offering, our research and development
team can collaborate with you to design custom systems. Our material
science capabilities include the ability to modify existing compounds to
meet application requirements, or develop new formulations.
Definition of Terminology Used in This Catalog

Availability
Part number configurators and gland calculation tables for
Preferred Profiles recommended cross-sections in common size ranges are provided for
all profiles in this catalog. Information on where to check for current
Preferred Profiles represent
availability of sizes, cross-sections and part numbers not listed is
advanced Parker sealing
technology and compound
provided in the respective profile tables.
combinations.
Preferred Profiles
Profiles designated as “Preferred Profiles” represent advanced Parker
sealing technology and compound combinations
Parker Standard Sizes
Parker Standard Sizes
Exact part numbers which are
displayed in Prefered Profile Preferred Profiles contained in this catalog are available in “Parker
tables may be ordered from Standard Sizes” and respective seal materials as shown in the
Parker without necessity of respective profile Gland Dimension table with the “Parker Standard
tooling charges.1 Sizes” designation. The part numbers displayed in these tables may
be ordered from Parker without necessity of tooling charges. Minimum
1
Minimum order quantities apply and
lead times may vary. orders quantities apply and lead times may vary.
09/01/2015
1-1 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Catalog EPS 5370/USA CATALOG
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
Parker Fluid Power Seals
Rod Seals
Rod Seals, which guard against external leakage, are one of the most
vital components of the sealing system. In recognition of their critical
nature, Parker is pleased to offer the most complete range of materials
and profiles in the industry. Our portfolio of advanced plastic, rubber
and PTFE materials delivers the highest performance in a wide variety
of rod seal applications. Cutting edge technologies include multiple
sealing lip systems, shock-load resistance, low friction and ultra-dry
capability.
Symmetrical Seals
With thousands of available size and material combinations, Parker
symmetrical profiles are designed to act as either rod or piston seals,
allowing one part number to function in two applications. Often copied
but never equaled, the PolyPak® for hydraulic applications and the
8400 u-cup for pneumatic applications have revolutionized the fluid
power industry and become trusted standards. Symmetrical u-cups and
squeeze seals are available in a variety of lip shapes and materials.
Piston Seals
Our diverse product line of piston seal profiles suits a broad range
of hydraulic and pneumatic applications. Whatever the need, from
low pressure pneumatics to extreme hydraulic shock loading, Parker
has the solution. Profiles are available to meet the demands of uni-
directional and bi-directional pressure, low friction, easy installation,
port passing, and zero-drift scenarios.
Wipers
Just as rod seals are designed to keep fluid in, Parker wipers perform
to keep contamination out. Wipers work in conjunction with rod seals to
form the first line of defense in protecting a system and keeping it free
from dirt, mud, water, and other contaminants. Incorporating the latest
technology in aggressive wiping lips and OD exclusion, Parker has
solutions in press-in, snap-in, and double lip profiles.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
Wear Rings and Bearings

Parker offers a complete line of wear rings and bearing products
to fit any application. The product offering meets the full spectrum
of needs, from heavy duty hydraulic cylinders operating under the
highest temperatures and pressures to pneumatic applications
requiring low friction, long life and self-lubrication. No matter what the
application demands, Parker’s diverse bearing product line ensures that
performance requirements are met with maximized value.
Back-up Rings
Parker back-up rings offer simple solutions to safely increase system
pressure or solve an existing seal extrusion problem. Standard profiles
are available in a variety of materials to complement virtually any Parker
rod or piston profile.
Polyurethane O-rings, D-rings and Head Seals

Parker is pleased to offer the material advantages of the Resilon®
family of high performance polyurethanes in standard and custom
o-ring sizes. With high temperature Resilon o-rings and D-rings, the
need for back-ups can be eliminated, simplifying installation and
reducing damage due to spiral failure. Static polyurethane head seals
are ideal for replacing o-rings and back-ups in hydraulic cylinder
heads, fool-proofing installation and eliminating failures due to back-up
pinching and blow-out.
Metric Seals
Preferred Profile rod, wiper, and piston seal designs are offered in
metric Parker Standard Sizes.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
Rod Seals (See Section 5)
Application (Duty)
Hydraulic
Pneumatic
Profile Description Page
Medium
Heavy
Light
Premium non-symmetrical o-ring energized rod seal with a knife trimmed
primary lip and molded secondary lip. Preferred material is 4300. Additional 5-5
materials include 4301, 5065.
BD
BD Profile with positively actuated back-up. Preferred material is 5065 with 5-9
4655 back-up.
Premium non-symmetrical u-cup rod seal with a knife trimmed primary lip 5-13
BT and molded secondary lip. Preferred material is 4300.
Premium knife trimmed buffer or secondary seal designed to work with a

BR primary rod seal for heavy duty or zero-leak systems. Preferred material is 5-17
4300.
B3 Non-symmetrical u-cup with knife trimmed lip. Standard materials include 5-21
4300, 4700, 5065.
BS Non-symmetrical u-cup rod seal with knife trimmed primary lip and molded 5-23
secondary lip. Standard materials are 4300 family, 4700, 5065.
UR Standard non-symmetrical u-cup with trimmed lip. Standard material is 5-25

4615.
E5 Non-symmetrical low friction rounded lip pneumatic rod seal. Standard 5-27
materials include 4274, 4180, 4208, 5065.
Bi-directional rod “T-seal” available in no back-up, single back-up, and two

TR back-up o-ring groove sizes. Standard energizer materials include 4115, 5-29
4274, 4205, 4259. Back-ups available in Nylon, PTFE, PEEK.
ON Bi-directional, rubber energized PTFE cap rod seal. Full range of energizer 5-32
and PTFE materials available.
Bi-directional, low profile, rubber energized PTFE cap rod seal designed
CR to fit standard o-ring glands. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials 5-34
available.
OC Standard bi-directional rubber energized rectangular PTFE cap rod seal. 5-36
Full range of energizer and PTFE materials available.
OD Uni-directional rubber energized PTFE rod seal, typically used as a buffer or 5-38
secondary rod seal. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials available.
V6 Pneumatic cushion or check valve rod seal used to cushion the piston using 5-40
internal pressure. Standard materials include 4622, 4180, 4181, 4208.
OR Bi-directional rubber energized PTFE rod seal used in rotary or oscillating 5-42
applications. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials available.
Preferred Profile (see page 1-1 for definition).

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
Symmetrical Seals for Rod or Piston Applications (See Section 6)
Application (Duty)
Hydraulic
Pneumatic
Medium
Heavy
Light
Standard PolyPak®. A square shaped symmetrical squeeze seal with a
SPP knife trimmed scraper lip. Standard materials include 4615, 4622, 4651, 6-6
4263, 4207, 4266.
Deep PolyPak. A rectangular shaped symmetrical squeeze seal with a

DPP knife trimmed scraper lip. Standard materials include 4615, 4622, 4651, 6-10
4263, 4207, 4266.
Type B PolyPak. A rectangular shaped symmetrical squeeze seal with a

BPP knife trimmed beveled lip. Standard materials include 4615, 4622, 4651, 6-14
4263, 4207, 4266.
8400 Symmetrical rubber u-cups used primarily in pneumatic applications.

8400 series feature knife trimmed with a beveled lip. 8500 series feature 6-18
8500 a straight cut scraper lip. Preferred material is 4180. Additional materials
include 4274, 4208.
A dual lip seal created by the combination of a standard square PolyPak

SL shell and a rubber lip seal / energizer. Standard materials are a 4615 shell 6-24
and 4180 lip seal / energizer. Also known as SCL-Pak.
Standard symmetrical u-cup with trimmed beveled lips. Standard material

US is 4615. 6-27
Industry standard symmetrical u-cups per the old Army / Navy (AN)

AN specification. Standard material is 4295. 6-30
6226
Piston Seals (See Section 7)
Premium bi-directional rubber energized urethane cap piston seal.

BP Preferred material is 4304. 7-5
Standard bi-directional rubber energized urethane cap piston seal.

PSP Preferred material is 4622. Additional material includes 4300. 7-8
Four piece capped “T-seal” piston seal made from molded rubber
CT energizer, PTFE cap, and 4655 back-ups. 7-11
Bi-directional rubber energized step-cut nylon cap piston seal.

OK 7-13
Bi-directional piston seal created by the combination of a PIP Ring®

PIP pressure inverting pedestal back-up ring and Type B PolyPak®. 7-15
Standard material is a 4615 PolyPak with a 4617 PIP Ring.
Premium non-symmetrical u-cup with knife trimmed lip piston seal.

B7 Standard materials include 4300, 4700, 5065. 7-17

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
Piston Seals (See Section 7)
Application (Duty)
Hydraulic
Pneumatic
Medium
Heavy
Light
Standard non-symmetrical u-cup with trimmed beveled lip piston seal.
UP Standard material is 4615. 7-19
Non-symmetrical low friction rounded lip pneumatic piston seal. Standard

E4 materials include 4274, 4180, 4208, 50 65. 7-21
Low friction bumper and round lip seal profile for use in pneumatic
BMP applications. Standard materials include 4283, 4274 and 4208. 7-23
Bi-directional piston “T-seal” available in no back-up, single back-up, and

TP two back-up o-ring groove sizes. Standard energizer materials include 7-25
4115, 4274, 4205, 4259. Back-ups available in Nylon, PTFE, PEEK.
Economical medium duty bi-directional o-ring energized PTFE piston seal.

S5 Standard material is 0203 15% fiberglass-filled PTFE with nitrile energizer. 7-28
Split option available.
Medium to heavy duty bi-directional lathe cut energized PTFE piston

R5 seal. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials available. Split option 7-30
available.
Bi-directional three piece lathe cut energized PTFE cap piston seal with
CQ an integrated quad seal for zero drift. Also available with dual o-ring 7-32
energizer.
Bi-directional, rubber energized PTFE cap piston seal. Full range of

OE energizer and PTFE materials available. 7-34
Uni-directional rubber energized PTFE piston seal, typically used as

OG a buffer or secondary piston seal. Full range of energizer and PTFE 7-36
materials available.
Bi-directional low profile, rubber energized PTFE cap piston seal designed
CP to fit standard o-ring glands. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials 7-38
available.
Standard bi-directional rubber energized rectangular PTFE cap piston

OA seal. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials available. 7-40
Bi-directional rubber energized PTFE piston seal used in rotary or

OQ oscillating applications. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials 7-42
available.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
Wipers (See Section 8)
Application (Duty)
Hydraulic
Pneumatic
Medium
Heavy
Light
Premium snap-in wiper with OD exclusion lip and a knife trimmed wiping
YD lip. Preferred materials are 4300, 4301. 8-5
Slotted heel snap-in wiper for pneumatics and light to medium duty
SHD hydraulics. Preferred materials are 4615 and 5065. Additional materials 8-9
include 4263, 4208, 4207.
An industry standard slotted heel Army / Navy (AN) wiper designed to fit

SH959 MS-28776 (MS-33675) grooves. Standard materials are 4615, 5065. 8-13
Double-lip, press in place, metal canned wiper with knife trimmed sealing
AH lip for heavy duty hydraulics. Standard materials are 4300, 4700, 4615. 8-15
Standard single-lip, press in place, metal canned wiper with a knife

J trimmed lip for medium and heavy duty hydraulics. Preferred material is 8-17
4700. Additional materials include 4300, 4615.
Premium snap-in place double-lip wiper for hydraulic applications.

AY Preferred materials are 4300, 4301. Additional material includes 4700. 8-19
Standard snap-in place double-lip wiper. Standard materials for H wiper

H / 8600 are 4615, 5065. Standard material for 8600 wiper is 4181. 8-22
Double acting, double-lip, rubber energized PTFE wiper. Full range of

energizer and PTFE materials available. 8-24
AD
Wear Rings / Bearings (See Section 9)
Tight tolerance piston wear ring with chamfered corners. Standard

WPT material is 4733 WearGard™. 9-8
Tight tolerance rod wear ring with chamfered corners. Standard material
WRT is 4733 WearGard. 9-12
PTFE wear strip/bearing available cut to length or in bulk rolls. A variety

PDT of PTFE compounds are available. 9-16
Precision cut wear ring/bearing machined from PTFE billet material. Rod
PDW and piston chamfer may apply. 9-20
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
Back-ups (See Section 10)
Application (Duty)
Hydraulic
Pneumatic
Medium
Heavy
Light
Heavy cross-section modular back-up for PolyPak® seals. Standard
MB materials are 4617, 4652. 10-4
Light cross-section back-up for PolyPak and u-cup seals. Standard

8700 material is 4651. 10-6
Back-up rings designed for o-ring grooves. Standard material is 4651.

5100 10-8
Positively actuated back-up ring incorporated into common seal profiles

PAB to extend a seal’s pressure range. Sold as an assembly with the seal. 10-11
Anti-extrusion PTFE ring offered in solid and split configurations. Full PTFE
PDB material range applies. 10-12
Anti-extrusion wedged back-up ring set for extreme high pressure, high
WB temperature environments. 10-14
Urethane O-Rings, D-Rings and Head Seals (See Section 11)
High performance urethane o-ring made from the Resilon® family of high
568 temperature, low compression set urethanes. Preferred materials are 11-3
Resilon® 4300, 4301.
One-piece hydraulic valve sealing solution designed to replace o-ring and

DG back-ups in dynamic applications. Preferred materials are Resilon® 4300, 11-9
4301.
Static head seals designed to replace o-rings and back-up in static

HS applications. Standard material is 4700. 11-11
Metric Seals, Preferred Profiles (See Section 12)
Premium non-symmetrical u-cup rod seal with a knife trimmed primary lip 12-3
BT and molded secondary lip. Preferred material is 4300.
Premium snap in place double-lip wiper for hydraulic applications.

AY Preferred material is Resilon® 4300. 12-5
Premium bi-directional rubber energized urethane cap piston seal.

BP Preferred material is 4304. 12-7
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
General Application Guidelines
Parker’s selection of products is the broadest offering in the industry for hydraulic and pneumatic sealing
systems. Table 1-1 provides “General Application Guidelines” to help define possible differences between light,
medium and heavy duty applications. The product profile charts beginning on page 1-4 show corresponding
application duty recommendations for each profile.
Table 1-1. General Application Guidelines.
Hydraulic Pneumatic
Application
Parameter
Light Duty Medium Duty Heavy Duty Light Duty Heavy Duty
Pressure <1200 psi <3500 psi >3500 psi 1 to 200 psi Above 200 psi
Range (<83 bars) (<241 bars) (>241 bars) (0 to 14 bar) (Above 14 bars)
None or low Not to exceed twice Pressure spikes that Because of the Because of the
the system pressure. may be several times compressive nature compressive nature
Short duration such the system pressure of gases pressure of gases pressure
as valve shifting. and of a longer dura- spikes are typically spikes are typically
tion. These are often not a problem. not a problem.
Pressure mechanically induced
Spikes by forcing the rod in
or out.
Temperature 0°F to +160°F -20°F to +200°F -45°F to +225°F 0°F to +72°F Cryogenic to
Range (-18°C to +71°C) (-29°C to +93°C) (-43°C to +107°C) (-18°C to +22°C) +450°F (+232°C)
Low or non Moderate with Moderate to high with Low or non existing Moderate to high with
Contamin- existing cylinder in horizontal the cylinder upright – the cylinder upright –
ation or inverted position. vertical vertical
None to light with Moderate side Longer stroke lengths. None to light with Longer stroke
shorter stroke and load with cylinder Cylinder mounted shorter stroke and lengths. Cylinder
vertical cylinder mounted towards horizontal, heavy side cylinder mount mounted horizontal,
Side Loading mount. the vertical position. loading. vertical. heavy side loading.
Medium stroke.
It is not uncommon for the requirements of a sealing system to fall into multiple duty columns. When this
situation occurs you should select the majority of your components from the higher range.
When selecting a wiper, focus on contamination section.
In selecting a sealing component you will evaluate the temperature, pressure and pressure spike variables of
the application. With a wear ring, you will want to look at the temperature and side loading section. This does
not preclude the need to consider such things as fluid being sealed and stroke speed.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
The Parker Advantage
Parker is the world’s leading diversified manufacturer of motion and control technologies and systems,
providing precision-engineered solutions for a wide variety of commercial, mobile, industrial and aerospace
markets. The Engineered Polymer Systems (EPS) Division of Parker Engineered Materials Group, has over
40 years experience designing and manufacturing elastomeric, polymeric and plastic seals, materials, and
sealing systems for dynamic applications.
Global Access
Working with Parker EPS Division gives you access
to all of Parker’s seal products in North America,
Europe, and Asia. Our established worldwide network
of over 300 distributor and service center locations
combined with factory direct representatives, including
global sales and application engineering, ensures
access to quality products and engineering services
anytime, anywhere.
Quality Commitment
Parker strives to deliver excellence in quality Injection Molding Operations
and service through continuous improvement of
our people, products and systems. Our quality in real-world applications with a full complement of
registrations include manufacturing sites registered technology-driven tools to produce the answers you
to AS9100, ISO/9000, TS16949, and ISO13485 need.
standards.
Our implementation of Lean principles drives FEA
productivity improvements in all operations to support Utilizing advanced non-linear Finite Element
our goal of adding value – in every step of our process Analysis (FEA) software our engineers can perform
– to the things that matter most to our customers. extremely accurate virtual simulations of material
performance based on actual physical test data. These
Manufacturing Excellence simulations eliminate the need for multiple iterations
Parker’s manufacturing capabilities accommodate of costly prototype tooling, and dramatically reduce
a wide range of dynamic sealing needs, providing the development lead times. They also ensure first-time
following value benefits to our customers: selection of the best material and geometry for your
• State of the art manufacturing processes and application.
procedures that enable Parker to provide world
class products, in both standard and custom Mechanical Test Lab
designs Parker’s mechanical test lab is an important asset
• Specialized cellular manufacturing and Lean for validating new designs and qualifying seals
concepts that sustain both low and high volume to customers’ performance specifications. Our
runs with equal efficiency sophisticated mechanical test lab utilizes several
• Tooling capability breadth to produce seal breakthrough technologies, enabling engineers to
diameters as small as 1/16 inch and as large as validate seals and sealing systems for hydraulic,
9 feet without splicing pneumatic and rotary systems. All product testing
• Custom high speed trim machines that ensure is carried out in accordance with ASTM and SAE
a sharp sealing edge for the ultimate seal specifications. In addition, we conduct environmental
performance wherever possible. testing to customer-specific requirements modeled
after field use conditions.
Applications Engineering
Our team of experienced application engineers Premier Customer Support
can help you find the most reliable, cost-effective Worldwide support is just a phone call away. Parker
sealing solution for your product. These engineers sales representatives provide a single point of contact
are experts, combining decades of sealing experience for sealing support.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Engineering Catalog EPS 5370/USA
2
Contents Parker Fluid Power Seals for All Application
Sealing Theory............................. 2-1 Technologies
Static vs. Dynamic Sealing...... 2-1 Seals have been used since ancient times and have evolved into a
wide variety of shapes and materials. For those who are not familiar
Leakage Control....................... 2-2
with sealing technology, the number of options available can be
Lip vs. Squeeze Seals.............. 2-2 confusing. Selecting the most suitable product for a given application
Effects of Lip Geometries......... 2-3 can be difficult. This engineering section will assist in product selection
by explaining the fundamentals of seal design and material technology.
Friction..................................... 2-3
Pressure Effects and
Extrusion.................................. 2-4
Sealing Theory
Seal Wear................................. 2-5 Static vs. Dynamic Sealing
Seal Stability............................ 2-6 Every seal, whether static or dynamic, must seal against at least
Surface Speed......................... 2-6 two contacting surfaces. In static applications, both surfaces are
non-moving relative to one another. In dynamic applications at least
Compression Set..................... 2-7 one surface is in motion relative to the other sealing surface(s). For
Influence of Temperature......... 2-7 example, in a standard hydraulic cylinder, the rod and piston seals
would be classified as dynamic seals, while the seal between the bore
General Guidelines for and the head gland would be considered a static seal.
Hardware Design......................... 2-8
Hardware Surface Finish............. 2-9 In both static and dynamic applications, a certain amount of squeeze
Surface Finish Guidelines or compression is required upon installation to maintain contact with
for Reciprocating Seals.......... 2-11 the sealing surfaces and prevent fluid leakage. Dynamic applications in
particular involve other variables and require that additional factors be
Surface Finish FAQs............... 2-13 evaluated to ensure proper system performance. These variables are
Installation discussed in this section.
Considerations....................... 2-14
Installation Tools – Piston....... 2-16
Installation Tools – Rod.......... 2-17
Finite Element Analysis............. 2-18
Fig. 2-1. Hydraulic cylinder
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to Click to Go to
Catalog EPS 5370/USA CATALOG SECTION
Table of Contents Table of Contents
Engineering
Leakage Control Lip vs. Squeeze Seals
When choosing a sealing system, the desired The cross-sectional shape of a seal dramatically
result is ultimately leakage control. Seal design and affects how it functions, especially at low pressure.
material improvements have made it possible not The greatest trade-off in dynamic sealing is low
2 only to have seal combinations that provide zero friction performance vs. low pressure sealability. At
leakage, but also provide extended life in a variety low pressure, friction, wear and sealing ability are
of applications. Aside from the seals themselves, affected by whether or not the seal is a lip or squeeze
a thorough understanding of system parameters is profile (see Figure 2-3). With this in mind, seals are
necessary to obtain the best results. often categorized as either “lip seals” or “squeeze
seals,” and many fall somewhere in between. Lip
Optimal sealing is best achieved by taking a seals are characterized by low friction and low
systems approach to the seal package rather than wear; however, they also exhibit poor low pressure
considering components individually. Our profiles sealability. Squeeze seals are characterized by just
have been designed specifically to complement the opposite: high friction and high wear, but better
one another to create high performance systems. low pressure sealability.
For example, pairing a Parker rod seal with a Parker
wiper minimizes fluid leakage and maximizes
contamination exclusion. Our rod seals are designed Lip vs. Squeeze Seal
with knife-trimmed lips to ensure the best possible
film breaking. This dry rod technology permits
Decreasing Sealability
the wiper to be extremely aggressive, excluding
at Low Pressure
contamination without building up oil leakage around
the wiper. Another systems approach to effectively
control leakage is to incorporate multiple sealing lips.
Parker’s BR buffer ring, BT u-cup and AH double-
lip canned wiper are designed to work together to
give optimized performance and the driest sealing
available in the industry (see Figure 2-2). Increasing Friction
Figure 2-3. Lip seal vs. squeeze seal
As described above, a squeeze type seal will

generate much more sealing force than a lip type
seal. The assumption here is that both seals are
under zero or low pressure. However, as fluid
pressure increases, the differences between seal
types become insignificant due to the force from the
fluid pressure overcoming the designed squeeze.
Pressure generally improves leakage control, but
increases friction and its associated heat, wear and
potential for extrusion.
In pneumatic applications, low friction is of the

utmost importance. As such, lip seals are an
excellent choice for these low pressure applications.
Figure 2-2. BR, BT, AH sealing system for leakage control Conversely, in hydraulic cylinders, where high system
pressures easily overcome frictional forces, squeeze
Even when appropriate seals are specified, it is seals are often the appropriate choice. An example of
still possible to experience leakage due to factors a hydraulic application in which a squeeze seal would
extending beyond the seals themselves. Examples not be appropriate is a gravity returned hydraulic ram.
are hardware considerations like surface finish, In this case, a lip type hydraulic seal would generate
installation damage, seal storage, chemical wash lower friction, allowing the gravity return to function
downs, maintenance and contamination. Adhering properly.
to the design recommendations found herein not
only for seals, but also for the mating hardware will
provide the greatest likelihood of minimized leakage.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Engineering
Effects of Lip Geometries Factors that affect the radial force are:
Lip geometry will determine several functions • Pressure
of the seal. Force concentration on the shaft, film • Material modulus
breaking ability, hydroplaning characteristics and • Temperature
contamination exclusion are all factors dependent • Lip geometry 2
on lip shape. Table 2-1 shows four different lip • Squeeze vs. lip seal
shapes and provides helpful insights for choosing an
appropriate lip geometry. Factors that affect the coefficient of friction are:
• Seal material
• Dynamic surface roughness
Table 2-1. Seal Lip Contact Shape
• Temperature
Contact Straight • Lubrication
Rounded Beveled Square
Shape Cut
When the proper seal selection is made, most
Seal Lip seals will function such that friction is not a concern.
Shape However, when friction becomes critical, there are
Shape of several ways to reduce it:
Contact • Reduce the lip cross-section
Force/
Stress • Decrease lip squeeze
Profile • Change seal material
• Evaluate the hardware’s surface finish
Film • Reduce system pressure
Breaking Low High Very High Medium • Improve lubrication
Ability
Lowering friction increases seal life by reducing
Contamin- wear, increasing extrusion resistance, decreasing
ation Low Very High Low High
Exclusion compression set and the rate of chemical attack.
Tendency
to Hydro- High Very Low Low Medium Breakaway friction must be overcome for
plane movement to begin. It is influenced by the
Wipers duration in which an application remains
Pneu- stationary. The longer the duration, the more
Typical and Piston
matic Rod Seals
Uses U-cups Piston Seals lubrication will be forced out from between
Seals
the seal and the contacting surface. The seal
material then conforms to the profile of the
Friction surface finish. These events increase breakaway
Friction is a function of the radial force exerted by friction.
the seal and the coefficient of friction between the
seal and the dynamic sealing surface. Reducing
friction is generally desirable, but not always
necessary. Stick-slip is characterized by distinct stop-start
Arrows represent radial forces Friction is movement of the cylinder, and may be so rapid that
undesirable it resembles severe vibration, high pitched noise or
because of heat chatter. Seals are often thought to be the source of
generation, seal the stick-slip, but other components or hardware can
wear and reduced create this issue.
system efficiency.
Causes of stick-slip include swelling of wear
rings or back-up rings, extreme side-loading, valve
pulsation, poor fluid lubricity, external sliding surfaces
or seal pressure trapping. This condition can be
puzzling or difficult to resolve. Possible causes and
trouble-shooting solutions are listed in the following
Table 2-2.
Figure 2-4. Radial force
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Table 2-2. Stick-slip Causes and clearance gaps increase, less pressure is required in
Troubleshooting Tips order for extrusion to occur. Higher temperatures can
also play a role in this effect by causing seal materials
Possible Causes Troubleshooting Tips to soften, encouraging extrusion at lower pressures.
2 Surface finish out of Verify surface is neither too smooth If the seal material chosen is not suitable to be used
specification or too rough in the system fluid, softening due to chemical attack
Poor fluid lubricity Change fluid or use oil treatments can also decrease its ability to resist extrusion.
or friction reducers
The following Table 2-3 lists possible causes of
Binding wear rings Check gland dimensions, check for
thermal or chemical swell extrusion and troubleshooting tips for preventative or
corrective measures.
Side loading Review cylinder alignment,
incorporate adequate bearing area
Table 2-3. Extrusion Causes and
Seal friction Use material with lower coefficient Troubleshooting Tips
of friction
Possible Causes
Cycle speed Slow movement increases
likelihood of stick-slip Large extrusion gaps
High operating temperature
Temperature High temperature softens seals,
expands wear rings, and can Soft materials
cause thermal expansion
differences within hardware High system pressure
Valve pulsation Ensure valves are properly sized Pressure spikes
and adjusted Side loading
External hardware Review system for harmonic Wear rings
resonance Chemical compatibility
Pressure Effects and Extrusion Troubleshooting Tips
Extrusion occurs when fluid pressure forces Reduce extrusion gaps
the seal material into the clearance gap between Check gland dimensions
mating hardware. Dynamic motion further promotes Replace commercial grade wear rings with tight tolerance
extrusion, as surfaces in motion tend to pull material wear rings
into the extrusion gap, generating additional frictional Incorporate back-up rings
forces and heat. This can cause premature failure Evaluate size and positioning of wear rings for side load
via several modes. Extruded seal material can break resistance
away and get caught underneath sealing lips, creating Consider harder, higher modulus and tensile strength
leak paths. As material continues to break away, seal compound
geometry erodes, causing instability and eventual Match seal compound for pressure, temperature and fluid
leakage. Additionally, heat generated from added compatibility
friction will cause the seals to take a compression set,
By definition, the radial gap is one-half of the
dramatically shortening their life.
diametrical gap. The actual extrusion gap is often
Careful design mistaken as the radial gap. This is too optimistic
considerations in most cases because side loading of the rod and
should be evaluated piston will shift the diametrical clearance to one
to prevent extrusion. side. Often, gravity alone is sufficient for this to
For example, occur. Good practice is to design around worst case
minimizing clearance conditions so that extrusion and seal damage do not
gaps and selecting occur. Table 2-4 provides maximum radial extrusion
a proper material gaps for various seal compounds.
based on system
temperature,
pressure and fluid As a general rule of thumb, the pressure rating
are both helpful in of dynamic seals will be approximately one-half
reducing the risk that of static seals.
of extrusion. As
Figure 2-5. Extrusion damage
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Table 2-4. Typical Pressure Ratings for Standard Seal Compounds in Reciprocating Applications at
+160°F (see Note)
0.005" (0.13mm) Maximum radial gap

(typical gland dimensions without wear rings) 2
Tight tolerance wear rings, 0.010" (0.25mm)
Standard tolerance wear rings 0.013"
(0.33mm)
Pressure (psi)
PTFE
Urethane
thane
filled PTFE
filled
A Rubber
A Rubber
A Rubber
D (Plastic)
D (Plastic)
PTFE
Low Temp
A Polyure-
Nylon
Bronze-
70 Shore
80 Shore
90 Shore
60 Shore
65 Shore
Virgin
Glass-
P5065A88
90 Shore
40%
15%
Compounds
Note: Pressure ratings are based upon a test temperature of

+160°F (+70°C). Lower temperatures will increase a material’s Table 2-5. Factors Influencing Seal Wear
pressure rating. Higher temperatures will decrease pressure
ratings. Maximum radial gap is equal to the diametrical gap when
Factors that Influence Seal Wear
wear rings are not used. Wear rings keep hardware concentric, Rough surface finish Excessive abrasion may occur
but increase extrusion gaps to keep metal-to-metal contact from above 12 µin Ra
occurring, thereby decreasing pressure ratings when used.
Ultra smooth surface Surface finishes below 2 µin Ra
finish can create aggressive seal wear
As noted in Table 2-4, pressure ratings decrease due to lack of lubrication
when wear rings are used due to the larger High pressure Increases the radial force of the
extrusion gaps required to eliminate metal-to-metal seal against the dynamic surface
contact. If wear rings are used, be sure to consult High temperature While hot, materials soften, thus
Section 9 (Wear Rings) and Section 10 (Back-ups) reducing tensile strength
for appropriate hardware dimensions. Wear ring
Poor fluid lubricity Increases friction and temperature
hardware dimensions for the piston and rod throat at sealing contact point
diameters always supersede those dimensions called
out for the seals themselves. Tensile strength of Higher tensile strength increases
seal compound the material’s resistance to tearing
and abrading
Seal Wear
Fluid incompatibility Softening of seal compound leads
Seals will inevitably wear in dynamic applications, to reduced tensile strength
but with appropriate design considerations, this can
be minimized. The wear pattern should be even and Coefficient of friction Higher coefficient materials gener-
of seal compound ate higher frictional forces
consistent around the circumference of the dynamic
lip. A small amount of even wear will not drastically Abrasive fluid or Creates grooves in the lip, scores
affect seal performance; however, if the wear patterns contamination the sealing surface and forms leak
paths
are uneven or grooved, or if the amount of wear is
excessive, performance may be dramatically reduced. Extremely hard Sharp peaks on hard surfaces
sealing surface will not be rounded off during
There are many factors that influence seal wear, many normal contact with the wear
of which are described in the following Table 2-5. rings and seals, accelerating wear
conditions
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Seal wear may be indicated by flattening out of • Rough surfaces which create high friction
the contact point, or, in extreme circumstances, may • Cross-section (larger is better)
appear along the entire dynamic surface as shown in • Design features of a seal (i.e. stabilizing lip, non-
Figure 2-6. symmetrical design). Figure 2-8 illustrates how
2 design features can make a seal more stable. In
the first FEA plot, the seal is centered in the gland
and does not incorporate a stabilizing lip. In the
second plot, the seal is loaded against the static
gland and includes a stabilizing lip. Stability has
been enhanced by the design changes.
Figure 2-6. Seal wear on dynamic surface
Seal Stability Plot 1 Plot 2

Dynamic stability is integral to a seal’s performance, Figure 2-8. Design improvements for increased stability
allowing the lip to effectively contact the sealing
surface, eliminating rocking and pumping effects
and promoting an even wear pattern at the sealing Surface Speed
contact point. Instability can create leakage and seal The surface speed of a reciprocating shaft can
damage. A typical instability malfunction known as affect the function of a seal. Hydroplaning and
“spiral failure” can occur when o-rings are used in frictional heat may occur with excessive speed, while
reciprocating applications. Due to frictional forces stick-slip, discussed previously in the friction section,
that occur while the system is cycling, the o-ring will is most often associated with slow speed.
tend to roll or twist in the groove, causing leakage
and even possible breakage. A square geometry Hydroplaning occurs when hydrodynamic forces
will tend to resist this better than a round profile, but lift the sealing lip off of the dynamic surface, allowing
is not impervious to instability failure. Rectangular fluid to bypass the seal. The lip geometry, as well as
geometries provide the best stability in dynamic the overall force on the lip, will influence its ability to
applications. resist hydroplaning. Most hydraulic seals are rated
for speeds up to 20 inches/second (0.5 m/second),
Other less obvious factors that influence the but this may be too fast for certain lip geometries
stability of a seal are: or when the seal has a lightly loaded design. Table
• Percent gland fill 2-1 on page 2-3 shows which lip geometries are
• Hardness or stiffness of the seal material subject to hydroplaning. Straight cut and beveled
lip geometries are the most effective at resisting
hydroplaning so long as sufficient lip loading is
present to overcome the hydrodynamic forces.
High surface speeds can create excessive

frictional heat. This can create seal problems when
the dynamic surface is continuously moving. The
under-lip temperature of the seal will become much
hotter than the system fluid temperature, especially
when the seal is under pressure. If the heat being
generated cannot be dissipated, the seal will
experience compression set, wear, extrusion and/or
increased chemical attack.
Fig. 2-7. Instability failure of a square
profile piston seal
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Compression Set The seal shown in Figure 2-9 exhibits nearly 100%
Compression set is the inability of a seal to return to compression set with minimal wear. Note how the
its original shape after being compressed. As defined lips flare out very little.
by ASTM, it is the percent of deflection by which the
seal fails to recover after a specific deflection, time 2
and temperature. Compression set is calculated
using the following equation:
HI - HR
Compression Set = X 100
HI - HC
where
Compression
Deflected Recovered Set
HI HC HR
Figure 2-9. Seal exhibiting nearly 100%

compression set
HI = Initial height
HC = Compressed height
Influence of Temperature
HR = Recovered height
All seal materials have a specified operating
temperature range (see Section 3, Materials). These
Compression set reduces sealing forces, resulting in temperatures are provided as guidelines and should
poor low pressure sealability. It takes place primarily not be used as specification limits. It is wise practice
because of excessive exposure to a high temperature. to stay well within this range, knowing that physical
A material’s upper end temperature limit may give properties are severely degraded as either limit is
an indication of its compression set resistance. approached.
Although compression set always reduces the seal’s
dimensions, chemical swell or shrinkage can either Temperature affects extrusion, wear, chemical
positively or negatively impact the final geometry resistance and compression set, which ultimately
of the seal. If material shrinkage occurs due to the influences the sealing ability of a product. High
system fluid, the deflection of the seal will decrease, temperatures reduce abrasion resistance, soften
accelerating leakage. If chemical swell is present, materials, allowing them to extrude at lower
it can negate or offset the negative effects of pressures, increase compression set and can
compression set. While it is true that swelling can accelerate chemical attack. Low temperatures can
offset compression set, extreme fluid incompatibility cause materials to shrink and harden, reducing
can break down the polymer’s chemical structure and resiliency and sealability. Some of these problems
cause the material to be reformed in its compressed can be solved by using low temperature expanders
state. (See also page 3-9.) or metal
springs
as a
component
Lip wear is also a dimensional loss, but is not
of the seal
related to compression set. Dimensional loss due
selection
to lip wear will increase the final compression set
(see
value.
Section 3,
Materials).
Figure 2-10. Progressive effect (hydrolysis)

of high temperature water on standard
urethane seals (yellow) vs. Parker Resilon®
4301 polyurethane seals (aqua).
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
General Guidelines for Hardware Design
For easy assembly and to avoid damage to the seal during assembly, Parker recommends that designers
adhere to the tolerances, surface finishes, leading edge chamfers and dimensions shown in this catalog.
2 Table 2-6.
Installation Chamfer, Gland Radius, and Taper Installation Chamfer, Gland Radius, and Taper
Seal “A” “R” Seal “A” “R”
Cross Section Dimension Dimension Cross Section Dimension Dimension
1/16 0.035 0.003 9/16 0.130 0.030
3/32 0.050 0.015 19/32 0.135 0.040
1/8 0.050 0.015 5/8 0.145 0.040
5/32 0.070 0.015 21/32 0.150 0.040
3/16 0.080 0.015 11/16 0.160 0.040
7/32 0.080 0.015 23/32 0.165 0.040
1/4 0.080 0.015 3/4 0.170 0.040
9/32 0.085 0.015 25/32 0.180 0.060
5/16 0.085 0.015 13/16 0.185 0.060
11/32 0.085 0.015 27/32 0.190 0.060
3/8 0.090 0.015 7/8 0.200 0.080
13/32 0.095 0.015 29/32 0.205 0.080
7/16 0.105 0.030 15/16 0.215 0.080
15/32 0.110 0.030 31/32 0.220 0.080
1/2 0.120 0.030 1 0.225 0.080
17/32 0.125 0.030
Figure 2-11.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Hardware Surface Finish The three surface finishes shown in Figure 2-12 all
have the same Ra value but very unique
Understanding and applying the benefits of
characteristics.
appropriate surface finish specifications can
The first profile (A) RMS = Rq. The Root Mean
dramatically affect the longevity of a sealing system.
In a dynamic surface, microscopic variations form
is an example of Square (RMS) as defined by 2
a proper surface ISO 4287:1997 and other
recesses which hold an oil film between the seal lip
finish for dynamic standards is often defined
and the moving surface. If the surface is too smooth,
seals in which the as Rq. These terms are
friction and seal wear will be high because this oil
sharp peaks have interchangeable.
film will not be present. If the surface is too rough,
been minimized
the variations will create leak paths and accelerate
or removed. The Rq ≠ Ra. Confusion has
lip wear. For these reasons, it is critical to have an
second profile (B) typically existed regarding
in depth understanding of surface finishes as they
will exhibit high these values, leading to
pertain to dynamic sealing systems. As such, Parker
wear character- misconceptions that they
recommends following the guidelines for surface
istics because of are interchangeable. Rq and
finish as outlined below or conducting individual
the wide spacing Ra will never be equal on
testing for specific applications to validate seal
between the peaks. typical surfaces. Another
function and expected life.
The third profile (C) misconception is that there
will also wear out is an approximate 11%
Over the years, greater attention has been given
the seals quickly difference between the two.
to this subject as realizations about warranty
because of its Ground and polished surfaces
savings and system life become more prevalent.
extremely sharp can have Rq values that are
As equipment required to measure and maintain a
peaks. 20 to 50 percent higher than
proper surface finish has evolved and improved, the
Ra. The 11% difference would
subject of surface finish has become more complex.
Ra is sufficient only occur if the surface being
Traditional visual inspection gauges are no longer
to define the measured took the form of a
sufficient to effectively measure surface finish.
magnitude of true sine wave. A series of
Profilometers are now commonly used to achieve
surface roughness, tests conducted at Parker has
precise measurements with repeatable results. In the
but is insufficient shown Rq to be 30% higher
same way, the terms used to define a surface finish
to define a surface than Ra on average.
have also advanced.
entirely in that it
only describes the What’s the Significance?
For many years, a single surface parameter has
average deviation Specifications previously
often been used to quantify surface finish. RMS
from the mean based on a maximum surface
(also known as Rq) stands for Root Mean Square and
line, not the nature finish of 16 µin RMS for
has historically been the most typical value. In more
of the peaks and ground and polished rods
recent years, the Arithmetic Average Roughness, Ra,
valleys in a profile. should specify a maximum
has become more frequently specified. Using either
To obtain an finish of 12 µin Ra.
of these parameters by itself is inadequate to define
a proper reciprocating sealing surface. Figure 2-12 accurate surface
depicts why this parameter alone cannot accurately description, parameters such as Rp, Rz and Rmr
describe a surface finish. (tp) can be used to define the relative magnitude of
the peaks and the spacing between them. These
parameters are defined in Table 2-7, and their
18 µin Ra combination can identify if a surface is too rough or
A
even too smooth for reciprocating applications.
There are other parameters that can be considered

18 µin Ra for surface finish evaluation. For example, the
B
limitation of Rt is that it considers only one
measurement, while Rz, Rp and Rmr consider the
full profile.
18 µin Ra
C
Figure 2-12. Different surface finishes yielding same Ra value
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Table 2-7. Roughness Parameter Descriptions Figure 2-13 graphically represents Ra. The shaded
area, which represents the average height of the
Parameter Descriptions profile, Ra, is equal to the area of the hatched portion.
The mean line, shown in red, splits the hatched area
Roughness parameters are defined per ISO
2 4287:1997 and ISO 4288:1996.
in half and forms the center line for Ra. The graph
also shows Rq, which is higher than Ra.
Ra* – Arithmetic average or mean deviation from Figure 2-14 shows the actual surface profile of a
the center line within a sampling length. polished chrome rod.
Rq* – Root mean square deviation from the Upon examination of the profile, it can be seen
center line within a sampling length. that the polishing operation has removed or rounded
the peaks producing a positive affect on the
Rp* – Maximum profile peak height within a
characteristics of the sealing surface, as described
sampling length. Also known as Rpm in ASME
below by Ra, Rp, Rz and Rmr.
B46.1 – 2002.
• Ra = 8.9 µin
Rv* – Maximum profile valley depth within a
• Rp = 14.8 µin (which is 1.7 x Ra, less than the 3x
sampling length. Also known as Rvm in ASME
B46.1 – 2002. guideline)
• Rz = 62.9 µin (which is 7.1 x Ra, less than the 8x
Rz* – Maximum height of profile within a guideline)
sampling length (Rz = Rp + Rv). • Rmr = 74%
NOTE: ISO 4287:1984, which measured five

Figure 2-14 also illustrates how Rp and Rz are
peaks and five valleys within a sampling length, is
calculated using the following equations:
now obsolete. This value would be much lower
because additional shorter peaks and valleys
are measured. Over the years there have been Rp = Rp1 + Rp2 + Rp3 + Rp4 + Rp5
5
several Rz definitions used. Care needs to be
taken to identify which is used.
Rt – Maximum height of the profile within the Rz1 + Rz2 + Rz3 + Rz4 + Rz5
evaluation length. An evaluation length is typically Rz =
five sampling lengths. 5
Rmr – Relative material ratio measured at a given

NOTE: In the profile shown in Figure 2-14, Rt = Rz2
height relative to a reference zero line. Indicates
because the tallest peak and deepest valley occur in
the amount of surface contact area at this height.
the same sampling length.
Also known as tp (bearing length ratio) in ASME
B46.1 – 2002.
Figure 2-15 considers the same surface and
illustrates how the Rmr value of 74% is determined.
*Parameters are first defined over a sampling
To accomplish this, locate the height of the curve at
length. When multiple sampling lengths are
5% material area (this is the reference line or “zero
measured, an average value is calculated, resulting
line”). From this height, move down a distance of
in the final value of the parameter. The standard
25% Rz and locate the new intersection point along
number of sampling lengths per ISO 4287:1997 and
the curve. This new intersection point is the actual
ISO 4288:1996 is five.
Rmr value of 74%.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Figure 2-13.
Figure 2-14.
Figure 2-15.
Surface Finish Guidelines for Four parameters have been selected to define a
Reciprocating Seals proper surface finish for hydraulic and pneumatic
Recommendations for surface roughness are reciprocating applications. These parameters are
different for static and dynamic surfaces. Static Ra, Rp, Rz and Rmr. For descriptions of these
surfaces, such as seal groove diameters, are parameters, please consult Table 2-8.
generally easier to seal and require less stringent
roughness requirements; however, the type of fluid Grinding as a final process for dynamic sealing
being sealed can affect the guidelines (see Table surfaces is rarely sufficient. In order to obtain
2-8). It is important to remember that surface finish an acceptable Rmr value, the surface must often
recommendations will vary depending upon the seal be ground and polished. If the surface is not
material of choice. PTFE seals require smoother polished in addition to being ground, the ratio of
finishes than seals made from polyurethane and most Rp and Rz to Ra will be too high or Rmr ratio too
rubber compounds. low.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Table 2-8. Surface Finish Guidelines
Ra Guidelines
Thermoplastic and Rubber Seals PTFE Seals
2 Application
Dynamic Surfaces Static Surfaces Dynamic Surfaces Static Surfaces
4 µin (0.1 µm) 8 µin (0.2 µm)
Cryogenics — — maximum maximum
Helium Gas 3 to 10 µin 12 µin (0.3 µm) 6 µin (0.15 µm) 12 µin (0.3 µm)
Hydrogen Gas (0.08 to 0.25 µm) maximum maximum maximum
Freon
Air
Nitrogen Gas
Argon 3 to 12 µin 16 µin (0.4 µm) 8 µin (0.2 µm) 16 µin (0.4 µm)
Natural Gas (0.08 to 0.3 µm) maximum maximum maximum
Fuel (Aircraft and
Automotive)
Water
Hydraulic Oil 3 to 12 µin 32 µin (0.8 µm) 12 µin (0.3 µm) 32 µin (0.8 µm)
Crude Oil (0.08 to 0.3 µm) maximum maximum maximum
Sealants
Rp Guidelines

Application
If Ra ≥ 5 µin If Ra ≥ 5 µin
(0.13 µm), then (0.13 µm), then
Rp ≤ 3 × Ra Rp ≤ 3 × Ra
— —
All media/fluids If Ra < 5 µin If Ra < 5 µin
(0.13 µm), then (0.13 µm), then
Rp ≤ 3.5 × Ra Rp ≤ 3.5 × Ra
Example: If Ra = 4 µin, then Rp ≤ 14 µin.
Rz Guidelines

Application
Rz ≤ 8 × Ra and 70 Rz ≤ 8 × Ra and 64
Rz ≤ 6 × Ra Rz ≤ 6 × Ra
µin (1.8 µm) maximum µin (1.6 µm) maximum
All media/fluids
Example: If Ra = 4 µin, then Rz ≤ 32 µin (dynamic calculation)
Note: Rz values above maximum recommendations will increase seal wear rate.
Rmr Guidelines
Application
45% to 70%
(thermoplastic)
— 60% to 90% —
55% to 85%
All media/fluids (rubber materials)
Rmr is measured at a depth of 25% of the Rz value based upon a reference level (zero line) at 5%
material/bearing area.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Surface Finish FAQs How can a dynamic surface finish be too
smooth?
What is the difference between RMS (Rq) There are two areas of concern that have been
and Ra? observed on extremely smooth surfaces, the first
being seal wear, the second being leakage. When 2
RMS which stands for Root Mean Square (and
surface finishes have been measured at or below
now known as Rq), is one way of quantifying the
1 µin Ra, an extremely accelerated seal wear rate
average height of a surface. The Arithmetic Average,
has been observed. A small jump to 1.8 to 2 µin
Ra, quantifies the surface in a different manner,
Ra shows significant improvement, indicating that
providing a true mean value. These parameters will
the extremely low range should be avoided. With
almost always be different, but there is not an exact
higher values showing even greater life extension, the
relationship between the two for a typical sealing
optimal range for Ra has been determined to be 3 to
surface of random peaks and valleys. If a surface
12 µin.
were to perfectly resemble a sine wave, the result
would place the RMS value 11% higher than Ra, but Regarding leakage, some seal designs that function
this is not a very realistic scenario. On various ground well with 6 to 12 µin Ra finishes begin to leak when
and polished surfaces, RMS has been observed to be the finish falls below 3 µin Ra. Due to technological
as much as 50% higher than Ra, but on average, runs advances, there are many suppliers who manufacture
about 30% higher. If this 30% average difference is rods with finishes this smooth. It is always necessary
applied to a 16 µin RMS specification, the maximum to validate seal performance, especially if using an
recommended value would be 12 µin Ra. ultra-smooth dynamic surface.
Why are Rp and Rz specified as a function When does a dynamic surface finish
of Ra, and not simply a range? become too rough?
Take a shaft with the minimum recommended value Although it is possible for some seals to function
of Ra = 3 µin, for example. Using the formula for Rz, when running on rough finishes, there are always
the maximum value would be calculated as 24 µin concerns with accelerated wear and leakage control.
(8 x 3). If the requirement simply stated a range that Certain seals have been able to function at 120 µin Ra
allowed Rz values up to 70 µin, this large difference finishes for short periods of time, but seal life in these
indicates that the surface profile could have many cases can be reduced up to five or six times. On the
large, thin surface peaks which would abrade the seal contrary, some seals have failed at surface finishes
quickly. By the same regard, a maximum Ra value as low as 16 µin Ra when pressure was insufficient
of 12 µin would result in an Rz value of 96 µin (12 to effectively energize the sealing lips as they
x 8), which is beyond the recommended maximum rapidly wore out. Even though a rough finish is not
value of 70 µin. The same principle applies for Rp: a guaranteed failure mode, it is always best to stay
peaks should be removed to reduce seal wear via a within the recommended specifications. Remember
polishing process. Grinding without polishing can that a proper finish also meets the recommendations
leave many abrasive surface peaks. for Rp, Rz and Rmr listed in the surface roughness
guidelines.
Why is Ry (also known as Rmax) not used
in Parker’s roughness specification?
Ry only provides a single measurement (a vertical
distance from one peak to valley) within the whole
evaluation length. In actuality, there may be several
peaks and valleys of similar height, or there may only
be one large peak or valley. Rp and Rz provide much
more accurate results, showing the average of five
peak to valley measurements (one measurement in
each of the five sampling lengths). Furthermore, ISO
4287:1997 and ISO 4288:1996 standards no longer
incorporate the use of Ry.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Installation 3. Lubrication. Both the seal and its installation
path must be lubricated prior to insertion. The
lubricant should be selected for its compatibility
Considerations with the seal compound and the working fluid
2 Installation techniques may vary considerably it will later encounter. Often, the working fluid
from case to case, depending on whether a seal is itself can be used as the lubricant (see Table
being replaced as a maintenance procedure or being 2-9).
installed in the original manufacture of reciprocating
assemblies. Variations also arise from differences Table 2-9. Seal Installation Lubricants
in gland design. A two-piece, split gland design,
Temp.
although rarely used, poses fewer problems than a Type Range Seal Use Seal Material
“snap-in” groove positioned deep inside the body Compatibility
°F (°C)
of a long rod gland. In production situations, or
where frequent maintenance of similar or identical Petro- -20 to +180 Hydrocar- Molythane®,
leum (-29 to +82) bon fluids; Resilon®,
assemblies is performed, it is customary to utilize base Pneumatic Polymyte®,
special tools to permit fitting a seal into its groove (Parker systems Nitroxile®, HNBR,
without overstressing it or subjecting it to nicks and O Lube) under 200 NBR, FKM,
psi (DO NOT use
cuts during insertion. with EPR)
Silicone -65 to +400 General Molythane,
The common issues associated with all installation grease (-54 to purpose; Resilon, Polymyte,
procedures are: or oil +204) High Nitroxile, HNBR,
(Parker pressure NBR, EPR, FKM
1. Cleanliness. The seal and the hardware it Super pneumatic
O Lube)
must traverse on its way into the groove, as well
Barium -20 to +300 Pneumatic Molythane,
as the tools used to install the seal, must be grease (-29 to systems Resilon, Polymyte,
cleaned and wiped with lint-free cloths. +149) under 200 Nitroxile, HNBR,
psi NBR, FKM
2. Nick and Cut Protection. Threads, sharp Fluoro- -65 to +400 Oxygen EPR
corners and burrs can damage the seal. Care carbon (-54 to service
should be taken to avoid contact with these fluid +204)
surfaces. Burrs must be removed, sharp corners
should be blunted or radiused, and threads
should be masked or shielded with special
insertion tooling (see Figure 2-16). Although it is 4. Lead-in Chamfer. A generous lead-in chamfer
good practice to take extra care in the handling will act as a guide to aid in seal installation. With
and manipulation of the seal, this is seldom the proper lead-in chamfer, the seals can be
sufficient and it usually requires either a safety installed without lip damage. Refer to Figure
tool or masking to protect the seal against such 2-17 below and Table 2-6 on page 2-8 for proper
damage. lead-in chamfer dimensions.
Lead-in
Chamfer
Rod or
Bore Dia
Figure 2-16. Thread protection installation tool cutaway view Figure 2-17. Seal installation lead-in chamfer
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
5. Heating. Where harder or fabric-reinforced
compounds are used in snap-in applications,
elasticity of the seal may fall short of that
required for stretching or compressing onto
(or into) the groove. Since seal compounds 2
characteristically exhibit a high thermal
coefficient of expansion, and tend to soften
somewhat when heated, it is sometimes
possible to “soak” the seals in hot lubricant
to aid installation. Be sure to observe the
compound temperature limits, and avoid heating
the seals while stretched. Heating a seal while
stretched will invoke the Gow-Joule effect and
actually shrink the seal.
6. Cross Section vs. Diameter. Care must be

taken to properly match a seal’s cross-section
to its diameter. If the cross-section is too large
in relation to the diameter, it will be difficult
to snap-in or stretch the seal into the groove.
This condition is typically only associated with
polyurethane, Polymyte® and other high modulus
materials. The data shown in Table 2-10 may be
used as a guide to determine this relationship for
ease of installation.
Table 2-10. Seal Cross Section vs. Diameter

Installation Guide
Installation Guide
Cross Section vs. Diameter
Minimum Diameter Minimum Diameter

Cross Rod Seal Piston Seal
Section Poly- Poly-
Polymyte Polymyte
urethane urethane
1/8" .750 I.D. 1.000 I.D. 1.250 I.D. 1.750 I.D.
3/16" 1.000 I.D. 1.750 I.D. 1.750 I.D. 2.750 I.D.
1/4" 1.750 I.D. 2.750 I.D. 3.000 I.D. 4.500 I.D.
3/8" 3.000 I.D. 5.000 I.D. 6.000 I.D. 8.000 I.D.
1/2" 6.000 I.D. 8.000 I.D. 10.000 I.D. 12.000 I.D.
3/4" 8.000 I.D. 9.000 I.D. 15.000 I.D. 17.000 I.D.
1" 10.000 I.D. 10.000 I.D. 20.000 I.D. 25.000 I.D.
7. Installation Tools. Use installation tools as

recommended (see pages 2-16 and 2-17).
8. Itemize and Use a Check List. All components

required to complete a sealing assembly
should be itemized and checked off as they are
installed. The absence of any single component
can cause the entire system to fail.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Installation Tools — 6. If back-up rings are to be used, install split versions into their
Piston Seals proper location or use the mandrel method in Step 5 for non-
The installation of piston seals can split rings.
be greatly improved with the use of
2 installation tooling. Tooling not only 7. For PTFE cap seals, slide the resizing tool over the seal to
makes the installation easier, but also compress the seal to its original diameter (Figures 2-20, 2-21).
safer and cost effective for high volumes
as seals are less likely to be damaged
when using proper tooling. For piston 16
(0.4)
seal installation using tooling, use the
following steps: Blend Radius
5° - 10°
1. Inspect all hardware and tooling for
any contamination, burrs or sharp
edges. Clean, debur, chamfer, or 0.015 in. Max
radius where necessary. Make (0.038mm)
sure the piston and groove are Min. Seal ID
minus 0.100
undamaged. in. (2.54mm)
2. If using a two-piece energized cap

seal, install the o-ring or rubber
energizer into the groove per Figure 2-18. Expanding mandrel
vendor specifications.
3. Install the expanding mandrel onto Piston Piston Ring Expanding

Mandrel
the piston (Figure 2-18).
4. Light lubrication and/or warming

(+140°F max) may aide installation.
Use system compatible lubricant
only.
5. Place the seal onto the expanding

mandrel, and using hand pressure
or a pusher, if necessary, gently
push the seal along the taper until
Piston Ring
it snaps into place (Figure 2-19). Groove Pusher
Figure 2-19. Installation of piston seal with tooling
Resizing Tool Resizing Tool

5° - 10° Piston
16
(0.4)
Max. Seal OD +
2x Seal Cross
Section
Blend Radius
Seal
Figure 2-20. Resizing tool Figure 2-21. Resizing
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Installation Tools — Rod Seals
Many rubber, plastic and PTFE rod
seals can be manipulated by hand for
installation into the seal groove. Small
diameter parts or parts with large cross 2
sections may require a two piece (split)
groove for installation. Special tooling
can be utilized to help the installation
process; however, PTFE and Polymyte®
seals in particular require caution to
ensure the sealing component is not
nicked, dented or damaged. The
following guidelines provide the steps Seal normal state Seal folded state
for proper rod seal installation. If
needed, please call your local Parker Figure 2-22. Rod seal folding
representative for recommendations.
1. Inspect all hardware and tooling for

any contamination, burrs or sharp
edges. Clean, debur, chamfer or
radius where necessary. Make
sure the bore, groove and rod are
undamaged.
2. If using a two-piece, energized cap

seal, first carefully install the o-ring
or rubber energizer into the groove
to ensure proper seating.
3. By hand, gently fold the seal into

a kidney shape (Figure 2-22) and
install into the groove. For rubber Figure 2-23. Three-leg installation tool for polyurethane and rubber seals
and polyurethane seals, the use of
a three-prong installation tool can
be helpful for folding the seal and
installing it into the groove (Figure
2-23).
4. Unfold the seal into the groove,

and using your finger, feel the Housing
inside diameter of the seal to make
sure it is properly seated.
5. For PTFE seals, after unfolding the Resizing rod

seal in the groove, use a resizing
tool (Figure 2-24) to re-expand the
Seal
seal.
6. If a back-up ring is to be used

with the rod seal, position the
seal toward the internal side of
the groove to allow space for the
back-up ring installation.
Figure 2-24. Rod seal installation
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Engineering
Finite Element Analysis
Finite Element Analysis (FEA) is a powerful
computer simulation tool that allows engineers
to evaluate product designs and materials and to
2 consider “what if” scenarios in the development
phase. FEA helps minimize time and cost by
optimizing a design early in the process, reducing
pre-production tooling and testing. Within the
simulation program, the product being evaluated is
divided into “finite elements,” and model parameters
such as pressure and seal lip squeeze are defined.
The program then repeatedly solves equilibrium
equations for each element, creating an overall
picture of seal deformation, stress and contact forces Figure 2-25.
(see Figure 2-25). These results can then be linked to
application testing to predict performance.
Precise material characterization is an essential 2500
component of accurately modeling elastomeric

products with FEA. Due to the complex nature of
elastomers, multiple tests must be performed in
order to determine their behavior under stress and
strain. Figure 2-26 shows the typical nonlinear
Stress (psi)
stress-strain curves for elastomers compared to the

linear property of steel. These nonlinear complexities
0
make performing FEA for elastomers much more

difficult than for metal materials. Advances in Urethane
material characterization are continually being Rubber
made to improve the ability to capture and predict Steel*1000

thermoviscoelastic effects of elastomers.
-2500
Strain (in/in)
FEA results must be linked with lab and field testing
to create a baseline to predict seal performance. Figure 2-26. Stress/Strain relationship of steel vs. elastomers
Once this baseline is established, design iterations
can be performed within FEA until the desired results
are achieved and an optimum design
is predicted. This evaluation process Traditional Procedure Modern Method
enables engineers to anticipate the (main loop) (side loop)
performance of new seal designs Design Design
by minimizing the time and cost

associated with prototype tooling
C
investments (see Figure 2-27). Cutting a Mold C Investigation by FEA H
1
H A
A N
Like any computer simulation, N G
2
FEA has its limitations. The cost Sample –Production G
Does the Design
E
E
of performing FEA should always Probably fulfill
The given
be justified by its results. FEA can 3 Functional Testing requirements ?
provide relative information on

leakage performance and wear life,
but cannot give concrete answers Requirements?
to questions like, “Will this seal leak,

1 Cutting a Mold
and if so, how much?” and “How
many cycles can be expected before Development successfully finished
failure occurs?”
Figure 2-27. Traditional process vs. modern seal development process using FEA
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Materials Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Parker Engineered Materials for the Fluid Power

Material Classifications............... 3-1 Industry
Thermoplastics There are two basic considerations in specifying a well-designed
Elastomers.......................... 3-2 sealing system, both of which are equally integral to system 3
TPU – Polyurethanes performance: seal configuration, discussed in Section 2, and material,
TPCE – Polymyte® discussed herein. When selecting from the wide range of material
Engineered Resins.............. 3-3 options that Parker offers, there are a number of considerations to be
Nylons made:
UltraCOMP™ (PEEK)
• Typical Physical Properties
Thermoset Elastomers
give a broad picture of a material’s performance.
Rubber................................ 3-4 • Chemical Compatibility
Nitriles (NBR) matches the sealing material with the system fluid and operating
Nitroxile® (XNBR)
environment.
Hydrogenated Nitrile (HNBR)
• Thermal Capabilities and Extrusion Resistance
Ethylene Propylene (EPR)
define limits of application parameters.
Fluorocarbon (FKM)
• Friction and Wear
PTFE....................................... 3-6 help to determine the performance and life of the seal package.
Non-filled PTFE • Storage, Handling and Installation guidelines
Filled PTFE ensure seal integrity for optimal performance.
Typical Physical Properties......... 3-8
With in-house material development and compounding for
Hardness................................. 3-8
thermoplastic, thermoset and PTFE materials, the ability to maintain
Modulus of Elasticity.............. 3-8 control over all variables during the manufacturing process allows
Ultimate Tensile Strength........ 3-8 Parker to achieve optimal physical properties of its thermoplastic
Ultimate Elongation................ 3-9 materials. Parker’s
commitment
Resilience............................... 3-9 to offering the
Compression Set.................... 3-9 highest quality
Parker Materials Typical Physical sealing materials
Properties is unsurpassed in
the industry. To
Thermoplastics .................... 3-11
ensure long life and
Elastomers........................ 3-11 system integrity, it is
Resins............................... 3-12 critical to consider
Thermoset Elastomers.......... 3-14 all variables in an
PTFE..................................... 3-16 application before
Rubber Energizers specifying a material.
for PTFE seals................... 3-18
Back-ups Figure 3-1. Materials Test Lab
for PTFE seals................... 3-19
Chemical Compatibility............. 3-20 Parker EPS Material Classifications
Temperature Limits.................... 3-20 Classes of materials offered by Parker for fluid power profiles include:
Storage and Handling............... 3-20
• Thermoplastics — Elastomers and Engineered Resins
• Thermoset Elastomers — Rubber (Nitrile,
Nitroxile®, EPR, FKM, etc.)
• PTFE — Non-filled and filled TFE materials.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Thermoplastics
All thermoplastics are resins designed to soften
and melt when exposed to heat. Utilizing an injection
molding process, thermoplastics are melted at high
temperature and injected into the mold. It is then
cooled causing the plastic to solidify. If high heat
is introduced again, the molded part will melt. The
molecules of thermoplastics are held together by
physical bonds rather than chemical bonding.
3
Elastomers — Polyurethane (TPU)
Polyurethanes exhibits outstanding mechanical
and physical properties in comparison with other
elastomers. Specifically, its wear and extrusion
resistance make it a popular choice for hydraulic
Figure 3-2. Resilon® 4301 (P4301A90)
applications. Its temperature range is generally -65°F
to +200°F (-54°C to +93°C), with some compounds,
such as Resilon® 4300 having higher temperature P4306A90 — Resilon® 4306 Tan
ratings up to +275°F (+135°C). Polyurethanes are 90 Shore A hardness polyurethane formulated for
highly resistant to petroleum oils, hydrocarbon lower friction and heat resistance. This material
fuels, oxygen, ozone and weathering. On the other features proprietary lubrication for lower friction to
hand, they will deteriorate quickly when exposed help reduce heat build-up and wear.
to acids, ketones and chlorinated hydrocarbons.
Unless specifically formulated to resist hydrolysis P4311A90 — Resilon® 4311 Red
(Resilon® 4301), many types of polyurethanes are 90 Shore A hardness polyurethane with high
sensitive to humidity and hot water. Other acronyms resilience and lower friction. This formulation resists
polyurethane may be known by are AU, EU, PU, and internal heat generated through hysteresis making
TPU or may simply be known as urethanes. For this compound ideal for shock applications such as
typical physical properties, see Table 3-1 on page bumpers.
3-11.
P4500A90 — Polyurethane Green
P4300A90 — Resilon 4300®
Tan 90 Shore A hardness polyurethane with good
90 Shore A hardness polyurethane manufactured abrasion and extrusion resistance to improve the
by Parker specifically for sealing applications. This life of the seal. It also has excellent rebound which
proprietary compound was developed to offer enhances response time to shock and side loading.
extended temperature capability, excellent resistance
P4615A90 — Molythane® Black
to compression set and high rebound characteristics
that are unparalleled in the industry. USP Class VI P4615A90 is a 90 Shore A hardness, general purpose
certified. polyurethane, offering high abrasion and extrusion
resistance and is an industrial standard sealing
P4301A90 — Resilon® 4301 Aqua compound. USP Class VI certified.
90 Shore A hardness polyurethane formulated for
water resistance. This Parker proprietary compound P4617D65 — Molythane® Black
can be used for both water and petroleum based P4617D65 is a harder, 65 Shore D, version of
fluids. USP Class VI certified. Molythane ideal for use in anti-extrusion devices.
P4304D60 — Resilon® 4304 Brown P4622A90 — Ultrathane® Yellow
60 Shore D hardness polyurethane formulated
90 Shore A hardness polyurethane formulated with
to resist extrusion. This compound offers higher
internal lubricants for lower friction to help reduce
extrusion resistance for seals and anti-extrusion
heat build-up and wear.
devices.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
P4700A90 — Polyurethane Green W4655 — Nylon 6,6 with MoS2 Gray
90 Shore A hardness polyurethane formulated to offer Wear resistant nylon loaded with molybdenum
enhanced physical properties over Molythane with disulfide (MoS2) for reduced friction. This compound
improved sealing capabilities due to lower is ideally suited for use in back-up rings. 4655 is
compression set and higher rebound. susceptible to water absorption.
P5065A88 — Low Temp Polyurethane Dark Blue W4733 — WearGard™ Green

88 Shore A hardness polyether based polyurethane Heat stabilized, internally lubricated, 35% glass
formulated for an improved low temperature range reinforced nylon for tight-tolerance wear rings.
and higher resilience than Molythane. This compound WearGard is a dimensionally stable compound with 3
offers a softer feel for easy installation. NSF/ANSI 61 high compressive strength and is featured in Parker’s
certified. distinctive green color.
Elastomers — Polymyte® (TPCE) Engineered Resins — UltraCOMP™

Polymyte is a Parker proprietary polyester (PEEK)
elastomer. It has exceptionally high tear strength, UltraCOMP engineered thermoplastics are
abrasion resistance, modulus, and a wide semicrystalline materials manufactured for extreme
temperature range of -65°F to +275°F (-54°C to temperatures, chemicals and pressures. Their
+135°C). Polymyte is resistant to petroleum fluids, excellent fatigue resistance and stability in high
some phosphate ester and chlorinated fluids, temperature environments make them the material
common solvents and water below +180°F. It is not of choice where other materials fail. With a melt
compatible with cresols, phenols, and highly temperature of over +600°F, UltraCOMP can be used
concentrated acids. Due to its higher hardness and at continuous operating temperatures of -65°F up
modulus, seals made from this material can be to +500°F. Superior strength and wear resistance
difficult to install. Also, care must be taken not to properties make it an ideal alternative to metal or
damage the seal lips during assembly into the gland. metal alloys in applications where weight, metal-
to-metal wear or corrosion issues exist. Such
Z4651D60 — Polymyte® Orange capabilities translate into reduced equipment down
60 Shore D hardness Polymyte is used for seals in time and increased productivity. For example,
applications requiring extended extrusion resistance UltraCOMP back-up rings exhibit optimum strength-
and/or fluid compatibility. flexibility for ease of installation and high tensile
strength properties for premiere extrusion resistance.
Z4652D65 — Polymyte® Orange UltraCOMP is available in molded geometries and
machined geometries.
65 Shore D hardness Polymyte is ideal for back-ups
and other anti-extrusion devices.
Engineered Resins
Engineered resins such as Nylons and PEEK,
sometimes called hard plastics, are generally
categorized as compounds with hardness measured
on the Rockwell M or R scale. These compounds
exhibit high tensile and compressive strength and are
typically used in wear rings for bearing support and in
auxiliary devices for extrusion resistance. For typical
physical properties, see Table 3-2 on page 3-12.
Engineered Resins — Nylons

W4650 — MolyGard® Gray Figure 3-3. UltraCOMP™ HTP (PEEK)
Heat stabilized, internally lubed, 30% glass-reinforced
nylon for standard tolerance wear rings.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
W4685 — UltraCOMP™ HTP (PEEK) Tan
An unfilled engineered thermoplastic material
specified for use in extreme conditions spanning
multiple industries. Its excellent tensile strength
facilitates its successful use as back-up rings and
anti-extrusion devices. In addition, UltraCOMP HTP’s
elongation properties (>60% per ASTM D638) allow it
to be flexed and twisted without breaking.
3 W4686 — UltraCOMP™ GF (PEEK) Tan

30% glass filled blend provides enhanced
compressive strength over UltraCOMP HTP.
W4737 — UltraCOMP™ CF (PEEK) Black

30% carbon fiber blend provides enhanced tensile
and compressive strength over UltraCOMP GF. Figure 3-4. Thermoset elastomers
W4738 — UltraCOMP™ CGT (PEEK) Gray N4008A80 — NBR Black

10% carbon, 10% graphite, and 10% PTFE blend for 80 Shore A hardness low temperature nitrile. This
enhanced compressive strength and reduced friction. is a premium, low ACN nitrile for use when low
temperature sealability is the primary requirement.
Thermoset Elastomers — Rubber N4115A75 — NBR Black
Unlike thermoplastic elastomers, thermoset
75 Shore A hardness general purpose nitrile with
elastomers gain their strength from an irreversible
medium ACN content for use where a softer seal is
cross linking process that occurs when the
needed.
compound is subjected to pressure and heat.
During this process, or “cure”, special chemical N4121A90 — NBR Black
agents within the compound react to the heat and
90 Shore A hardness, high ACN nitrile with an
pressure to vulcanize the molecules together. Once
exceptionally high modulus which gives this
cured, thermoset compounds obtain the necessary
compound outstanding extrusion resistance.
physical properties needed to function in fluid sealing
N4121A90 also has good compression set properties.
applications. Reheating thermoset compounds will
not cause them to melt as thermoplastics do. For
N4180A80 — NBR Black
typical physical properties, see Table 3-3 on page
3-14. 80 Shore A hardness general purpose nitrile with
medium ACN content. N4180A80 has good chemical
compatibility, sealability and moderate extrusion
Nitrile (NBR) resistance. N4180A80 has excellent compression set
Nitrile rubber (NBR) is the general term for resistance even at higher temperatures.
acrylonitrile butadiene copolymer. Nitrile compounds
offer good resistance to abrasion, extrusion, and N4181A80 — NBR Black
compression set. The acrylonitrile (ACN) content 80 Shore A hardness, medium ACN nitrile with fiber
influences the physical properties of the compound. added for reinforcement. The fibers also help to
As the ACN content increases, oil and solvent retain lubrication for reduced friction. N4181A80 is
resistance improve, tensile strength, hardness and often used in the 8600 wiper seal to resist extrusion.
abrasion resistance increase, while permeability,
low temperature flexibility, and resilience decrease. N4182A75 — NBR Black
Parker offers a variety of nitrile compounds, 75 Shore A hardness, general purpose nitrile for use
formulated with varying ACN content, to provide when low temperature sealability is required.
the best physical properties for a wide range of
applications. Typical temperature ratings are -40°F to
+250°F (-40°C to +121°C).
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Nitroxile® (Carboxylated Nitrile) (XNBR) N4031A85 (KA183) — HNBR Black
Carboxylated nitriles are formed by exposing 85 Shore A hardness hydrogenated nitrile formulated
nitrile polymer to carboxylic acid groups during for low temperatures.
polymerization. This forms an improvement over
nitrile by producing a more wear resistant seal N4032A80 (KB162)2 — HNBR Black
compound with enhanced modulus and tensile 80 Shore A hardness hydrogenated nitrile.
strength. Nitroxile® offers exceptionally low friction
characteristics and has excellent resistance to N4033A90 (KB163) — HNBR Black
petroleum oils, hydrocarbon fuels and water. The 90 Shore A hardness hydrogenated nitrile formulated
typical temperature range for Nitroxile is -10°F to for improved chemical compatibility. 3
+250°F (-23°C to +121°C).
N4257A85 — XNBR Black

Ethylene propylene has excellent dimensional
85 Shore A hardness carboxylated nitrile that has
stability in water-based fluids and steam; however,
an internal lubricant as an aid to reduce friction. It
it should never be exposed to petroleum lubricants,
is ideal for pneumatic applications with excellent
water / oil emulsions, solvents or other petroleum
compression set properties.
based fluids (CAUTION! Do not lubricate the seals
N4263A90 — XNBR Black with petroleum oils or greases during installation).
Ethylene propylene rubber is compatible with
90 Shore A hardness carboxylated nitrile that is
Skydrol®3 and other phosphate ester fluids used
formulated for increased hardness, modulus and
in aircraft hydraulic systems. EPR is also the
tensile strength to provide extra toughness in
recommended seal material for automotive brake
applications requiring nitrile seals. This compound
fluids (DOT 3, 4 and 5) as well as many commercial
has excellent resistance to extrusion, explosive
refrigerants. Ethylene propylene rubber is also useful
decompression and abrasion.
in sealing weak alkalis, acids, and methyl ethyl ketone
(MEK). The typical temperature range is -65°F to
+300°F (-54°C to +149°C). Maximum temperature in
85 Shore A hardness carboxylated nitrile that is water or steam is +400°F (+240°C).
formulated with a proprietary internal lubricant for
exceptionally low friction operation. This is the E4207A90 — EPR Black
premier carboxylated nitrile in the sealing industry.
90 Shore A hardness general purpose EPR with
excellent dimensional stability in water-based fluids
and steam. With its additional hardness it is able to
75 Shore A hardness carboxylated nitrile with an be used at higher pressures than the 80 Durometer
internal lubricant as an aid to reduce friction. It compounds. It has excellent compression set
is ideal for pneumatic applications with excellent properties as well as excellent compatibility with such
compression set properties. fluids as DOT 3 brake fluid.
Hydrogenated Nitrile (HNBR) E4259A80 — EPR Black

Hydrogenated nitrile offers improved chemical 80 Shore A hardness general purpose EPR with
compatibility and heat resistance over standard nitrile excellent dimensional stability in water-based fluids
by using hydrogen in the formulation to saturate and steam. This compound has excellent chemical
the backbone of the nitrile molecule. However, compatibility and compression set resistance.
the compound usually becomes less flexible at low
temperatures. This can be offset to some degree E4270A90 — EPR Black
by adjusting the ACN content as is done with NBR. 90 Shore A hardness EPR formulated for steam/
Typical temperature ratings are -25°F to +320°F geothermal environments with an upper temperature
(-32°C to +160°C). range of +600°F (+315°C). Excellent compression set
resistance.
N4007A95 — HNBR Black
95 Shore A hardness hydrogenated nitrile featuring
2 Compound numbers in parenthesis cross-reference to Parker
excellent resistance to extrusion and explosive Engineered Materials Group “ORD” material numbers.
decompression to meet Norsok M-710. 3 Skydrol® is a registered trademark of Solutia Inc.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Fluorocarbon Elastomers (FKM) PTFE
Fluorocarbon elastomers are highly specialized PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) offers the following
polymers that show the best resistance of all rubbers characteristics over thermoplastic and thermoset
to chemical attack, heat and solvents. FKM is of compounds, making it a unique problem solving
critical importance in solving problems in aerospace, solution for sealing applications:
automotive, chemical and petroleum industries. FKM
is suitable for use in most hydraulic fluids except • Low coefficient of friction
Skydrol® types and ester-ether fluids. Standard The low coefficient of friction (.06) of PTFE
temperatures range from -20°F to +400°F (-29°C to material results from low interfacial forces
3 +204°C). between its surface and other materials that
come in contact. This behavior of PTFE material
V1238A95 — FKM Black eliminates any possibility of stick-slip effects in
dynamic sealing applications.
95 Shore A hardness fluorocarbon resistant to
• Wide temperature range
explosive decompression and extrusion. Improved
PTFE’s high melting point and morphological
low temperature performance of -20°F to +400°F
characteristics allow components made from
(-29°C to +204°C).
the resin to be used continuously at service
V1289A75 — FKM Black temperatures to +600°F (+315°C). For sealing
cryogenic fluids below -450°F (-268°C), special
75 Shore A hardness fluorocarbon formulated for
designs using PTFE and other fluoropolymers are
improved low temperature performance of -40°F to
available.
+400°F (-40°C to +204°C).
• Chemically inert
• Dry running capability
V4205A75 — FKM Black
• Resist temperature cycling
75 Shore A hardness general purpose fluorocarbon. • High surface speeds
• Low water absorption
• Low dielectric constant and dissipation factor
90 Shore A hardness general purpose fluorocarbon.
Enhancing Performance of PTFE with Fillers
In fluid power applications, it can be beneficial to
95 Shore A hardness extended wear and extrusion add fillers to PTFE compounds in order to enhance
resistant fluorocarbon. their physical characteristics. Specific fillers can
be incorporated to provide improved compression
V4281A85 — FKM Black strength, wear, creep and extrusion resistance.
85 Shore A hardness fluorocarbon formulated for
improved low temperature performance of -30°F to
+400°F (-34°C to +204°C).
Non-Filled PTFE
0100 — Virgin PTFE White
Virgin PTFE has no fillers and is considered FDA and
potable water safe.
Filled PTFE
0102 — Modified Virgin PTFE Turquoise
Virgin PTFE modified with custom pigmentation
features similar basic properties as virgin, but offers
increased wear and creep resistance and lower gas
permeability.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
0401 – Bronze Filled Bronze
Bronze is a self lubricated, long-wearing material
that offers superior frictional characteristics and high
temperature capabilities.
Brown
Carbon fiber lowers creep, increases flex and
compressive modulus and raises hardness.
Coefficient of thermal expansion is lowered and
thermal conductivity is higher for compounds of 3
carbon fiber filled PTFE. This is ideal for automotive
applications in shock absorbers and water pumps.
Figure 3-5. PTFE
0601 — Aromatic Polyester Filled Tan
Aromatic polyester is excellent for high temperatures
0120 — Mineral Filled White and has excellent wear resistance against soft,
Mineral is ideal for improved higher temperatures and dynamic surfaces. This filler is not recommended for
offers low abrasion to soft surfaces. PTFE with this sealing applications involving steam.
filler can easily be qualified to FDA and other food-
grade specifications. Composite Resins
0203 — Fiberglass Filled Gold 0810 – Standard Polyester Based With PTFE Pink
Glass fiber is the most common filler with a positive Polyester-based fabric-reinforced resin formulated
impact on creep performance of PTFE. Glass fiber to handle severe side loads and swell from moisture.
adds wear resistance and offers good compression Internally lubricated for dry running service. Typical
strength. temperature rating is -40°F to +200°F (-40°C to
+93°C).
0204 / 0205 — MoS2 and Fiberglass Filled Gray
Molybdenum disulfide (MoS2) increases the hardness 0811 – Graphite Filled Polyester Based Gray
of the seal surface while decreasing friction. It is Polyester-based fabric-reinforced resin filled with
normally used in small proportions and combined with graphite to handle severe side loads and swell from
other fillers such as glass. MoS2 is inert towards most moisture. Low friction, non-lubricated service.
chemicals. 0205 blended for improved compressive Typical temperature rating is -40°F to +200°F (-40°C
strength. to +93°C).
0301 — Graphite Filled Black 0812 – MoS2 Filled Polyester Based Gray
Graphite filled PTFE has an extremely low coefficient High temperature polyester-based fabric-reinforced
of friction due to the low friction characteristics of resin filled with molybdenum disulfide. Low friction,
graphite. Graphite is chemically inert. Graphite non-lubricated service. Typical temperature rating is
imparts excellent wear properties and high PV values -40°F to +400°F (-40°C to +204°C).
to PTFE.
0813 – PTFE Filled Polyester Based Yellow
0307 — Carbon-Graphite Filled Black High temperature vinyl ester-based fabric-reinforced
Carbon reduces creep, increases hardness and resin filled with PTFE. Internally lubricated for dry
elevates the thermal conductivity of PTFE. Carbon- running service. Typical temperature rating is -40°F to
graphite compounds have good wear resistance and +400°F (-40°C to +204°C).
perform well in non-lubricated applications.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Typical Physical Property
Information
There are six significant typical physical properties
that affect seal performance. It is important to
understand how the physical properties of a
compound relate to each sealing application and to
know that the fluid being sealed may change these
original characteristics. The six critical properties
3 identified below each show detail concerning
their impact on sealing as well as measurement
techniques.
1 — Hardness
Hardness, also referred to as durometer, is a
property frequently associated with extrusion
resistance when exposed to pressure (see Table 2-4
on page 2-5). It is not a good indication of extrusion
resistance when comparing different material
classifications. For example, a polyurethane and a
nitrile compound with the same hardness will not
share the same extrusion resistance. Hardness also
relates to low pressure sealability, since the ability of
a seal to conform to a mating surface depends, to
a high degree, on the hardness of the material. The
Figure 3-6. Hardness Scale Comparison Between Shore A,
harder a material, the less it will conform to a sealing Shore D, and Rockwell R
surface at low pressure. As hardness increases,
modulus and compressive strengths typically increase informational purposes is the International Rubber
as well. This means that harder seals are typically Hardness Degree (IRHD), as described in ASTM
more difficult to install and often have greater friction. 1414/1415, Din 53519, and ISO 1400/1818. The
IRHD and Shore methods do not provide comparable
Hardness is measured by how easily a specified values and should not be used to relate one material
surface is deformed by an indenter. “Shore A” and to another.
“Shore D” are the two most common scales for
seal materials. Both scales use a rounded indenter 2 — Modulus
to impact the surface being measured. Shore A is Modulus is truly what gives a seal material its
typically used to measure softer materials, while extrusion resistance. It is a measure of the force
harder materials are measured on the Shore D scale. required to stretch an elastomer a certain percentage
Although the Shore A scale has a max value of 100, it of its original length. Modulus of a material can
is recommended to switch to the Shore D scale past more simply be thought of as its stiffness and is
95 Shore A. These two scales overlap one another as also an indication of the ease of installation. Higher
shown in Figure 3-6. modulus materials resist stretching and compression,
increasing installation difficulty. (ASTM method D412)
Standardized test methods for this physical
property are ASTM 2240 and DIN 53505, which 3 — Ultimate Tensile Strength
corresponds to ISO 48. This test procedure has a
Ultimate tensile strength is closely related to wear
repeatability of ±5 points, because its accuracy is
resistance, toughness and therefore service life of the
dependent on the flatness of the specimen and the
seal. This property is the amount of force required
skill of the technician. For this reason, measuring
to reach ultimate elongation, physically breaking the
material hardness on a seal itself, with its irregular
material. Polyurethane and filled PTFE compounds
surface, is discouraged and can only be used with
generally have very high tensile strength, providing
caution as a relative value.
the associated excellent tear and abrasion resistance.
A second method of measuring hardness that Most rubber compounds have much lower tensile
is seldom used and is only presented here for strength values, often resulting in one fifth the wear
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Elongation is also a good indicator of chemical
compatibility. If changes are observed after a material
sample is soaked in a fluid, it is possible that the seal
is being adversely affected. In this situation, the fluid
will typically attack and break the polymeric chain,
reducing the ultimate elongation. (ASTM method
D412)
5 — Resilience
Resilience, also known as rebound, strongly 3
correlates to how quickly a seal will respond to
changing conditions in a dynamic environment. This
property measures the ability of a material to return to
its original shape after being deformed, as well as the
speed at which it can achieve this.
Examples of conditions that require seals to exhibit

excellent resilience are out-of-round cylinders and
Figure 3-7. Modulus of Elasticity rapid side loading situations that cause the rod
to move sideways quickly. Applications with high
vibration or high stroke speed can also benefit from
high resiliency seals. (ASTM method D2632, DIN
53512)
Figure 3-8. Tensile Strength
life of higher tensile materials. (ASTM method D412

and DIN 53504) It should be noted that values Figure 3-9. Rebound Resilience
obtained from the DIN standard are typically higher
than those from the ASTM standard as there is a
difference in the test specimen and the pull rate.
6 — Compression Set
4 — Ultimate Elongation Compression set is the inability of a seal to return
to its original shape after being compressed. It
Ultimate elongation is most closely associated
is associated with a sealing material’s “long-term
with installation, but can also be a good indicator of
memory” and is considered to be one of the most
chemical compatibility. This property is the distance
critical properties of the seal. For a seal to maintain
a material will stretch before breaking, expressed
radial pressure and establish a continuous sealing
as a percentage of its original length. It can be
line, it must resist stress relaxation during the time
important in small diameter seals because it can
and at the temperature to which it is exposed. As
limit the amount of stretch available for installation.
the seal begins to take a compression set, it loses
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
its inherent ability to seal and may require other Parker Materials Typical Physical
influences to maintain a positive sealing force.
Examples of such factors would be system pressure Properties
or an expander working to energize the sealing lips.
Typical physical properties for Parker fluid power
The lowest possible compression set value is always
product materials are shown in the corresponding
advantageous because it represents the least amount
tables:
of lost sealing force over time.
Table
As defined by ASTM, compression set is the Material Classification (page)
3 percent of deflection by which the seal fails to recover
Thermoplastics
after a specific deflection, time and temperature (see
Figure 3-10). When comparing compression set Elastomers
values between two materials, it is important to note TPU
both the time and temperature of the tests being Polyurethanes Table 3-1,
(pg 3-11)
compared. Even though a typical compression set TPCE
value is based on a 70 hour period, many times a 22 Polymyte®
hour period may be used for time and convenience
Engineered Resins
sake. A 22 hour compression set value will always be
dramatically better than that of a 70 hour test under Nylons Table 3-2,
the same temperature condition. It is also important (pgs. 3-12,
UltraCOMP™ (PEEK) 3-13)
to know that each elastomer family is generally tested
Composite Resins
at a different temperature or series of temperatures.
Be sure that the temperatures of the test data closely Thermoset Elastomers
approximate the temperature the seal will be used in. Rubber
(ASTM method D395, DIN 53517) Nitriles
Table 3-3
Nitroxile®
Ethylene Propylene (pgs. 3-14,
Fluorocarbon 3-15)
HI - HR
Compression Set = H - H X 100 PTFE for Fluid Power Seals
I C
Non-filled PTFE Table 3-4
where: Filled PTFE (pgs. 3-16,
3-17)
Compression
Deflected Recovered Set Rubber energizer materials for Table 3-5
PTFE fluid power seals (pg 3-18)
HI Back-up ring materials for PTFE Table 3-6

HC HR fluid power seals (pg 3-19)
HI = Initial height
HC = Compressed height
HR = Recovered height
Figure 3-10. Compression set calculation
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Table 3-1. Typical Physical Properties: Thermoplastics — Elastomers
Shore Compression
Service Tensile Hardness 100% Set
Parker Material Typical Applications Temperature Strength Ultimate Modulus Re– Abrasion
Material Trade Name at Break Elong- Rating
and Description Range psi bound Best
Code (Color) ation at °F = 10
°F (°C) psi (MPa) A D (MPa) Set (°C)
Thermoplastic Elastomers — TPU, Polyurethanes
P4300A90 Polyurethane Proprietary compound offering -65 to +275 8021 638% 90 — 1674 30.9% +212 61% 10
Resilon® 4300 extended temperature range, (-54 to +135) (55.3) (11.5) (+100)
high rebound. USP Class VI
(Tan) certified. 3
P4301A90 Polyurethane For petroleum based fluids. -35 to +275 7188 548% 92 — 1958 22.3% +158 41% 8.1
(oil) Resilon® 4301 (-37 to +135) (49.6) (13.5) (+70)
(water) (Aqua) For water based fluids. USP Class -35 to +225
VI certified. (-37 to +107)
P4304D60 Polyurethane Offers higher extrusion -65 to +275 6896 571% — 56 2949 40.9% +158 56% 9.8
Resilon® 4304 resistance for seals and (-54 to +135) (47.5) (20.3) (+70)
anti-extrusion devices.
(Brown)
P4306A90 Polyurethane Formulated for low friction. -65 to +275 6480 626% 91 — 1490 30.3% +158 62% 9.0
Resilon® 4306 (-54 to +135) (44.7) (10.3) (+70)
(Tan)
P4311A90 Polyurethane Formulation resists internal heat -65 to +275 7475 628% 92 — 1698 35.9% +212 63% 8.2
Resilon® 4311 generated through hysteresis, (-54 to +135) (51.5) (11.7) (+100)
ideal for shock applications.
(Red)
P4500A90 Polyurethane Offers good abrasion and -65 to +200 6585 555% 93 — 1831 32.9% +158 42% 7.6
extrusion resistance with (-54 to +93) (45.4) (12.6) (+70)
(Green) excellent rebound.
P4615A90 Polyurethane General purpose industrial -65 to +200 7368 557% 94 — 1828 29.2% +158 36.4% 9.4
Molythane® polyurethane offering high (-54 to +93) (50.8) (12.6) (+70)
abrasion resistance. USP Class
(Black) VI certified.
P4617D65 Polyurethane General purpose industrial -65 to +225 5504 475% — 66 3485 — — — 6.7
Molythane® polyurethane offering high (-54 to +107) (37.9) (24.0)
extrusion resistance.
(Black)
P4622A90 Polyurethane Formulated with internal -65 to +225 6759 507% 95 — 1874 31.8% +158 32% 7.6
Ultrathane® lubricants for lower friction (-54 to +107) (46.6) (12.9) (+70)
to help reduce heat build up.
(Yellow)
P4700A90 Polyurethane Enhanced properties over 4615 -65 to +200 5783 568% 92 — 1786 22.8% +158 41% 6.3
to improve sealing capabilities (-54 to +93) (39.9) (12.3) (+70)
(Green) from lower compression set.
P5065A88 Polyurethane Formulated for an improved low -70 to +200 5033 660% 86 — 1073 27.2% +158 50% 5.5
temp range and higher resilience (-57 to +93) (34.7) (7.4) (+70)
(Dark Blue) than 4615. NSF/ANSI 61cert'd
Thermoplastic Elastomers — TPCE, Polymyte®
Z4651D60 Polymyte® Used in applications requiring -65 to +275 5807 715% — 56 2466 44.2% +158 — 6.4
extended extrusion resistance (-54 to +135) (40.0) (17.0) (+70)
(Orange) and fluid compatibility.
Z4652D65 Polymyte® Primarily used for back-up rings -65 to +275 6171 698% — 60 2607 45.5% +158 — 6.9
and other anti-extrusion devices. (-54 to +135) (42.5) (18.0) (+70)
(Orange)
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Table 3-2. Typical Physical Properties: Thermoplastics — Engineered Resins
Tensile
Parker Service Flexural
Strength
Material Material Color Typical Applications and Description Temperature Range Strength
at Break
Code °F (°C) psi (MPa)
psi (MPa)
Nylons
W4650 MolyGard® Gray Heat stabilized, internally lubed 30% -65 to +275 17500 22600
glass-reinforced nylon for standard (-54 to +135) (121) (156)
3 tolerance wear rings.
W4655 Nylon 6,6 Gray Wear resistant nylon with molybdenum -65 to +275 13000 16000
disulfide for lower friction, suited for (-54 to +135) (89.6) (110)
back-up rings.
W4733 WearGard™ Green High compressive strength, 35% -65 to +275 18300 25500
glass-reinforced nylon for tight tolerance (-54 to +135) (126) (176)
wear rings.
UltraCOMP™ (PEEK)
W4685 UltraCOMP™ HTP Tan A homogenous engineered thermo- -65 to +500 14000 23600
plastic used for extreme conditions in (-54 to +260) (96.5) (163)
many markets.
W4686 UltraCOMP™ GF Tan 30% glass filled engineered thermoplastic -65 to +500 22600 30700
with enhanced compressive strength. (-54 to +260) (156) (212)
W4737 UltraCOMP™ CF Black 30% carbon fiber blend, provides enhanced -65 to +500 32400 43200
tensile and compressive strength. (-54 to +260) (224) (298)
W4738 UltraCOMP™ CGT Gray Thermoplastic material blended with carbon, -65 to +500 20400 33400
graphite and PTFE for reduced friction. (-54 to +260) (141) (230)
Composite Resins
0810 Standard Polyester Pink Polyester-based fabric-reinforced resin to -40 to +200 11000 —
Based With PTFE handle severe sideloads and swell from (-40 to +93) (75.8)
moisture. Internally lubricated for dry
running service.
0811 Graphite Filled Gray Polyester-based fabric-reinforced resin filled -40 to +200 11000 —
Polyester Based with graphite to handle severe sideloads (-40 to +93) (75.8)
and swell from moisture. Low friction,
non-lublicated service.
0812 MoS2 Filled Gray High Temperature Polyester-based -40 to +400 11000 —
Polyester Based fabric-reinforced resin filled with Molybdium (-40 to +204) (75.8)
Disulfide. Low friction, non-lubricated
service
0813 PTFE Filled Yellow/Tan High Temperature vinyl ester-based -40 to +400 11000 —
Polyester Based fabric-reinforced resin filled with PTFE. (-40 to +204) (75.8)
Internally lubricated for dry running.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Table 3-2. Typical Physical Properties: Thermoplastics — Engineered Resins (cont’d)
Rockwell
Parker Hardness Notched IZOD Tensile Shear Flexural Compressive Permissible Water
Material Impact Strength Modulus Strength Modulus Strength Compressive Load Absorption
Code Ft–Lbs/In. Kpsi (MPa) psi (MPa) Kpsi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) (24 Hour) %
M R
Nylons
W4650 77 114 1.37 952 9390 860 21000 21700 0.50 to 0.70
(6560) (64.7) (5930) (145) (150)
3
W4655 — 119 1.69 536 9,500 406 12000 — 0.50 to 1.40
(3700) (65.5) (2800) (82.7)
W4733 87 117 1.15 899 9820 1,100 21500 21700 0.50 to 0.70
(6200) (67.7) (7580) (148) (150)
UltraCOMP™ (PEEK)
W4685 — 126 2 507 7687 579 17100 — 0.50

(3500) (53.0) (3990) (118)
W4686 — 124 2 1653 14068 1334 31100 — 0.11

(11400) (97.0) (9200) (214)
W4737 — 124 2 3234 12328 2697 34800 — 0.06

(22300) (85.0) (18600) (240)
W4738 — 100 2 1464 — 1189 21700 — 0.06

(10100) (8200) (150)
Composite Resins
0810 100 — — 500 — — 50000 — 0.10

(3450) (345)
0811 100 — — 500 — — 50000 — 0.10

(3450) (345)
0812 100 — — 500 — — 50000 — 0.10

(3450) (345)
0813 100 — — 500 — — 50000 — 0.10

(3450) (345)
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Table 3-3. Typical Physical Properties — Thermoset Elastomers
Tensile Shore Compression Abrasion

Parker Service Ultimate 100% Set
Typical Applications Strength A Rating (1)
Material Material Color Temperature Elonga- Modulus
and Description at Break Hard- at °F Worst to
Code Range°F (°C) tion psi (MPa) Set
psi (MPa) ness (°C) (10) Best
Nitrile (NBR)
N4008A80 Nitrile Black Premium, low ACN nitrile for -70 to +275 2111 157% 75 1250 18.5% +212 1.8
use when low temperature (-57 to +135) (14.6) (8.6) (+100)
sealability is required.
3 N4115A75 Nitrile Black General purpose nitrile with

medium ACN content for
-40 to +225
(-40 to +107)
2430
(16.8)
282% 75 946
(6.5)
23.6% +212
(+100)
1.9
use where a softer seal is

required.
N4121A90 Nitrile Black High modulus for outstand- -40 to +250 2306 263% 91 1315 24.0% +212 2.2
ing extrusion resistance (-40 to +121) (15.9) (9.1) (+100)
plus good compression set.
N4180A80 Nitrile Black General purpose nitrile -40 to +250 2114 287% 80 1174 14.4% +212 1.9
with good chemical com- (-40 to +121) (14.6) (8.1) (+100)
patibility, seal ability and
compression set.
N4181A80 Flocked Black Fiber added reinforcement -40 to +250 2542 310% 78 850 39.6% +212 2.2
Nitrile helps retain lubrication for (-40 to +121) (17.5) (5.9) (+100)
reduced friction. Used in
8600 wipers.
N4182A75 Nitrile Black General purpose nitrile for -65 to +225 2164 199% 76 1088 16.9% +212 1.8
use when low temperature (-54 to +107) (14.9) (7.5) (+100)
sealability is required.
Carboxylated Nitroxile® (XNBR)

N4257A85 Nitroxile® Black XNBR with internal lubricant 0 to +250 3147 227% 84 1554 20.0% +212 2.7
to reduce friction. Ideal for (-18 to +121) (21.7) (10.7) (+100)
pneumatic applications.
N4263A90 Nitroxile® Black Extra tough XNBR with in- -20 to +275 3401 117% 91 3208 28.3% +212 3
creased hardness, modulus (-29 to +135) (23.4) (22.1) (+100)
and tensile strength.
N4274A85 Nitroxile® Black Premier XNBR in the industry -10 to +250 3232 221% 84 1654 21.8% +212 2.9
formulated with proprietary (-23 to +121) (22.3) (11.4) (+100)
internal lubricant.
N4283A75 Nitroxile® Black XNBR with internal lubricant 0 to +250 2344 197% 71 805 23.3% +212 2.7
to reduce friction. Ideal for (-18 to +121) (16.2) (5.6) (+100)
pneumatic applications.
Hydrogenated Nitrile (HNBR)
N4007A95 HNBR Black Excellent extrusion -20 to +320 4639 185% 93 2413 14.9% +212 5.0
resistance and explosive (-29 to +160) (32.0) (16.6) (+100)
decompression to meet
Norsok M-710
N4031A85 HNBR Black Equivalent to Parker -40 to +320 2551 139% 88 1947 18.0% +212 1.4
(KA183) Hannifin O-ring Division (-40 to +160) (17.6) (13.4) (+100)
compound KA183A85,
offers low temperature
improvement.
(KB162) Hannifin O-ring Division (-32 to +160) (27.1) (17.7) (+100)
compound KB162A80
offering improved chemical
compatibility.
(KB163) Hannifin O-ring Division (-32 to +160) (25.9) (22.1) (+100)
compound KB163A90
offering improved chemical
compatibility
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Table 3-3. Typical Physical Properties — Thermoset Elastomers (cont’d)
Tensile Shore Compression Abrasion
Parker Service Ultimate 100% Set
Typical Applications Strength A Rating (1)
Material Material Color Temperature Elonga- Modulus
and Description at Break Hard- at °F Worst to
Code Range°F (°C) tion psi (MPa) Set
psi (MPa) ness (°C) (10) Best

E4207A90 Ethylene Black General purpose 90A EPR, -65 to +300 2101 130% 86 1452 13.0% +257 2.0
Propyl- has excellent dimensional (-54 to +149) (14.5) (10.0) (+125)
ene stability in water-based fluids
and steam.
3
E4259A80 Ethylene Black General purpose 80A EPR, -65 to +300 2346 177% 80 998 12.8% +257 1.8
Propyl- has excellent dimensional (-54 to +149) (16.2) (6.9) (+125)
ene stability in water-based fluids
and steam.
E4270A90 Ethylene Black Formulated for geothermal -65 to +400 2904 131% 87 1998 27.1% +302 3.0
Propyl- environments and steam up (-54 to +204) (20.0) (13.8) (+150)
ene to +600°F.
Fluorocarbon Elastomers (FKM)

V1238A95 Fluoro- Black Resistant to explosive -20 to +400 3030 95% 93 3079 12.5% +302 1.0
elasto- decompression and (-29 to +204) (20.9) (21.2) (+150)
mer extrusion. Shows no
visual physical damage after
prolonged exposure to 100%
CO2 concentrations.
V1289A75 Fluoro- Black Fluorocarbon material -40 to +400 1791 124% 75 1307 18.7% +302 1.0
elasto- formulated for improved low (-40 to +204) (12.3) (9.0) (+150)
mer temperature applications.
V4205A75 Fluoro- Black 70 Shore A general purpose -20 to +400 2169 177% 75 803 6.7% +302 1.8
elasto- fluorocarbon resistant to (-29 to +204) (15.0) (5.5) (+150)
mer chemical attack and heat.
mer chemical attack and heat.
V4266A95 Fluoro- Black Features extended wear -5 to +400 2408 93% 92 2462 15.3% +302 2.2
elasto- and extrusion resistance (-21 to +204) (16.6) (17.0) (+150)
mer over general purpose
fluorocarbons.
mer chemical attack and heat for
low temperature sealing.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Table 3-4. Typical Physical Properties — PTFE
Tensile
Service
Parker Strength
Typical Applications Temperature Elongation Hardness
Material Material Color in psi at
and Description Range °F in % Shore D
Code Break
(°C) (bar)
Non-Filled PTFE
0100 Virgin PTFE White Excellent for cryogenic applications. -425 to +450 4575 400 60
3 Good for gases. (-254 to +233) (316)
Filled PTFE
0102 Modified PTFE Turquoise Lower creep, reduced permeability -320 to +450 4600 390 60
and good wear resistance. (-195 to +282) (317)
0120 Mineral Filled PTFE White Excellent low abrasion to soft -250 to +550 4070 270 65
surfaces and improved upper (-157 to +288) (281)
temperature performances.
FDA materials.
0203 Fiberglass Filled Gold Excellent compressive strength and -200 to +575 3480 190 67
PTFE good wear resistance. (-129 to +302) (240)
0204 Fiberglass & Moly Gray Excellent for extreme conditions -200 to +575 3100 245 62
Filled PTFE such as high pressure, temperature (-129 to +302) (214)
and longer wear life on hardened
dynamic surfaces.
0205 Fiberglass & Moly Gray Improved compressive strength and -200 to +575 3480 190 67
Filled PTFE wear in rotary applications (-129 to +302) (240)
0301 Graphite Filled PTFE Black Excellent for corrosive service. -250 to +550 3200 260 60
Low abrasion to soft shafts. Good (-157 to +288) (221)
in unlubricated service.
0307 Carbon-Graphite Black Excellent wear resistance and -250 to +575 2250 100 64
Filled PTFE reduces creep. (-157 to +302) (155)
0401 Bronze Filled PTFE Bronze Excellent extrusion resistance and -200 to +575 3200 250 63
high compressive loads. (-129 to +302) (221)
0502 Carbon Fiber Filled Brown Good for strong alkali and -200 to +550 3200 150 60
PTFE hydrofluoric acid. Good in water (-129 to +288) (221)
service.
0601 Aromatic Polyester Tan Excellent high temperature -250 to +550 2500 200 61
Filled PTFE capabilities and excellent wear (-157 to +285) (172)
resistance.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Table 3-4. Typical Physical Properties — PTFE (cont’d)
High Pressure
Coefficient of Permanent Chemical Wear Extrusion
Parker Thermal Thermal Deformation Compatibility Resistance
Coefficient of Resistance FDA/NSF
Material Conductivity Expansion (in/ Under Load (70°F Rating Rating
Friction Rating Compliant
Code (in W/mK) in/°F x 10-5 2000 psi
at 203°F) in %)
5 = Excellent
1 = Fair
Non-Filled PTFE
0100 0.05 - 0.10 0.30 6.1 7.0 5 1 1 Y
3
Filled PTFE
0102 0.05 - 0.10 0.29 6.1 6.9 5 2 2 Y
0120 0.08 - 0.12 0.23 5.6 4.2 5 3 4 Y
0203 0.08 - 0.12 0.27 5.6 6.0 5 5 5 N
0204 0.08 - 0.12 0.28 6.1 6.0 5 4 4 N
0205 0.08 - 0.12 0.27 5.6 6.0 5 5 5 N
0301 0.07 - 0.09 0.39 6.1 3.5 5 4 3 N
0307 0.08 - 0.11 0.35 4.4 2.5 5 4 4 N
0401 0.18 - 0.22 0.45 5.6 4.4 4 4 4 N
0502 0.09 - 0.12 0.31 7.2 1.8 4 5 5 N
0601 0.09 - 0.13 0.32 5.0 5.5 4 4 4 N
Note: We emphasize that this tabulation should be used as a guide only.

The above data is based primarily on laboratory and service tests, but does not take into account all variables that can be encountered in
actual use. Therefore, it is always advisable to test the material under actual service conditions before specifying. If this is not practical,
tests should be devised that simulate service conditions as closely as possible.
Parker also offers unique material blends and recipes along with a wide variety of other PTFE filler combinations and colors to enhance
seal performance in the most extreme application needs. For guidance on material selection for extreme applications, please contact
Application Engineering at 801-972-3000.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
The following table lists material codes that apply to the rubber energizer used with PTFE fluid power seals.
List the corresponding material code in the appropriate location in the part number. Parker has a full range
of rubber compounds to suit various temperature, pressure and chemical compatibility requirements. If your
application requires an alternate rubber compound, not listed, please consult a Parker application engineer.
Table 3-5. Typical Application Ranges and Recommendations — Rubber Energizers for PTFE Fluid
Power Seals
Material Material Shore A Temperature Range Recommended Use Not Recommend For Use
3 Code Description Hardness
-30°F to +250°F • Petroleum oils and fluids

A Nitrile (NBR) 70
(-34°C to +121°C) • Diesel fuel and fuel oils
• Cold water
• Silicone oil and grease
• Mineral oil and grease
Low Temperature -65°F to +225°F • Vegetable oil
B 75 • HFA, HFB and HFC fluids • Aromatic hydrocarbons
Nitrile (NBR) (-55°C to +107°C) • Chlorinated hydrocarbons
• Polar solvents (MEK,
ketone, acetone)
• Phosphate ester fluids
Clean Grade -30°F to +250°F • Potable water • Strong acids
C 70 • Automotive brake fluid
Nitrile (NBR) (-34°C to +121°C) • Food service
Hydrogenated -23°F to +300°F • Diesel fuel and fuel oils

D 70
Nitrile (HNBR) (-32°C to +149°C) • Dilute acids and bases
• Petroleum oils and fluids

• Cold water
• Glycol based brake fluids
• Silicone greases and oils
Fluorocarbon -15°F to +400°F • Ammonia gas, amines, alkalis
F 70 • Aliphatic hydrocarbons
(FKM) (-26°C to +205°C) • Superheated steam
• Aromatic hydrocarbons
• Low molecular organic acids
• Fuels
• Fuels with methanol content
Silicone HT
H • Engine and transmission oil • Superheated steam
(VMQ)
• Animal and vegetable oil and grease • Acids and Alkalis
-65°F to +450°F
70 • Brake fluid • Aromatic mineral oil
(-55°C to +232°C)
Silicone HT • Fire-resistant hydraulic fluid • Hydrocarbon-based fuels
I (VMQ) • Ozone, aging and weather resistant • Aromatic hydrocarbons
Food Grade
Ethylene Propylene -70°F to +250°F

K 70
Rubber (EPDM) (-57°C to +121°C) • Hot water
• Glycol based brake fluids
• Many organic and inorganic acids
• Petroleum oils and fluids
• Cleaning agents
• Mineral oil products
• Soda and potassium alkalis
• Phosphate ester based fluids
Ethylene Propylene -70°F to +250°F • Many polar solvents
L 80
Rubber (EPDM) (-57°C to +121°C)
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
The following table is a list of back up ring materials for use with PTFE fluid power seals. List the
corresponding back up ring material code in the appropriate location in the part number.
Table 3-6. Typical Application Ranges and Recommendations — Back-up Rings for PTFE Fluid
Power Seals
Material Pressure
Material Description Temperature Range Recommended Use
Code Rating *
•
•
Petroleum oils and fluids
Diesel fuel and fuel oils 3
7,500 psi -65°F to +275°F
A Nylon, Molybdenum Di-Sulfide Filled • Phosphate ester fluids
(517 bar) (-54°C to +135°C)
• Silicone oil and grease
Nylon 7,500 psi -65°F to +275°F • Reduced water absorption

B
Glass Filled (517 bar) (-54°C to +135°C) • Improved thermal stability
• HFA, HFB and HFC fluids

• Water
6,000 psi -40°F to +250°F
C Acetal • Petroleum oils and fluids
(414 bar) (-40°C to +121°C)
• Diesel fuel and fuel oils
5000 psi -100°F to +450°F • Extended temperature, pressure and media

D PTFE PPS Filled
(345 bar) (-73°C to +232°C) resistance
PEEK 10,000 psi -65°F to +500°F • Extended temperature, pressure and media
E
Virgin (690 bar) (-54°C to +260°C) resistance
* Pressure ratings are a general guide only. Pressure ratings are reduced if wear rings are used.
Table 3-7. Standard ( ) vs. Optional ( ) Materials for PTFE Fluid Power Seal Profiles
PTFE Fluid Power Seal Profile
PTFE
Material Code S5 R5 CT CQ OE CP OA OD ON CR OC AD OQ OR OG
0100 o o o
0102 o n o o n o
0120 o o o o o o o o o o
0203 n n o o o
0204 o o o o o
0205 n n
0301 o o o o
0307 o o o o o o o
0401 o o n n n n n n n o n n
0502 o o o
0601 o o
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Chemical Compatibility • The opposite is also true. As a bearing or wear
ring heats up, binding can occur if there is not a
It is essential to select seal compounds that are
gap designed into the wear ring.
compatible with the environment in which they are
used. Even if the proper seal material is chosen
based on system temperature and pressure, Storage and Handling
exposure to certain fluids can drastically reduce In 1998, the Society of Automotive Engineers
seal performance by altering a compound’s typical (SAE) issued an Aerospace Recommended Practice
physical properties. (ARP) for the storage of elastomer seals and
seal assemblies prior to installation (ARP 5316).
3 Parker has tested thousands of fluids and is
The shelf lives listed in ARP 5316 are limited to
continuously testing many new, popular chemicals
materials supplied to various AMS and US Military
to ensure seal material compatibility. For detailed
specifications. At Parker, we have expanded on that
reports regarding compatiblity of common seal
list. This has meant grouping compounds by polymer
materials and popular test fluids, please contact
family and assigning that family a uniform shelf life.
your local Parker Engineered Materials Group
The shelf life of each polymer family as practiced by
representative.
Parker EPS Division is shown in Table 3-8.
Temperature Limits Table 3-8. Recommended Storage Standards

It is important to understand that temperature Polymer Family Storage
ratings for sealing materials are based upon the Life
typical physical characteristics of the material alone.
SBR 3 Years
A material’s suitability for a specific application,
however, is dependent on actual use conditions
which take into account wide ranging considerations Polyurethane, PU, TPE, TPCE (Polymyte®) 10 Years
which include, but are not limited to: hardware Nitrile, Neoprene, HNBR, Polyacrylate,
attributes and configuration, seal geometry, fluid 15 Years
Natural Rubber, CSM
compatibility, and expected duration and frequency of
Ethylene Propylene, Fluorocarbon, Perfluo-
service exposure at pressure, temperature, and speed rinated Elastomer, Butyl, Silicone, Fluoro-
(i.e., continuous, intermittent, excursion). Therefore, Unlimited
silicone, Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE),
it is always advisable to test under actual service Tetrafluoroethylene Propylene (Aflas®)
conditions before specifying a material.
Thermal Factors The values shown above assume that proper

Heat affects the seal material in several ways: guidelines for storage conditions are followed. If
• Softens the material which accelerates wear plastic and rubber products are stored improperly,
• Accelerates any chemical reaction between the their physical properties may change. Prior to use,
fluid and the seal all parts should be checked for hardness, surface
• Damages the bond structure of the material cracking or peeling. If any of these conditions are
• Increases compression set observed, the parts should be discarded. Some
• Higher temperatures for extended periods of time compounds can exhibit a build-up of powdery film
may harden thermoset (rubber) materials. on their surface over time. This natural occurrence
is referred to as bloom and does not in any way
Lower end temperature may be as important as negatively impact the function of the seal. Guidelines
the upper end temperature. This is especially true in for proper seal storage are shown in Table 3-9, page
mobile hydraulics. As the temperature lowers, the 3-21.
following takes place:
• The seal hardens and is less responsive.
• The coefficient of thermal expansion and contrac-
tion is approximately ten times that of metals.
Therefore the seal lips could start to pull away
from the surface of the bore. This loss of lip
compression against the colder sealing surfaces
can be offset by seal design and proper material
selection.
12/01/2018

Phone: 800 233 3900
www.parker.com/eps
Materials
Table 3-9. Seal Storage and Handling Guidelines
Seal Storage and Handling Guidelines
Records Records should be kept to ensure that stock is rotated such that the first seals in are the first
out (FIFO).
Temperature Seals must be stored away from heat sources such as direct sunlight and heating appli-
ances. Maximum storage temperature is +100°F (+38°C). Low temperatures do not typically
cause permanent damage to seals, but can result in brittleness, making them susceptible
3
to damage if not handled carefully. Ideally, seals should not be stored at temperatures less
than +50°F (+10°C) and should be warmed to room temperature before installation.
Ultra Violet Seal must be protected from direct sunlight and any artificial light that generates ultra violet
radiation.
Humidity Care should be taken to ensure seals are always stored in an environment with a relative
humidity of less than 65%. Polyurethane seals in particular are very susceptible to damage
from exposure to moisture and should be stored in air-tight containers.
Oxygen and Ozone Ozone-generating equipment and oxygen exposure can be detrimental to seal compounds.
Seals should be stored in air-tight containers. Any electrical equipment that generates a
spark should not be used near seal storage.
Contamination Keeping seals free from contamination will assist promote service life. Good housekeeping
practices should be maintained.
Distortion Large seals should be stored flat when possible and not suspended, which may cause
distortion over time. Do not store seals on hooks, nails or pegboard.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Notes
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Fluid Power Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Applications
Fluid Power Applications Typical fluid power application sealing system
components include:
This section illustrates Parker’s
recommended sealing system Rod Seal – Rod seals are typically uni-directional seals. They are
for various types of fluid power static on the outer diameter and dynamic on the inner diameter.
applications. Each component’s These seals are installed into female glands on the bore and are used
individual features as well as to seal fluid on a reciprocating rod. Rod seals can be loaded with
energizers for low pressure sealing. 4
the collective functions of all
components in the system are Buffer Seal – A buffer seal is a compact rod seal with a thick
taken into consideration in each dynamic lip that is placed in front of a standard rod seal. The buffer
recommendation. seal shields the primary rod seal from pressure spikes, dramatically
increasing seal efficiency. Buffer seals are designed to allow trapped
fluid pressure between the buffer seal and primary rod seal to bleed
back into the system.
Wiper – A wiper is designed to exclude contamination like dust and/
or water from entering the system. Contamination causes 75% of
hydraulic failures.
Piston Seal – A piston seal may provide uni-directional (single-
acting), or bi-directional (double-acting) sealing. It is static on the
Contents inner diameter and dynamic on the outer diameter. These seals are
Mobile Hydraulic installed on pistons that reciprocate along a bore of a cylinder.
Applications................................. 4-2 Wear Ring – A wear ring prevents metal to metal contact caused by
Industrial Hydraulic side loading in reciprocating applications; wear rings can be located
Applications................................. 4-6 inside the rod gland and/or on the piston.
Typical Hydraulic Cylinder

Rod Rod Buffer Wear Wear Piston Wear
Wiper Seal Seal Ring Ring Seal Ring
Urethane Urethane
Head Seal O-ring
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Mobile Hydraulic Applications Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Excavators
Rod Static Piston
Wiper Primary Buffer Wear Ring Head Seal Wear Ring Primary
AH BT BR WRT HS WPT OK
Canned
(non-vented
design)
Materials
4 4300 4300 4300 4733 4700 4733 4650
AH BT BR WRT HS WPT OK WPT
Agricultural Equipment
Rod Static Piston
Wiper Primary Wear Ring Head Seal Wear Ring Primary
SHD BD WRT HS WPT PSP
Materials
5065 5065 4733 4700 4733 4622
SHD BD WRT HS WPT PSP WPT
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Mobile Hydraulic Applications
Aerial Man Lifts
Rod Static Piston
Wiper Primary Wear Ring Head Seal Wear Ring Primary
YD BD WRT HS WPT BP
Materials
4300 4300 4733 4700 4733 4304
YD BD WRT HS WPT BP WPT
Material Handling / Fork Lifts

Rod Static Piston
AY BT BR WRT HS WPT BP
Materials
4300 4300 4300 4733 4700 WPT 4304
AY BT BR WRT HS WPT BP WPT
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Earth Moving Wheel Loaders / Bulldozers / Backhoes

Rod Static Piston
J BT BR WRT HS WPT CT
Materials
4700 4300 4300 4733 4700 4733 0401
J BT BR WRT HS WPT CT WPT
Skid Steers
Rod Static Piston
YD BT BR WRT HS WPT BP
Materials
4300 4300 4300 4733 4700 4733 4304
YD BT BR WRT HS WPT BP WPT
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Mining Truck Struts / Shocks
Rod Static Piston
J BT BR WRT HS WPT BP
Materials
4300 4300 4300 4733 4700 4733 4304
J BT BR WRT HS WPT BP WPT
Accumulators: Mobile and Industrial

Piston
Wear Ring Primary
WPT OG TP
Materials
4733 0401 4115, B001
WPT OG TP OG WPT
Flow Control: Cartridge Valves and Spool Valves

Piston
Primary O-Ring
DG 568
Materials
4300/4301 4300/4301
DG DG 568
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Industrial Hydraulic Applications Catalog EPS 5370/USA
General Purpose: Environmentally Friendly Fluid –

Water-Based – Cylinders
Rod Static Piston
YD BT BR WRT HS WPT OE
Materials
4301 4301 4301 0810 4301 0810, 0401
4 PEEK,
PTFE,
Composite
YD BT BR WRT HS WPT OE WPT
Power Generation
Rod Static Piston
YD BT BR WRT HS WPT BP
Materials
4300/ 4300/ 4300/ 4733 4700 4733 4304
4301 4301 4301
YD BT BR WRT HS WPT BP WPT
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Industrial Hydraulic Applications
Pneumatic Cylinders
Rod Static Piston
Wiper Primary Wear Ring Head Seal Primary Wear Ring
8600 8400 PDW HS 8500 PDW
Materials
4181 4180 0307 4700 4180 0307
8600 8400 PDW HS 8500 PDW 8500
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Notes
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Rod Seals Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Rod Seals

Product Offering.......................... 5-2 Parker offers a wide range of hydraulic and pneumatic rod seal
Decision Tree............................... 5-3 profiles to meet the broad demands of the fluid power industry. These
rod seals are offered in a variety of compounds and lip geometries for
Rod Seal Profiles the best possible solution for a given application. A majority of Parker
BD .......................................... 5-5 rod seals are manufactured utilizing a precision knife trim process to
BT......................................... 5-13 ensure the sealing contact with the dynamic surface yields the best
possible performance. When combined with other Parker profiles,
BR......................................... 5-17
including wear rings, buffer seals, wipers, and static gland seals, Parker
B3......................................... 5-21 rod seals have proven to provide long life and leak free performance.
BS......................................... 5-23
UR......................................... 5-25
E5.......................................... 5-27
5
TR......................................... 5-29
ON........................................ 5-32
CR......................................... 5-34
OC........................................ 5-36
OD......................................... 5-38
V6.......................................... 5-40
OR......................................... 5-42

Urethane Urethane
Head Seal O-ring
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
Product Offering Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Profiles = Preferred Rod Seal profile

Table 5-1: Product Profiles
Application (Duty) Application (Duty)
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
Series Description
Medium
Series Description
Medium
Page Page
Heavy
Heavy
Light
Light
BD Premium 5-5 TR Compact 5-29
O-ring Seal with
Energized Anti-
Lip Seal Extrusion
Technology
BD Profile 5-9
with back-up
BT Premium 5-13 ON PTFE Cap 5-32
U-cup Rod Rod Seal
5 Seal with
Secondary
Stabilizing
Lip
BR Premium 5-17 CR PTFE Cap 5-34

Buffer Seal Rod Seal
to Retrofit
O-ring
Glands
B3 U-cup 5-21 OC Compact 5-36

Rod Seal PTFE Cap
Rod Seal
BS U-cup Rod 5-23 OD PTFE 5-38

Seal with Buffer Seal
Secondary
Stabilizing
Lip
UR Industrial 5-25 V6 Cushion 5-40

U-cup Rod Seal
Seal
E5 Premium 5-27 OR PTFE Cap 5-42

Rounded Lip Rotary Seal
U-cup Rod
Seal
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
Decision Tree Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Page 5-17
Page 5-38
Page 5-42
Pages 5-13,
5-23, 5-21, 5-25,
5
6-27, 6-18, and
6-30
Pages 5-5, 6-14

and 6-10
Page 5-34
Pages 5-38,
5-32 and
5-36
Page 6-24
Page 5-29
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Rod Seals
Non-Symmetrical Rod Decision Tree (continued)
Page 5-40
5
Pages 5-29 and 5-34
Pages 6-18 and 5-27
Pages 6-30, 5-36

and 5-42
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
BD Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BD Profile, Premium O-ring Energized Lip Seal

The BD profile is a non-symmetrical profile rod seal. Its rectangular
shaped cross section ensures stability in the gland. The o-ring
energizer functions as a spring to maintain sealing contact under low
pressure or vacuum applications. The knife trimmed, beveled lip does
an excellent job wiping fluid film. A stabilizing lip is located below the
primary sealing lip, just above the base of the seal, to provide enhanced
sealing performance and ensure a tight, stable fit in the gland. Available
in Parker’s proprietary urethanes, the BD profile provides long life,
extrusion resistance, low compression set, shock load resistance and
increased sealing performance at zero pressure. The BD profile is
designed to be used as a stand alone rod seal or for use with the BR or
OD profile buffer seal for more critical sealing applications.
Technical Data
Standard Temperature Pressure Surface
Materials Range Range† Speed
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4301A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Alternate Materials: For applications that may require an alternate

material, please go to www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower to check
current tooling and part number availability, or contact your local Parker
representative.
†Pressure Range without wear rings. If used with wear rings, see Table
2-4, page 2-5.
BD Cross-Section
BD Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BD Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — BD Profile (4300, No-Back-up)
Table 5-2. BD Profile — 4300 Material, No Back-up
4 3 0 0 BD 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 N 3 7 5
Seal Compound Profile Rod Diameter (x1000) or

4-Digit Material Code Seal Nominal I.D.
Example: Example: 2.000 x 1000 = 02000
4300 = 90A Resilon® 4300
Polyurethane Energizer Material Code
Example:
N = 70A Nitrile O-ring
Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal (See Table 6-3 on page 6-5 for
Nominal Radial Cross-Section additional energizer options.)
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250
Seal Nominal Axial Width

Example: .375 x 1000 = 375
5
Gland Dimensions — BD Profile
Gland
Depth
A D B Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

page 2-8 for surface finish and additional
hardware considerations.
Table 5-3. BD Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Throat Diameter*
Width
Cross Axial
Range Tol. Calculation Tol. +.015/-.000 Calculation Tol.
Section Width
0.250 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 7.499 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .004 +.004/-.000
7.500 - 10.000 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .005 +.005/-.000
*If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring throat diameter, see Section 9. For custom groove calculations, see Appendix C.
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for rod diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional
sizes may be considered. Consult www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower for additional cross-sections and sizes, hardware
specifications, and part number availability. Contact your Parker representative for assistance.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BD Profile
Gland Dimensions — BD Profile (4300, No-Back-up)
Table 5-4. BD Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
C
A B D Part Number
Groove
Width
Dia. Tol. Dia. Tol. +.015.-.000 Dia. Tol.
0.250 +.000/-.001 0.500 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.252 +.002/-.000 4300BD12500250N187
0.312 +.000/-.001 0.562 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.314 +.002/-.000 4300BD12500312N187
0.375 +.000/-.001 0.625 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.377 +.002/-.000 4300BD12500375N187
0.437 +.000/-.001 0.687 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.439 +.002/-.000 4300BD12500437N187
0.500 +.000/-.001 0.750 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.502 +.002/-.000 4300BD12500500N187
0.625 +.000/-.001 0.875 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.627 +.002/-.000 4300BD12500625N250
0.750 +.000/-.001 1.000 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.752 +.002/-.000 4300BD12500750N250
0.875 +.000/-.001 1.125 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.877 +.002/-.000 4300BD12500875N250
1.000 +.000/-.002 1.375 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.002 +.002/-.000 4300BD18701000N312
1.125 +.000/-.002 1.500 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.127 +.002/-.000 4300BD18701125N312
1.250 +.000/-.002 1.625 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.252 +.002/-.000 4300BD18701250N312
5
1.375 +.000/-.002 1.750 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.377 +.002/-.000 4300BD18701375N312
1.500 +.000/-.002 1.875 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.502 +.002/-.000 4300BD18701500N375
1.625 +.000/-.002 2.000 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.627 +.002/-.000 4300BD18701625N375
1.750 +.000/-.002 2.125 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.752 +.002/-.000 4300BD18701750N375
1.875 +.000/-.002 2.250 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.877 +.002/-.000 4300BD18701875N375
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.500 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.003 +.003/-.000 4300BD25002000N375
2.125 +.000/-.002 2.625 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.128 +.003/-.000 4300BD25002125N375
2.250 +.000/-.002 2.750 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.253 +.003/-.000 4300BD25002250N375
2.375 +.000/-.002 2.875 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.378 +.003/-.000 4300BD25002375N375
2.500 +.000/-.002 3.000 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.503 +.003/-.000 4300BD25002500N375
2.625 +.000/-.002 3.125 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.628 +.003/-.000 4300BD25002625N375
2.750 +.000/-.002 3.250 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.753 +.003/-.000 4300BD25002750N375
3.000 +.000/-.002 3.500 +.003/-.000 0.413 3.003 +.003/-.000 4300BD25003000N375
3.250 +.000/-.002 3.750 +.003/-.000 0.413 3.253 +.003/-.000 4300BD25003250N375
3.500 +.000/-.002 4.125 +.004/-.000 0.550 3.503 +.003/-.000 4300BD31203500N500
3.750 +.000/-.002 4.375 +.004/-.000 0.550 3.753 +.003/-.000 4300BD31203750N500
4.000 +.000/-.002 4.625 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.003 +.003/-.000 4300BD31204000N500
4.250 +.000/-.002 4.875 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.253 +.003/-.000 4300BD31204250N500
4.500 +.000/-.002 5.125 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.503 +.003/-.000 4300BD31204500N500
4.750 +.000/-.002 5.375 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.753 +.003/-.000 4300BD31204750N500
5.000 +.000/-.002 5.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 5.004 +.004/-.000 4300BD37505000N625
5.500 +.000/-.002 6.250 +.005/-.000 0.688 5.504 +.004/-.000 4300BD37505500N625
6.000 +.000/-.002 6.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 6.004 +.004/-.000 4300BD37506000N625
6.500 +.000/-.002 7.250 +.005/-.000 0.688 6.504 +.004/-.000 4300BD37506500N625
7.000 +.000/-.002 7.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 7.004 +.004/-.000 4300BD37507000N625
7.500 +.000/-.003 8.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 7.505 +.005/-.000 4300BD50007500N750
specifications, and part number availability. Contact your Parker representative for assistance. 02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BD Profile
Gland Dimensions — BD Profile (4300, No Back-up)
Table 5-4. BD Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont'd)
Hardware Dimensions
C
A B D Part Number
Groove
Width
Dia. Tol. Dia. Tol. +.015.-.000 Dia. Tol.
8.000 +.000/-.003 9.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 8.005 +.005/-.000 4300BD50008000N750
8.500 +.000/-.003 9.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 8.500 +.005/-.000 4300BD50008500N750
9.000 +.000/-.003 10.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 9.000 +.005/-.000 4300BD50009000N750
9.500 +.000/-.003 10.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 9.500 +.005/-.000 4300BD50009500N750
10.000 +.000/-.003 11.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 10.000 +.005/-.000 4300BD50010000N750
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
BD Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BD Profile, Premium O-ring Energized Lip Seal With

Back-up Ring
For enhanced extrusion protection, Parker offers the BD profile with a
positively actuated back-up ring located in the heel. See part number
nomenclature for designating this option.
The BD profile is a non-symmetrical profile rod seal. Its rectangular

shaped cross section ensures stability in the gland. The o-ring
energizer functions as a spring to maintain sealing contact under low
pressure or vacuum applications. The knife trimmed, beveled lip does
an excellent job wiping fluid film. A stabilizing lip is located below the
primary sealing lip, just above the base of the seal, to provide enhanced
sealing performance and ensure a tight, stable fit in the gland. Available
in Parker’s proprietary urethanes, the BD profile provides long life,
extrusion resistance, low compression set, shock load resistance and 5
increased sealing performance at zero pressure. The BD profile is
designed to be used as a stand alone rod seal or for use with the BR or
OD profile buffer seal for more critical sealing applications.
Technical Data
Materials Range Range* Speed
P5065A88 -70°F to +200°F 3500 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-57°C to +93°C) (241 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Back-up
W4655 -65°F to +250°F 10,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (688 bar) (0.5 m/s)
BD Cross-Section Alternate Materials: For applications that may require an alternate

with Back-up material, please go to www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower to check
representative.
*Pressure Range without wear rings. If used with wear rings, see Table
2-4, page 2-5.
BD Installed in Rod Gland

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BD Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — BD Profile (5065, with Back-up)
Table 5-5. BD Profile
5 0 6 5 BD 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 R 1 N 3 7 5

Positively Actuated
Example: Example:
Back-up Ring, Rod
5065 = 88A Polyurethane 2.000 x 1000 = 02000
R1 = 4655
(Non-standard
materials available)
Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal
Nominal Radial Cross-Section Energizer Material Code
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250 Example: N = 70A Nitrile O-ring
(See Table 6-3 on page 6-5 for
additional energizer options.)

5 Example: .375 x 1000 = 375
Gland Dimensions — BD Profile
Gland
Depth

Table 5-6. BD Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial
Section Width
0.250 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 7.499 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .004 +.004/-.000
7.500 - 10.000 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .005 +.005/-.000
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BD Profile
Gland Dimensions — BD Profile (5065, with Back-up)

Table 5-7. BD Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions , ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
C Part Number
A B D
Groove
Width
Dia. Tol. Dia. Tol. +.015/-.000 Dia. Tol.
0.250 +.000/-.001 0.500 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.252 +.002/-.000 5065BD12500250R1N187
0.312 +.000/-.001 0.562 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.314 +.002/-.000 5065BD12500312R1N187
0.375 +.000/-.001 0.625 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.377 +.002/-.000 5065BD12500375R1N187
0.437 +.000/-.001 0.687 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.439 +.002/-.000 5065BD12500437R1N187
0.500 +.000/-.001 0.750 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.502 +.002/-.000 5065BD12500500R1N187
0.625 +.000/-.001 0.875 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.627 +.002/-.000 5065BD12500625R1N250
0.750 +.000/-.001 1.000 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.752 +.002/-.000 5065BD12500750R1N250
0.875 +.000/-.001 1.125 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.877 +.002/-.000 5065BD12500875R1N250
1.000 +.000/-.002 1.375 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.002 +.002/-.000 5065BD18701000R1N312
1.125 +.000/-.002 1.500 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.127 +.002/-.000 5065BD18701125R1N312 5
1.250 +.000/-.002 1.625 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.252 +.002/-.000 5065BD18701250R1N312
1.375 +.000/-.002 1.750 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.377 +.002/-.000 5065BD18701375R1N312
1.500 +.000/-.002 1.875 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.502 +.002/-.000 5065BD18701500R1N375
1.625 +.000/-.002 2.000 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.627 +.002/-.000 5065BD18701625R1N375
1.750 +.000/-.002 2.125 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.752 +.002/-.000 5065BD18701750R1N375
1.875 +.000/-.002 2.250 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.877 +.002/-.000 5065BD18701875R1N375
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.500 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.003 +.003/-.000 5065BD25002000R1N375
2.125 +.000/-.002 2.625 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.128 +.003/-.000 5065BD25002125R1N375
2.250 +.000/-.002 2.750 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.253 +.003/-.000 5065BD25002250R1N375
2.375 +.000/-.002 2.875 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.378 +.003/-.000 5065BD25002375R1N375
2.500 +.000/-.002 3.000 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.503 +.003/-.000 5065BD25002500R1N375
2.625 +.000/-.002 3.125 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.628 +.003/-.000 5065BD25002625R1N375
2.750 +.000/-.002 3.250 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.753 +.003/-.000 5065BD25002750R1N375
3.000 +.000/-.002 3.500 +.003/-.000 0.413 3.003 +.003/-.000 5065BD25003000R1N375
3.250 +.000/-.002 3.750 +.003/-.000 0.413 3.253 +.003/-.000 5065BD25003250R1N375
3.500 +.000/-.002 4.125 +.004/-.000 0.550 3.503 +.003/-.000 5065BD31203500R1N500
3.750 +.000/-.002 4.375 +.004/-.000 0.550 3.753 +.003/-.000 5065BD31203750R1N500
4.000 +.000/-.002 4.625 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.003 +.003/-.000 5065BD31204000R1N500
4.250 +.000/-.002 4.875 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.253 +.003/-.000 5065BD31204250R1N500
4.500 +.000/-.002 5.125 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.503 +.003/-.000 5065BD31204500R1N500
4.750 +.000/-.002 5.375 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.753 +.003/-.000 5065BD31204750R1N500
5.000 +.000/-.002 5.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 5.004 +.004/-.000 5065BD37505000R1N625
5.500 +.000/-.002 6.250 +.005/-.000 0.688 5.504 +.004/-.000 5065BD37505500R1N625
6.000 +.000/-.002 6.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 6.004 +.004/-.000 5065BD37506000R1N625
6.500 +.000/-.002 7.250 +.005/-.000 0.688 6.504 +.004/-.000 5065BD37506500R1N625
7.000 +.000/-.002 7.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 7.004 +.004/-.000 5065BD37507000R1N625
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BD Profile
Gland Dimensions — BD Profile (5065, With Back-up)
Table 5-7. BD Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont'd)
Hardware Dimensions
C Part Number
A B D
Groove
Width
7.500 +.000/-.003 8.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 7.505 +.005/-.000 5065BD50007500R1N750
8.000 +.000/-.003 9.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 8.005 +.005/-.000 5065BD50008000R1N750
8.500 +.000/-.003 9.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 8.505 +.005/-.000 5065BD50008500R1N750
9.000 +.000/-.003 10.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 9.005 +.005/-.000 5065BD50009000R1N750
9.500 +.000/-.003 10.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 9.505 +.005/-.000 5065BD50009500R1N750
10.000 +.000/-.003 11.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 10.005 +.005/-.000 5065BD50010000R1N750
5
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
BT Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BT Profile, Premium U-cup Rod Seal

with Secondary Stabilizing Lip
The BT profile is a non-symmetrical design for use in hydraulic rod
sealing applications. Using Finite Element Analysis, the BT profile was
designed to provide improved sealing performance and stability in the
gland. A knife trimming process is used to form the beveled lip which
is best for removing fluid from the rod. By design, the BT profile has a
more robust primary sealing lip than the BS profile and the stabilizing
lip is located at the base of the heel. The standard compound for the
BT profile is Parker’s proprietary Resilon® polyurethane compound. The
BT profile provides long life, extrusion resistance, low compression
set, shock load resistance and increased sealing performance at zero
pressure. The BT profile is designed for use as a stand alone rod seal
or for use with the BR or OD profile buffer seals for more critical sealing
applications. 5
Technical Data
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)

representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
BT Cross-Section
BT Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BT Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — BT Profile
Table 5-8. BT Profile
4 3 0 0 BT 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 3 7 5

4300 = 90A Resilon®
4300 Polyurethane Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal Seal Nominal Axial Width
Nominal Radial Cross-Section Example: .375 x 1000 = 375
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250
Gland Dimensions — BT Profile
5 C
Gland
Depth

Table 5-9. BT Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/ Calculation
Range Tol. Calculation Tol. Tol.
Section Width -.000
0.250 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 7.499 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .004 +.004/-.000
7.500 - 10.000 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .005 +.005/-.000
sizes may be considered. Consult www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower for hardware specifications, additional cross-
sections and sizes, and part number availability. Contact your Parker representative for assistance.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BT Profile
Table 5-10. BT Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
C
A B D
Groove Part Number
Width
0.250 +.000/-.001 0.500 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.252 +.002/-.000 4300BT12500250-187
0.312 +.000/-.001 0.562 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.314 +.002/-.000 4300BT12500312-187
0.375 +.000/-.001 0.625 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.377 +.002/-.000 4300BT12500375-187
0.437 +.000/-.001 0.687 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.439 +.002/-.000 4300BT12500437-187
0.500 +.000/-.001 0.750 +.002/-.000 0.206 0.502 +.002/-.000 4300BT12500500-187
0.625 +.000/-.001 0.875 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.627 +.002/-.000 4300BT12500625-250
0.750 +.000/-.001 1.000 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.752 +.002/-.000 4300BT12500750-250
0.875 +.000/-.001 1.125 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.877 +.002/-.000 4300BT12500875-250
1.000 +.000/-.002 1.375 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.002 +.002/-.000 4300BT18701000-312
1.125 +.000/-.002 1.500 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.127 +.002/-.000 4300BT18701125-312
1.250 +.000/-.002 1.625 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.252 +.002/-.000 4300BT18701250-312 5
1.375 +.000/-.002 1.750 +.002/-.000 0.343 1.377 +.002/-.000 4300BT18701375-312
1.500 +.000/-.002 1.875 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.502 +.002/-.000 4300BT18701500-375
1.625 +.000/-.002 2.000 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.627 +.002/-.000 4300BT18701625-375
1.750 +.000/-.002 2.125 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.752 +.002/-.000 4300BT18701750-375
1.875 +.000/-.002 2.250 +.002/-.000 0.413 1.877 +.002/-.000 4300BT18701875-375
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.500 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.003 +.003/-.000 4300BT25002000-375
2.125 +.000/-.002 2.625 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.128 +.003/-.000 4300BT25002125-375
2.250 +.000/-.002 2.750 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.253 +.003/-.000 4300BT25002250-375
2.375 +.000/-.002 2.875 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.378 +.003/-.000 4300BT25002375-375
2.500 +.000/-.002 3.000 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.503 +.003/-.000 4300BT25002500-375
2.625 +.000/-.002 3.125 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.628 +.003/-.000 4300BT25002625-375
2.750 +.000/-.002 3.250 +.003/-.000 0.413 2.753 +.003/-.000 4300BT25002750-375
3.000 +.000/-.002 3.500 +.003/-.000 0.413 3.003 +.003/-.000 4300BT25003000-375
3.250 +.000/-.002 3.750 +.003/-.000 0.413 3.253 +.003/-.000 4300BT25003250-375
3.500 +.000/-.002 4.125 +.004/-.000 0.550 3.503 +.003/-.000 4300BT31203500-500
3.750 +.000/-.002 4.375 +.004/-.000 0.550 3.753 +.003/-.000 4300BT31203750-500
4.000 +.000/-.002 4.625 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.003 +.003/-.000 4300BT31204000-500
4.250 +.000/-.002 4.875 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.253 +.003/-.000 4300BT31204250-500
4.500 +.000/-.002 5.125 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.503 +.003/-.000 4300BT31204500-500
4.750 +.000/-.002 5.375 +.004/-.000 0.550 4.753 +.003/-.000 4300BT31204750-500
5.000 +.000/-.002 5.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 5.004 +.004/-.000 4300BT37505000-625
5.500 +.000/-.002 6.250 +.005/-.000 0.688 5.504 +.004/-.000 4300BT37505500-625
6.000 +.000/-.002 6.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 6.004 +.004/-.000 4300BT37506000-625
6.500 +.000/-.002 7.250 +.005/-.000 0.688 6.504 +.004/-.000 4300BT37506500-625
7.000 +.000/-.002 7.750 +.005/-.000 0.688 7.004 +.004/-.000 4300BT37507000-625
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BT Profile
Table 5-10. BT Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont'd)
Hardware Dimensions
C
A B D
Groove Part Number
Width
7.500 +.000/-.003 8.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 7.505 +.005/-.000 4300BT50007500-750
8.000 +.000/-.003 9.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 8.005 +.005/-.000 4300BT50008000-750
8.500 +.000/-.003 9.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 8.505 +.005/-.000 4300BT50008500-750
9.000 +.000/-.003 10.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 9.005 +.005/-.000 4300BT50009000-750
9.500 +.000/-.003 10.500 +.007/-.000 0.825 9.505 +.005/-.000 4300BT50009500-750
10.000 +.000/-.003 11.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 10.005 +.005/-.000 4300BT50010000-750
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
BR Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BR Profile, Premium Buffer Seal

The BR profile is a compact rod seal designed to act as a buffer seal
for the primary rod seal. As a buffer seal, the BR profile provides the
majority of the rod sealing performance while allowing fluid to bypass
and energize the primary rod seal. Fluid located between the BR profile
and the rod seal will relieve back into the cylinder by flowing past the
BR profile’s flexible static side lip and slotted pedestals. This relieving,
or check valve function, allows the BR profile and primary rod seal to
work as a sealing system without danger of developing a pressure trap.
As a sealing system, the BR profile and primary rod seal provide optimal
performance in the most difficult applications.
Technical Data 5
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Back-up
W4655 -65°F to +250°F 10,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (688 bar) (0.5 m/s)

current tooling and part number availability, or contact your local
Parker representative.
*Pressure Range with positively-activated back-up to 5000 psi
(344 bar) when used with tight tolerance wear rings (see Table 2-4,
page 2-5).
BR Cross-Section
with Back-up
BR Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BR Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — BR Profile
Table 5-11. BR Profile
4 3 0 0 BR 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 2 5 0 A

4300 = 90A Resilon®
4300 Polyurethane Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal Seal Nominal Axial Width
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250
A = Nylon Back-up Ring
Gland Dimensions — BR Profile

5
C
Gland
Depth

Table 5-12. BR Profile — Rod Gland Calculation
A Seal B C D
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Throat Diameter*
Width
Range Tol. Cross Axial Calculation Tol. +.015/-.000 Calculation Tol.

Section Width
0.250 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.138 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 7.499 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .004 +.004/-.000
7.500 - 10.000 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .005 +.005/-.000
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for rod diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional sizes
may be considered. Consult www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower for hardware specifications, additional cross-sections and
sizes, and part number availability. Contact your Parker representative for assistance.
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BR Profile
Table 5-13. BR Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
A B C D
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Throat Diameter* Part Number
Width
Dia Tol Dia Tol +.015/-.000 Dia Tol
0.250 +.000/-.001 0.500 +.002/-.000 0.138 0.252 +.002/-.000 4300BR12500250-125A
0.312 +.000/-.001 0.562 +.002/-.000 0.138 0.314 +.002/-.000 4300BR12500312-125A
0.375 +.000/-.001 0.625 +.002/-.000 0.138 0.377 +.002/-.000 4300BR12500375-125A
0.437 +.000/-.001 0.687 +.002/-.000 0.138 0.439 +.002/-.000 4300BR12500437-125A
0.500 +.000/-.001 0.750 +.002/-.000 0.138 0.502 +.002/-.000 4300BR12500500-125A
0.625 +.000/-.001 0.875 +.002/-.000 0.138 0.627 +.002/-.000 4300BR12500625-125A
0.750 +.000/-.001 1.000 +.002/-.000 0.138 0.752 +.002/-.000 4300BR12500750-125A
0.875 +.000/-.001 1.125 +.002/-.000 0.138 0.877 +.002/-.000 4300BR12500875-125A
1.000 +.000/-.002 1.375 +.002/-.000 0.206 1.002 +.002/-.000 4300BR18701000-187A
1.125 +.000/-.002 1.500 +.002/-.000 0.206 1.127 +.002/-.000 4300BR18701125-187A
5
1.250 +.000/-.002 1.625 +.002/-.000 0.206 1.252 +.002/-.000 4300BR18701250-187A
1.375 +.000/-.002 1.750 +.002/-.000 0.206 1.377 +.002/-.000 4300BR18701375-187A
1.500 +.000/-.002 1.875 +.002/-.000 0.206 1.502 +.002/-.000 4300BR18701500-187A
1.625 +.000/-.002 2.000 +.002/-.000 0.206 1.627 +.002/-.000 4300BR18701625-187A
1.750 +.000/-.002 2.125 +.002/-.000 0.206 1.752 +.002/-.000 4300BR18701750-187A
1.875 +.000/-.002 2.250 +.002/-.000 0.206 1.877 +.002/-.000 4300BR18701875-187A
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.500 +.003/-.000 0.275 2.003 +.003/-.000 4300BR25002000-250A
2.125 +.000/-.002 2.625 +.003/-.000 0.275 2.128 +.003/-.000 4300BR25002125-250A
2.250 +.000/-.002 2.750 +.003/-.000 0.275 2.253 +.003/-.000 4300BR25002250-250A
2.375 +.000/-.002 2.875 +.003/-.000 0.275 2.378 +.003/-.000 4300BR25002375-250A
2.500 +.000/-.002 3.000 +.003/-.000 0.275 2.503 +.003/-.000 4300BR25002500-250A
2.625 +.000/-.002 3.125 +.003/-.000 0.275 2.628 +.003/-.000 4300BR25002625-250A
2.750 +.000/-.002 3.250 +.003/-.000 0.275 2.753 +.003/-.000 4300BR25002750-250A
3.000 +.000/-.002 3.500 +.003/-.000 0.275 3.003 +.003/-.000 4300BR25003000-250A
3.250 +.000/-.002 3.750 +.003/-.000 0.275 3.253 +.003/-.000 4300BR25003250-250A
3.500 +.000/-.002 4.125 +.004/-.000 0.343 3.503 +.003/-.000 4300BR31203500-312A
3.750 +.000/-.002 4.375 +.004/-.000 0.343 3.753 +.003/-.000 4300BR31203750-312A
4.000 +.000/-.002 4.625 +.004/-.000 0.343 4.003 +.003/-.000 4300BR31204000-312A
4.250 +.000/-.002 4.875 +.004/-.000 0.343 4.253 +.003/-.000 4300BR31204250-312A
4.500 +.000/-.002 5.125 +.004/-.000 0.343 4.503 +.003/-.000 4300BR31204500-312A
4.750 +.000/-.002 5.375 +.004/-.000 0.343 4.753 +.003/-.000 4300BR31204750-312A
5.000 +.000/-.002 5.750 +.005/-.000 0.413 5.004 +.004/-.000 4300BR37505000-375A
5.500 +.000/-.002 6.250 +.005/-.000 0.413 5.504 +.004/-.000 4300BR37505500-375A
6.000 +.000/-.002 6.750 +.005/-.000 0.413 6.004 +.004/-.000 4300BR37506000-375A
6.500 +.000/-.002 7.250 +.005/-.000 0.413 6.504 +.004/-.000 4300BR37506500-375A
7.000 +.000/-.002 7.750 +.005/-.000 0.413 7.004 +.004/-.000 4300BR37507000-375A
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BR Profile
Table 5-13. BR Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont'd)
Hardware Dimensions
A B C D
Width
7.500 +.000/-.003 8.500 +.007/-.000 0.550 7.505 +.005/-.000 4300BR50007500-500A
8.000 +.000/-.003 9.000 +.007/-.000 0.550 8.005 +.005/-.000 4300BR50008000-500A
8.500 +.000/-.003 9.500 +.007/-.000 0.550 8.505 +.005/-.000 4300BR50008500-500A
9.000 +.000/-.003 10.000 +.007/-.000 0.550 9.005 +.005/-.000 4300BR50009000-500A
9.500 +.000/-.003 10.500 +.007/-.000 0.550 9.505 +.005/-.000 4300BR50009500-500A
10.000 +.000/-.003 11.000 +.007/-.000 0.550 10.005 +.005/-.000 4300BR50010000-500A
5
Table 5-14. BR Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Resilon® 4300 BR Profile Designed to Retrofit Typical PTFE Buffer Seal Groove,
as well as retrofit equivalent OD Profile PTFE buffer seal grooves as shown in Table 5-33, page 5-39.
Hardware Dimensions
A B C D
Width
2.750 +.000/-.004 3.366 +.005/-.000 0.247 2.753 +.003/-.000 4300BR30802750-227A
3.000 +.000/-.004 3.616 +.005/-.000 0.247 3.003 +.003/-.000 4300BR30803000-227A
3.250 +.000/-.004 3.866 +.005/-.000 0.247 3.253 +.003/-.000 4300BR30803250-227A
3.500 +.000/-.004 4.116 +.005/-.000 0.247 3.503 +.003/-.000 4300BR30803500-227A
3.750 +.000/-.004 4.366 +.005/-.000 0.247 3.753 +.003/-.000 4300BR30803750-227A
4.000 +.000/-.004 4.616 +.005/-.000 0.247 4.003 +.003/-.000 4300BR30804000-227A
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
B3 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
B3 Profile, U-cup Rod Seal

The B3 profile is a non-symmetrical design for use in hydraulic
rod sealing applications. The diameter of the B3 profile is designed
to ensure a tight static side seal when installed. The knife trimmed,
beveled lip does an excellent job wiping fluid film. The B3 profile is
available in Parker proprietary compounds offering extrusion resistance,
long wear, and low compression set. The B3 profile is designed for
use as a stand alone rod seal and can be used with Parker’s BR or OD
profile buffer seals for more critical sealing applications.
Technical Data
Standard Temperature Pressure Surface 5
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4301A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4700A90 -65°F to +200°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P5065A88 -70°F to +200°F 3,500 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-57°C to +93°C) (241 bar) (0.5 m/s)

representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
B3 Cross-Section
B3 Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
B3 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — B3 Profile
Table 5-15. B3 Profile
4 3 0 0 B3 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 3 7 5
Seal Compound Profile Rod Diameter (x1000) Seal Nominal

4-Digit Material Code or Seal Nominal I.D. Axial Width
Example: Example: Example:
4300 = 90A Resilon® 2.000 x 1000 = 02000 .375 x 1000 = 375
4300 Polyurethane
Gland Depth (x1000)
or Seal Nominal
Radial Cross-Section
Example:
.250 x 1000 = 250
5 Gland Dimensions — B3 Profile
Gland
Depth

Table 5-16. B3 Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial
Section Width
0.250 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 7.499 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .004 +.004/-.000
7.500 - 10.000 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .005 +.005/-.000
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
BS Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BS Profile, U-cup Rod Seal

The BS profile is a non-symmetrical profile designed for use in
hydraulic rod sealing applications. The knife trimmed beveled sealing
lip does an excellent job wiping fluid from the rod. In addition, a
secondary stabilizing lip is located just above the base of the seal to
provide enhanced sealing performance and ensure a tight, stable fit
in the gland. Available in Parker proprietary urethanes, the BS profile
provides long life, extrusion resistance, low compression set, shock
load resistance and increased sealing performance at zero pressure.
The BS profile is designed to be used as a stand alone rod seal or
for use with the BR or OD profile buffer seals for more critical sealing
applications.
5
Technical Data
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4301A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4700A90 -65°F to +200°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P5065A88 -70°F to +200°F 3,500 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-57°C to +93°C) (241 bar) (0.5 m/s)

representative.
BS Cross-Section
2-4, page 2-5.
BS Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BS Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — BS Profile
Table 5-17. BS Profile
4 7 0 0 BS 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 3 7 5

4700 = 90A
Polyurethane Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal Seal Nominal Axial Width
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250
Gland Dimensions — BS Profile
5 C
Gland
Depth

Table 5-18. BS Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial
Section Width
0.250 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 7.499 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .004 +.004/-.000
7.500 - 10.000 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .005 +.005/-.000
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
UR Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
UR Profile, Industrial U-cup Rod Seal

The UR profile is a non-symmetrical, hydraulic cylinder rod seal.
The knife trimmed, beveled lip faces the rod to provide enhanced
low to high pressure sealing and wiping action. The UR profile is an
economical choice, available in Parker’s wear- and extrusion-resistant
Molythane® compound.
Technical Data
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s) 5
representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
UR Cross-Section
UR Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
UR Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — UR Profile
Table 5-19. UR Profile
4 6 1 5 UR 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 3 7 5

4615 = 90A Molythane
Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal Seal Nominal Axial Width
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250
Gland Dimensions — UR Profile
5 C
Gland
Depth

Table 5-20. UR Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial
Section Width
0.250 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .002 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .003 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 7.499 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .004 +.004/-.000
7.500 - 10.000 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .005 +.005/-.000
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
E5 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
E5 Profile, Rounded Lip Pneumatic U-cup Rod Seal

Parker’s E5 profile is a non-symmetrical rod seal designed to seal
both lubricated and non-lubricated air. To ensure that critical surfaces
retain lubrication, the radius edge of the lip is designed to hydroplane
over pre-lubricated surfaces. The standard compound for the E5 profile
is Parker’s proprietary Nitroxile® extreme low friction ("ELF") compound
N4274A85. This compound is formulated with proprietary internal
lubricants to provide extreme low friction and excellent wear resistance.
This compound provides extended cycle life over standard nitrile and
carboxylated nitrile compounds.
Technical Data
5
N4274A85 -10°F to +250°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-23°C to +121°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
N4180A80 -40°F to +250°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-40°C to +121°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
P5065A88 -70°F to +200°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-57°C to +93°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)

representative.
E5 Cross-Section 2-4, page 2-5.
E5 Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
E5 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — E5 Profile
Table 5-21. E5 Profile
4 2 7 4 E5 0 6 0 1 6 2 5

4274 = 85A Nitroxile® ELF
Gland Depth (XX/32") or Seal
Nominal Radial Cross-Section
Example: 06 = 6/32" or 0.187
Gland Dimensions — E5 Profile
5
C
Gland
Depth

Table 5-22. E5 Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial
Section Width
0.125 - .999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.156 Dia A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.001 5/32 (.156) 5/32 (.156) Dia A + .312 +.002/-.000 0.188 Dia A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 2.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.218 Dia A + .002 +.002/-.000
2.500 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 7/32 (.218) 7/32 (.218) Dia A + .437 +.002/-.000 0.250 Dia A + .002 +.002/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 1/4 (.250) Dia A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.281 Dia A + .003 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 7.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 5/16 (.312) Dia A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.344 Dia A + .003 +.003/-.000
8.000 - 10.000 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 3/8 (.375) Dia A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.406 Dia A + .004 +.004/-.000
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
TR Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
TR Profile (Rod T-seal) Compact Seal with

Anti-Extrusion Technology
Parker’s TR profile rod T-seal is designed to retrofit o-rings in no back-
up, single back-up and two back-up standard industrial reciprocating
o-ring glands. Its compact design provides improved stability and
extrusion resistance in dynamic fluid sealing applications. The flange
or base of the T-seal forms a tight seal in the gland and supports the
anti-extrusion back-up rings. When energized, the back-up rings bridge
the extrusion gap to protect the rubber sealing element from extrusion
and system contamination. The T-seal eliminates the spiral or twisting
failure that can occur when o-rings are used against a dynamic surface.
Parker offers the TR profile in a variety of elastomer and back-up ring
compounds to cover a wide range of fluid compatibility, pressure and
temperature requirements.
5
Profile TR0 for no back-up o-ring gland (standard offering)
Profile TRS for single back-up o-ring gland
Profile TRT for two back-up o-ring gland
The TR profile is sold only as an assembly (elastomer and back-ups).
Technical Data
Standard Materials
Base
Elastomer* Temperature Range Surface Speed
N4115A75 -40°F to +225F (-40°C to +107°C) < 1.6 ft/s (0.5 m/s)
N4274A85 -10°F to +250°F (-23°C to +121°C) < 1.6 ft/s (0.5 m/s)
V4205A75 -20°F to +400°F (-29°C to +204°C) < 1.6 ft/s (0.5 m/s)
TR Cross-Section E4259A80 -65°F to +300°F (-54°C to +149°C) < 1.6 ft/s (0.5 m/s)
*Alternate Materials: For applications that may require an alternate

elastomer material, please go to www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower to
check current tooling and part number availability, or contact your local
Parker representative.
TR Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
TR Profile
Technical Data (Continued)
Standard Materials
Back-up Pressure
Rings** Temperature Range Range†
B001 = 4655 -65°F to +275°F (-54°C to +135°C) 5,000 psi (344 bar)
B011 = Virgin PTFE -425°F to +450°F (-254°C to +233°C) 3,000 psi (206 bar)
B085 = PEEK -65°F to +500°F (-54°C to +260°C) 10,000 psi (689 bar)
**Alternate Materials: For applications that may require an alternate material, please see Section 3 for
alternate materials.
†Pressure Range without wear rings (see Table 2-4, page 2-5).
Part Number Nomenclature — TR Profile

Table 5-23. TR Profile
4 1 1 5 B 0 0 1 TR 0 2 4 E
5
Seal Compound Back-up Ring Profile Size Code/Rod

4-Digit Material Code 4-Digit Material Code Diameter Identifier
Example: Examples: B001 = 4655 Example: 24 = 1.623
4115 = 75A Nitrile B011 = Virgin PTFE
B085 = PEEK Endless (Unsplit) Back-up
O-ring Gland Type
Example: 0 = No Back-up O-ring Gland
S = Single Back-up O-ring Gland
T = Two Back-up O-ring Gland
Gland Dimensions — TR Profile
Gland
Depth

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
TR Profile
Table 5-24. TR Profile Rod Gland Calculation
A TR Ref: Gland B C C C D
Rod Profile O-Ring Depth Groove TR0 TRS TRT Throat
Diameter Number Dash # Diameter Groove Groove Groove Diameter
Range Width Width Width
+.000/-.002 +.002/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.001/-.000
2-204 to
0.373 - 1.498 04 to 22 0.121 Dia. A + .242 0.187 0.208 0.275 Dia. A + .003
2-222
2-325 to
1.498 - 4.498 23 to 47 0.185 Dia. A + .370 0.281 0.311 0.410 Dia. A + .003
2-349
2-429 to
4.997 - 11.997 48 to 65 0.237 Dia. A + .474 0.375 0.498 0.538 Dia. A + .004
2-453
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for rod diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional sizes may be
considered. Consult www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower for hardware specifications, additional cross-sections and sizes, and part number
availability. Contact your Parker representative for assistance.

Table 5-25. TR Profile — O-Ring Dash # Reference
Seal
TR Profile Nominal Seal Seal A B
C
D AS568 5
Nominal Nominal Rod Groove TR0 TRS TRT Throat O-ring Dash
Number Groove Groove Groove
ID OD Width Diameter Diameter Diameter* Number
Width Width Width
±.001 +.000/ +.005/ +.005/ +.005/ ±.001
-.002 -.000 -.000 -.000
TR001 3/16 3/8 3/32 0.186 0.370 0.150 0.171 0.238 0.189 2–106
TR002 1/4 7/16 3/32 0.248 0.433 0.150 0.171 0.238 0.251 2–108
TR003 5/16 1/2 3/32 0.310 0.495 0.150 0.171 0.238 0.313 2–109
TR Profile Ref: O-Ring TR Profile Ref: O-Ring TR Profile Ref: O-Ring

Number Dash # Number Dash # Number Dash #
04 2-204 25 2-327 46 2-348
05 2-205 26 2-328 47 2-349
06 2-206 27 2-329 48 2-429
07 2-207 28 2-330 49 2-431
08 2-208 29 2-331 50 2-433
09 2-209 30 2-332 51 2-434
10 2-210 31 2-333 52 2-437
11 2-211 32 2-334 53 2-438
12 2-212 33 2-335 54 2-439
13 2-213 34 2-336 55 2-440
14 2-214 35 2-337 56 2-441
15 2-215 36 2-338 57 2-442
16 2-216 37 2-339 58 2-443
17 2-217 38 2-340 59 2-445
18 2-218 39 2-341 60 2-447
19 2-219 40 2-342 61 2-448
20 2-220 41 2-343 62 2-449
21 2-221 42 2-344 63 2-451
22 2-222 43 2-345 64 2-452
23 2-325 44 2-346 65 2-453
24 2-326 45 2-347 02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
ON Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
ON Profile, PTFE Rod Cap Seal

The Parker ON profile is a bi-directional PTFE rod seal for use in low
to medium duty hydraulic systems. The ON profile is a simple two
piece design comprised of a standard size Parker o-ring energizing
a wear resistant PTFE cap. The ON profile offers long wear and low
friction, and because of its short assembly length, requires minimal
space in the rod housing. The seal is commonly used in applications
such as mobile hydraulics, machine tools, injection molding machines
and hydraulic presses. Parker’s ON profile will retrofit non-Parker seals
of similar design.
The ON profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

energizer code. See part number nomenclature.
5 Technical Data
Materials* Range Range† Speed
Cap
0401 40% Bronze- -200°F to +575°F 5000 psi < 13 ft/s
filled PTFE (-129°C to +302°C) (344 bar) (4 m/s)
Energizer
A 70A Nitrile -30°F to +250°F
(-34°C to +121°C)

material, please see Section 3 for alternate PTFE (Table 3-4) and
energizer (Table 3-5) materials.
2-4, page 2-5.
ON Cross-Section Options
Notched side walls: Notches can be added to the side walls of
the PTFE cap. This can help to optimize the seal’s response to fluid
pressure. Notched side walls help ensure that fluid pressure fills the
cavity between the side face of the seal and the side face of the seal
gland. Consult your local Parker seal representative for the availability
and cost to add side notches to the ON profile.
N = Notched walls
ON installed in Rod Gland

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
ON Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — ON Profile
Table 5-26. ON Profile
0 4 0 1 ON 2 1 2 0 2 0 0 0 - 1 6 6 A
Seal Compound Profile Rod Diameter (x1000) Example:

4-Digit Material Code 2.000 x 1000 = 02000
Example:
0401 = 40% Bronze-
filled PTFE Gland Depth (x1000) Groove Width (x1000)
Example: .212 x 1000 = 212 Example: .166 x 1000 = 166
Energizer Compound Code

Example: A = 70A Nitrile
Omit = No Energizer
(See Table 3-5, page 3-18.)
Option: 5
“N” = Notched
Walls
Gland Dimensions — ON Profile
Gland
Depth

Table 5-27. ON Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

A B C D
Rod Gland Groove Groove Throat O-Ring
Diameter Depth Diameter Width Diameter* Series
Range Tol Calculation Tol +.005/-.000 Calculation Tol.
0.500-0.999 +.000/-.001 0.087 Dia. A + .174 +.001/-.000 0.081 Dia. A + .001 +.001/-.000 2-0xx
1.000-1.999 +.000/-.002 0.149 Dia. A + .298 +.002/-.000 0.126 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-1xx
2.000-3.999 +.000/-.003 0.212 Dia. A + .424 +.003/-.000 0.166 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000 2-2xx
4.000-7.999 +.000/-.004 0.308 Dia. A + .616 +.004/-.000 0.247 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000 2-3xx
8.000-16.000 +.000/-.005 0.415 Dia. A + .830 +.005/-.000 0.320 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000 2-4xx
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
CR Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
CR Profile, PTFE Rod Cap Seal

to Retrofit O-ring Glands
The Parker CR profile is a cap seal with anti-extrusion, low friction
and low wear features. The seal is a bi-directional rod seal for use
in pneumatic and low to medium duty applications. Because of its
short assembly length, it requires minimal space in the rod housing.
The three CR profiles will fit into standard o-ring grooves without
modification. Parker’s CR profiles will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar
design.
• CR0 fits a standard o-ring groove
• CR1 fits an o-ring groove designed for one back-up ring
• CR2 fits an o-ring groove designed for two back-up rings
5 The CR profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

Technical Data
Cap
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)
*Alternate Materials: For pneumatic applications, compound 0102 is

CR Cross-Section recommended. For applications that may require an alternate material,
please see Section 3 for alternate PTFE (Table 3-4) and energizer (Table
3-5) materials.
†Pressure Range without wear rings. If used with wear
rings, see Table 2-4, page 2-5.
Option
Notched side walls: Notches can be added to the side
walls of the PTFE cap. This can help to optimize the seal’s
response to fluid pressure. Notched side walls help ensure
that fluid pressure fills the cavity between the side face of the
seal and the side face of the seal gland. Consult your local
Parker seal representative for the availability and cost to add
CR installed in Rod Gland side notches to the CR profile.
N = Notched walls
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CR Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — CR Profile
Table 5-28. CR Profile
0 4 0 1 CR 0 - 2 1 0 A
Seal Compound Profile Groove Size Option:

4-Digit Material Code (O-ring Dash Size) “N” = Notched Walls
Example:
0401 = 40% Bronze-
filled PTFE
Groove Width Energizer Compound Code
0 = No Back-up O-ring Groove Example: A = 70A Nitrile
1 = 1 Back-up O-ring Groove Omit = No Energizer
2 = 2 Back-up O-ring Groove (See Table 3-5 on page 3-18.)
Gland Dimensions — CR Profile

5
Gland
Depth
Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

A D B page 2-8 for surface finish and additional
Table 5-29. CR Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

A O-Ring B C C C D
Rod Dash # Groove CR0 CR1 CR2 Throat
Diameter Diameter Groove Groove Groove Diameter*
Width Width Width
+.000/-.002 +.002/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.005/-.000 Calculation Tol
2-006 to
0.125 - 0.437 Dia. A + .110 0.093 0.138 0.205 Dia. A + .001 +.001/-.000
2-013
2-112 to
0.500 - 0.812 Dia. A + .176 0.140 0.171 0.238 Dia. A + .001 +.002-.000
2-117
2-212 to
0.875 - 1.500 Dia. A + .242 0.187 0.208 0.275 Dia. A + .001 +.002-.000
2-222
2-326 to
1.625 - 4.375 Dia. A + .370 0.281 0.311 0.410 Dia. A + .002 +.003-.000
2-348
2-425 to
4.500 - 16.000 Dia. A + .474 0.375 0.408 0.538 Dia. A + .004 +.004/-.000
2-461
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
OC Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
OC Profile, Compact PTFE Rod Cap Seal

The Parker OC profile is a bi-directional rod seal for use in pneumatic
and low to medium duty hydraulic systems. The OC profile is a two-
piece design utilizing a rectangular PTFE cap and standard size Parker
o-ring. The OC profile is an excellent choice for applications requiring
a compact design. The unique properties of the modified PTFE provide
added wear resistance for improved cycle life. Parker’s OC profile will
retrofit non-Parker seals of similar design.
The OC profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

Technical Data
5 Standard Temperature Pressure Surface
Cap
0102 Modified -320°F to +450°F 1,500 psi < 13 ft/s
PTFE (-195°C to +282°C) (103 bar) (4 m/s)
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

2-4, page 2-5.
Option
OC Cross-Section Notched side walls: Notches can be added to the side walls of
the PTFE cap. This can help to optimize the seal’s response to fluid
pressure. Notched side walls help ensure that fluid pressure fills the
cavity between the side face of the seal and the side face of the seal
gland. Consult your local Parker seal representative for the availability
and cost to add side notches to the OC profile.
N= Notched walls
OC installed in Rod Gland

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
OC Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — OC Profile
Table 5-30. OC Profile
0 1 0 2 OC 2 4 6 0 3 0 0 0 - 2 2 1 A
Seal Compound Profile Rod Diameter (x1000) Example:

4-Digit Material Code 3.000 x 1000 = 03000
Example:
0102 = Modified PTFE Gland Depth (x1000) Groove Width (x1000)
Example: 0.246 x 1000 = 246 Example: .221 x 1000 = 221

Omit = No Energizer
(See Table 3-5 on page
3-18.)
Option:
“N” = Notched
Walls
5
Gland Dimensions — OC Profile
C
Gland
Depth

Table 5-31. OC Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

A B C D
0.125 - 0.249 +.000/-.001 0.072 Dia. A + .143 +.001/-.000 0.079 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-0xx
0.250 - 0.374 +.000/-.001 0.087 Dia. A + .174 +.001/-.000 0.079 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-0xx
0.375 - 0.749 +.000/-.003 0.118 Dia. A + .236 +.003/-.000 0.112 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-1xx
0.750 - 1.499 +.000/-.004 0.150 Dia. A + .300 +.004/-.000 0.149 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-2xx
1.500 - 4.499 +.000/-.005 0.246 Dia. A + .491 +.005/-.000 0.221 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000 2-3xx
4.500 - 5.999 +.000/-.006 0.297 Dia. A + .593 +.006/-.000 0.297 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000 2-4xx
6.000 - 7.999 +.000/-.006 0.359 Dia. A + .718 +.006/-.000 0.297 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000 2-4xx
8.000 - 15.000 +.000/-.006 0.484 Dia. A + .968 +.006/-.000 0.297 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000 2-4xx
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
OD Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
OD Profile, PTFE Buffer Seal

The Parker OD profile is a rod seal that can be used as a buffer seal
in conjunction with a primary rod seal or in tandem with itself to form
a sealing system for higher performance. The OD profile is a uni-
directional seal, with a unique design that allows trapped fluid pressure
back into the cylinder. When the rod extends from the cylinder the
OD profile is riding on a sealing point, creating a high compression
point to limit leakage. As the rod goes through its return stroke this
seal rocks forward, creating a larger sealing surface on the rod. The
compression force is spread out over a larger area allowing trapped
fluid to pass under the seal and return to the system. This pressure
relief feature allows the OD profile to be used in tandem or multiple seal
arrangements. The OD features low friction, long life, and versatility.
5 The OD profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

Technical Data
Temperature Pressure Surface
Standard Materials* Range Range† Speed
Cap
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

OD Cross-Section material, please see Section 3 for alternate PTFE (Table 3-4) and
2-4, page 2-5.
OD installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
OD Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — OD Profile
Table 5-32. OD Profile
0 4 0 1 OD 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 - 1 6 5 A
Seal Compound Profile Rod Diameter (x1000)

4-Digit Material Code Example: 1.000 x 1000 = 01000
Example:
0401 = 40% Bronze- Gland Depth (x1000) Groove Width (x1000)
filled PTFE Example: .210 x 1000 = 210 Example: .165 x 1000 = 165

Omit = No Energizer
3-18.)
Gland Dimensions — OD Profile 5
Gland
Depth

Table 5-33. OD Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

A B C D
0.312 - 0.749 +.000/-.002 0.143 Dia. A + .286 +.001/-.002 0.126 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-1xx
0.750 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 0.210 Dia. A + .420 +.002/-.000 0.165 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-2xx
1.500 - 7.999 +.000/-.003 0.297 Dia. A + .594 +.003/-.000 0.248 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000 2-3xx
8.000 - 9.999 +.000/-.004 0.403 Dia. A + .806 +.004/-.000 0.319 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000 2-4xx
10.000 - 20.000 +.000/-.006 0.472 Dia. A + .944 +.006/-.000 0.319 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000 2-4xx
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
V6 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
V6 Profile, Pneumatic Cushion Seal

The V6 profile provides a check valve type action for use in
cushioning pneumatic cylinders. The V6 profile seals against the
cushioning piston or spud, allowing pneumatic pressure to build
and cushion the cylinder’s end stroke. Through a series of slots and
pedestals the intake flow is then able to easily blow past the cushion
seal to fill the cylinder. The installation of the cushion seal is very simple
as it manually snaps into the groove recess. The V6 profile is available
in proprietary Parker compounds formulated for low friction, extrusion
resistance, and high temperature. The V6 profile can be used in a wide
variety of NFPA cylinders and will provide excellent performance and
long life.
5
Technical Data
P4622A90 -65°F to +225°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-54°C to +107°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
N4180A80 -40°F to +250°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-40°C to +121°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
N4181A80 -40°F to +250°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-40°C to +121°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)

representative.
V6 Cross-Section
2-4, page 2-5.
V6 Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
V6 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — V6 Profile
Table 5-34. V6 Profile
4 6 2 2 V6 1 5 7 0 1 6 2 5

4622 = 90A
Ultrathane® Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal
Example: .157 x 1000 = 157
Gland Dimensions — V6 Profile

.062” for Spud Ø < 0.750”
.078” for Spud Ø > 0.750” C
Gland Depth
5
D A E B Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

Table 5-35. V6 Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

Nominal A B C D E F
Gland
Spud Spud Groove Groove Throat Throat Spud End
Depth
Diameter Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Radius
3/8 0.157 0.368/0.370 0.685/0.689 0.181/0.197 0.390/0.393 0.449/0.453 0.118
5/8 0.157 0.617/0.620 0.935/0.940 0.181/0.197 0.640/0.644 0.699/0.703 0.118
3/4 0.157 0.742/0.745 1.060/1.065 0.181/0.197 0.765/0.769 0.824/0.828 0.118
7/8 0.157 0.877/0.880 1.195/1.201 0.181/0.197 0.900/0.905 0.959/0.964 0.118
1 0.157 0.992/0.995 1.310/1.315 0.181/0.197 1.015/1.019 1.074/1.078 0.118
1-3/16 0.197 1.179/1.184 1.578/1.585 0.228/0.244 1.208/1.215 1.263/1.270 0.157
1-1/4 0.157 1.249/1.253 1.568/1.574 0.181/0.197 1.273/1.279 1.332/1.338 0.118
1-5/8 0.157 1.620/1.624 1.939/1.945 0.181/0.197 1.644/1.650 1.703/1.709 0.118
1-5/8 0.197 1.616/1.622 2.016/2.023 0.228/0.244 1.646/1.653 1.701/1.709 0.157
2 0.197 1.992/1.997 2.391/2.398 0.228/0.244 2.021/2.028 2.076/2.083 0.157
2-1/4 0.157 2.242/2.247 2.562/2.569 0.181/0.197 2.267/2.274 2.326/2.333 0.118
2-3/4 0.276 2.735/2.740 3.291/3.300 0.323/0.339 2.764/2.771 2.858/2.865 0.197
4-1/4 0.276 4.219/4.225 4.776/4.786 0.323/0.339 4.249/4.258 4.343/4.352 0.197

Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional sizes
may be considered. Consult www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower for hardware specifications, additional cross-sections and
sizes, and part number availability. Contact your Parker representative for assistance.
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
OR Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
OR Profile, Rotary PTFE Cap Seal

The Parker OR profile is a bi-directional rod seal for use in pneumatic
and low to medium duty rotary or oscillating applications. The OR
profile is a two piece design comprised of a standard size o-ring
energizing a wear resistant PTFE cap. The OR profile offers long
wear and low friction without stick-slip. This PTFE outer diameter
is designed with a special interference with the o-ring to eliminate
spinning between the o-ring and seal. Special grooves are designed
into the PTFE inner diameter to provide lubrication and create a
labyrinth effect for reduced leakage. The seal is commonly used in
swivel joints, hose reels, and machine applications. Parker’s OR profile
will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar design.
The OR profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

5 energizer code. See part number nomenclature.
Technical Data
Temperature Pressure Surface
Standard Materials* Range Range† Speed
Cap
0205 15% Fiberglass-, -200°F to +575°F 3000 psi < 3.3 ft/s
5% MoS2-filled (-129°C to +302°C) (206 bar) (1.0 m/s)
PTFE
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

OR Cross-Section
2-4, page 2-5.
Minimum rotary shaft hardness = 60 Rc.
Note: Small size cross sections feature single outer diameter grooves.
Cross sections 0.305" and greater feature dual grooves.
OR installed on Rotary Shaft Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
OR Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — OR Profile
Table 5-36. OR Profile
0 2 0 5 OR 1 4 8 0 2 0 0 0 - 1 2 6 A
Seal Compound Profile Gland Depth (x1000) Groove Width (x1000)

4-Digit Material Code Example: .148 x 1000 = 148 Example: .126 x 1000 = 126
Example:
0205 = 15% Fiberglass-, Rod Diameter (x1000) Example: Energizer Compound Code
5% MoS2-filled 2.000 x 1000 = 02000 Example: A = 70A Nitrile
PTFE Omit = No Energizer
3-18.)
Option:
N = Notched Walls
5
Gland Dimensions — OR Profile
Gland
Depth

Table 5-37. OR Profile – Rod Gland Calculation

A B C D
0.313 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 0.097 Dia. A + .193 +.002/-.000 0.087 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-0xx
1.500 - 2.999 +.000/-.003 0.148 Dia. A + .295 +.003/-.000 0.126 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000 2-1xx
3.000 - 5.999 +.000/-.004 0.217 Dia. A + .433 +.004/-.000 0.165 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000 2-2xx
6.000 - 11.999 +.000/-.005 0.305 Dia. A + .610 +.005/-.000 0.248 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000 2-3xx
12.000 - 20.000 +.000/-.006 0.414 Dia. A + .827 +.006/-.000 0.319 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000 2-4xx
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Notes
01/30/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Symmetrical Seals
for Rod or Piston Applications Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Symmetrical Profiles

Product Offering.......................... 6-2 Parker symmetrical profiles are designed to fit the center of the gland.
Decision Tree They are categorized as symmetrical profiles because the shape of the
outside diameter sealing lip matches the shape of the inside diameter
Rod..............................5-3 and 5-4 sealing lip. This symmetrical design, with its centered fit in the gland,
Piston..........................7-3 and 7-4 allows the profile to function either as a rod or piston seal. Parker’s
wide range of profile options, proprietary compounds, and sizes
PolyPak® Sealing......................... 6-3
establish Parker as a leader in the industry, providing quality solutions
Profiles for pneumatic and hydraulic applications.
SPP - Standard PolyPak......... 6-6
DPP - Deep PolyPak............. 6-10
BPP - Type B PolyPak.......... 6-14
8400 and 8500...................... 6-18
SL......................................... 6-24
US......................................... 6-27
AN6226................................. 6-30
6

Urethane Urethane
Head Seal O-ring
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seal
Product Offering (For Rod or Piston Applications) Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Profiles
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
Medium
Medium
Heavy
Heavy
Light
Light
Series Description Page Series Description Page
SPP Square 6-6 8400 Light Load 6-18
Cross-Section U-cup with
O-ring Beveled Lips
Energized
Lip Seal
DPP O-ring Loaded 6-10 8500 Light Load 6-18

Lip Seal with U-cup with
Straight Cut, Straight Cut,
Scraper Lip Scraper Lips
Design
BPP O-ring 6-14 AN6226 Symmetrical 6-30

Energized U-cup per
Lip Seal with Army/Navy
Beveled Lip (AN)
6 Design Specification
SL Dual 6-24
Compound
Dual Lip Seal
US Symmetrical 6-27
U-cup Seal
Symmetrical Seal
Decision Tree
The Symmetrical product offerings are a part of the Decision Trees in the Rod and Piston sections (Sections
5 and 7). These Decision Trees are found on pages 5-3, 5-4, 7-3 and 7-4.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seals
PolyPak® Sealing Catalog EPS 5370/USA
PolyPak® Sealing
Parker’s PolyPak® seal is a patented precision molded multi-purpose
seal. The Parker PolyPak combines an o-ring type synthetic rubber
o-spring with a conventional lip-type seal to produce a unique sealing
device capable of sealing both vacuum, high and low pressure.
Conventional lip seals, such as the standard u-cups are prone to

leakage under low pressure because little or no lip loading is inherent in
the basic seal design. The Parker PolyPak however, is a squeeze type
seal and provides high sealability at low pressure. As system pressure
increases, additional force is applied to the PolyPak’s seal interface and
as pressure continues to increase, lip loading is automatically increased
to compensate for this higher pressure and thus maintain a positive,
leak-free seal from hard vacuum to over 60,000 psi with proper design
and auxiliary devices.
In addition to providing superior sealing in vacuum, low and high

pressure applications, the PolyPak seal offers a number of distinct
advantages over conventional symmetrical or non-symmetrical u-cup
seals including: 6
• The PolyPak seal’s o-spring energizer stabilizes the seal under ex-
treme pressures, preventing seal lip distortion and rolling or twisting
in the gland.
• At low or high temperature extremes, the o-spring maintains lip load-
ing on both I.D. and O.D. of the seal interface.
• The PolyPak seal can be stretched or squeezed to accommodate
oversize cylinder bores and undersize rods. As long as the seal
cross-section is correct in relation to the radial groove dimensions,
the PolyPak will compensate and maintain proper lip loading.
• The range of materials available to the user of the PolyPak seal
insures the proper combination for abrasion, extrusion, temperature
resistance and fluid compatability which produces high sealability
and long life.
PolyPak seals are available in three styles:

1. Standard PolyPak (SPP Profile)
2. Deep PolyPak (DPP Profile)
3. Type B PolyPak (BPP Profile)
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PolyPak® Sealing
Rod Sealing with PolyPak® Seals PolyPak Material Combinations
As a general rule, rod seals are more critical in PolyPak seals can be configured in numerous
nature than their companion piston seals. With o-spring energizer and shell combinations. Table 6-2
increasing OEM requirements for “dry rod” capability, represents “standard” combinations. Care should
both to conserve system fluid and avoid leakage, be taken to insure that both the PolyPak shell and its
the design and selection of the rod seal can be more companion o-spring energizer are compatible with the
challenging than its piston counterpart. system temperature, pressure, and fluid requirements.
Parker recommends the use of the Type B PolyPak Table 6-2. Standard Shell and O-Spring Energizer
(BPP Profile) for rod seal applications due to its Combinations for PolyPak Seals
design features, including:
PolyPak O-Spring
• Excellent film-breaking capability of the beveled lip Shell Energizer
design
Molythane® 70A Nitrile
• The higher level of lip loading provided by the Type
B offers maximum sealability Polymyte ®
70A Nitrile, 75A FKM
• The long body of the design provides maximum Nitroxile® 70A Nitrile
stability
Ethylene Propylene 80A EPR
Piston Sealing with PolyPak Seals Fluorocarbon 75A FKM
Piston seals can be classified in two categories:
All Plastic and Rubber Metal O-spring
single-acting and double-acting. The single acting
seal is only required to seal in a single direction as
Parker’s “smart” part numbering provides for
system pressure is seen on only one end of the
varying standard and custom PolyPak shell and
piston (return of the piston in a single-acting system
6 is accomplished either by gravity or spring loading).
o-spring energizer material combinations. Please
refer to the part number nomenclature tables and
The double-acting cylinder requires that the piston be
Technical Data in the PolyPak profile pages for
sealed in both directions of stroke as system fluid is
PolyPak shell material options. See Table 6-3 for
applied to one side or the other to achieve movement.
standard and custom o-spring energizer option
details.
Please see the individual PolyPak profile pages for
explanation and differentiation on selecting PolyPak
profiles for piston applications. Positively-Actuated Back-ups Option
PolyPak seals can be designed with positively-
actuated back-ups by designating that option in the
part number. See page 10-16 for an explanation of
the features of positively-actuated back-ups.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PolyPak® Sealing
Table 6-3. PolyPak® O-Spring Energizers
Standard O-Spring Energizer
O-Spring
Type of PolyPak Description
Energizer Code
Molythane® (4615) 70A NBR o-spring energizer
Indicates that the o-spring material family is to match the rubber

PolyPak shell material family.
Example:
–
Rubber XNBR 4263 PolyPak shell: code (“–”) indicates NBR o-ring
(dash)
EPR 4207 PolyPak shell: code (“–”) indicates EPR o-ring
FKM 4208 PolyPak shell: code (“–”) indicates FKM o-ring
FKM 4266 PolyPak shell: code (“–”) indicates FKM o-ring
HNBR 4007 PolyPak shell: code (“–”) indicates HNBR o-ring
Custom Polymyte® (4651)

(See below) Ultrathane® (4622) Must be replaced by a custom o-spring energizer code
Custom O-Spring Energizers

O-Spring
Energizer Code
Energizer Description 6
C Continuous o-ring
E General EPR o-ring
J General HNBR o-ring
L Canted coil, spring-loaded with oval spring cavity
N General nitrile o-ring
R Low swell nitrile o-ring
S Spring energizer with o-ring groove
U Geothermal EPR o-ring
V Fluorocarbon o-ring
W Nuclear grade EPR o-ring
X Premium grade low-temperature o-ring
Y Low temperature nitrile o-ring
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seal
SPP Profile, Standard PolyPak® Catalog EPS 5370/USA
SPP Profile, Standard PolyPak®

Square Cross-Section O-ring Energized Lip Seal
Parker’s Standard PolyPak is a squeeze seal with a symmetrical
profile for use in either rod or piston applications. The standard
Molythane® shell provides high wear resistance and the o-ring energizer
functions as a spring to maintain sealing contact under low pressure.
The Standard PolyPak utilizes a straight cut scraper lip design formed
by a precision trimming process. The scraper edge wipes both fluid
film and contamination away from the seal. A wide selection of sizes
and alternate compounds allow this profile to match up with many
hydraulic applications. The Standard PolyPak is an economical choice
as a stand alone rod or piston seal. With less squeeze force than the
Deep or Type B profiles, the Standard PolyPak can be installed back-to-
back, in separate glands, for bi-directional sealing. To protect against
pressure trapping, it is recommended that the o-ring be removed from
the Standard PolyPak facing the lower pressure side of the application.
Technical Data
6
Shell
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (345 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4622A90 -65°F to +225°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +107°C) (345 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Z4651D60 -65°F to +275°F 7000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (482 bar) (0.5 m/s)
N4263A90 -20°F to +275°F 2000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-29°C to +135°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
E4207A90 -65°F to +300°F 2000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
Standard PolyPak Cross-Section (-54°C to +149°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F 2000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4266A95 -5°F to +400°F 2250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°F to +204°C) (155 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Energizer
For Seals With... Standard Energizer Material*
4615 PolyPak shell Standard energizer is a nitrile o-ring
4651 or 4622 PolyPak shell O-spring energizer code must be identified
-Rubber PolyPak shell Standard energizer is an o-ring from the
same rubber material family as the shell
*Alternate Materials: For custom energizer materials, see Table 6-3 on

page 6-5. For applications that may require an alternate shell material,
please see Section 3 or contact your local Parker representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Standard PolyPak installed Standard PolyPak installed

in Rod Gland in Piston Gland
Part Number Nomenclature — SPP Profile, Standard PolyPak®

Table 6-4. SPP Profile, Standard PolyPak
4 6 1 5 2 5 0 0 2 5 0 0
4 Digit Material Code Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000)

Example: Example: 2.500 x 1000 = 02500 6
4615 = 90A Molythane®
Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal Energizer Material Code
Nominal Radial Cross-Section Omit = Standard
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250 (For custom energizer
options, see Table 6-3
on page 6-5).
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Rod Gland Dimensions — SPP Profile, Standard PolyPak®
Gland
Depth

Table 6-5. SPP Profile — Rod Gland Calculation, Rubber and Polyurethane (90A)
C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Range Tol. Calculation Tol. Calculation Tol.
Section Width -.000
0.062 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.138 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.138 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
6 2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 9.999 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
10.000 - 19.999 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000
20.000 - 29.999 +.000/-.003 5/8 (.625) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + 1.250 +.009/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .002 +.006/-.000
30.000 - 39.999 +.000/-.004 3/4 (.750) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.500 +.011/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .002 +.007/-.000
40.000 + +.000/-.005 1 (1.000) 1 (1.000) Dia. A + 2.000 +.015/-.000 1.100 Dia. A + .002 +.009/-.000
Table 6-6. SPP Profile — Rod Gland Calculation, Polymyte (60D)

C
A A D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.062 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.138 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.749 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.138 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.750 - 2.249 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
2.250 - 2.749 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
2.750 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 9.999 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
10.000 - 19.999 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000
20.000 - 29.999 +.000/-.003 5/8 (.625) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + 1.250 +.009/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .002 +.006/-.000
30.000 - 39.999 +.000/-.004 3/4 (.750) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.500 +.011/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .002 +.007/-.000
40.000 + +.000/-.005 1 (1.000) 1 (1.000) Dia. A + 2.000 +.015/-.000 1.100 Dia. A + .002 +.009/-.000
* If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring throat diameter, see Section 9.
considered. Consult www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower for additional cross-sections and sizes, hardware specifications, and part number
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Piston Gland Dimensions — SPP Profile, Standard PolyPak®
Gland Depth
A E B

Table 6-7. SPP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation, Rubber and Polyurethane (90A)
C
B A E
Seal Groove
Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Piston Diameter*
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.312 - 1.499 +.002/-.000 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia. B - .250 +.000/-.002 0.138 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
1.500 - 2.999 +.002/-.000 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia. B - .375 +.000/-.002 0.206 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002 6
3.000 - 5.999 +.003/-.000 1/4 (.250) 1/4 (.250) Dia. B - .500 +.000/-.003 0.275 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
6.000 - 9.999 +.003/-.000 5/16 (.312) 5/16 (.312) Dia. B - .625 +.000/-.004 0.343 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 19.999 +.004/-.000 3/8 (.375) 3/8 (.375) Dia. B - .750 +.000/-.005 0.413 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
20.000 - 29.999 +.005/-.000 1/2 (.500) 1/2 (.500) Dia. B - 1.000 +.000/-.007 0.550 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
30.000 - 39.999 +.006/-.000 5/8 (.625) 5/8 (.625) Dia. B - 1.250 +.000/-.009 0.688 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
40.000 - 49.999 +.007/-.000 3/4 (.750) 3/4 (.750) Dia. B - 1.500 +.000/-.010 0.825 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.004
50.000 + +.009/-.000 1 (1.000) 1 (1.000) Dia. B - 2.000 +.000/-.012 1.100 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.005
Table 6-8. SPP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation, Polymyte (60D)

C
B A E
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width - .000
0.312 - 2.749 +.002/-.000 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia. B - .250 +.000/-.002 0.138 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
2.750 - 4.499 +.002/-.000 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia. B - .375 +.000/-.002 0.206 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
4.500 - 5.999 +.003/-.000 1/4 (.250) 1/4 (.250) Dia. B - .500 +.000/-.003 0.275 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
6.000 - 9.999 +.003/-.000 5/16 (.312) 5/16 (.312) Dia. B - .625 +.000/-.004 0.343 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 19.999 +.004/-.000 3/8 (.375) 3/8 (.375) Dia. B - .750 +.000/-.005 0.413 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
20.000 - 29.999 +.005/-.000 1/2 (.500) 1/2 (.500) Dia. B - 1.000 +.000/-.007 0.550 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
30.000 - 39.999 +.006/-.000 5/8 (.625) 5/8 (.625) Dia. B - 1.250 +.000/-.009 0.688 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
40.000 - 49.999 +.007/-.000 3/4 (.750) 3/4 (.750) Dia. B - 1.500 +.000/-.010 0.825 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.004
50.000 + +.009/-.000 1 (1.000) 1 (1.000) Dia. B - 2.000 +.000/-.012 1.100 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.005
* If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring piston diameter, see Section 9.
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for bore diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional sizes may be
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seal
DPP Profile, Deep PolyPak® Catalog EPS 5370/USA
DPP Profile, Deep PolyPak®,

O-ring Loaded Lip Seal with Scraper Lip Design
Parker’s Deep PolyPak is a squeeze seal with a symmetrical profile
for use in either rod or piston applications. Its rectangular shape
ensures stability in the gland. The standard Molythane® shell provides
high wear resistance and the o-ring energizer functions as a spring to
maintain sealing contact under low pressure or vacuum applications.
The Deep PolyPak straight cut scraper lip design cuts fluid film and
moves contamination away from the seal. The sharp edge of the lip
is formed by a precision knife trimming process. A wide selection of
sizes and alternate compounds allow this profile to match up with many
hydraulic applications. The Deep PolyPak is an economical choice as a
stand alone rod or piston seal. Dual Deep PolyPak seals should not be
installed back to back in bi-directional piston applications as a pressure
trap between the seals may occur.
Technical Data
6
Shell
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4622A90 -65°F to +225°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +107°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Z4651D60 -65°F to +275°F 7,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (482 bar) (0.5 m/s)
N4263A90 -20°F to +275°F 2,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-29°C to +135°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
E4207A90 -65°F to +300°F 2,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
Deep PolyPak Cross-Section
(-54°C to +149°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F 2,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4266A95 -5°F to +400°F 2,250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (155 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Energizer
4651 or 4622 PolyPak shell O-spring energizer code must be identified
Rubber PolyPak shell Standard energizer is an o-ring from the

please see Section 3 or contact your local Parker Seal representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
DPP Profile, Deep PolyPak®
Deep PolyPak installed in Rod Gland Deep PolyPak installed in Piston Gland
Part Number Nomenclature — DPP Profile, Deep PolyPak®
Table 6-9. DPP Profile, Deep PolyPak

4 6 1 5 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 3 7 5
4 Digit Material Code Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000) Seal Nominal Axial Width
Example: Example: (x1000)
4615 = 90A Molythane® 2.000 x 1000 = 02000 Example:
.375 x 1000 = 375 6
Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal Energizer Material Code

Nominal Radial Cross-Section Example:
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250 - (Dash) = 70A Nitrile O-ring
(For custom energizer
options, see Table 6-3 on
page 6-5.)
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Rod Gland Dimensions — DPP Profile, Deep PolyPak®
Gland
Depth

Table 6-10. DPP Profile — Rod Gland Calculation, Rubber and Polyurethane (90A)
C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.062 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
6 2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 9.999 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
10.000 - 19.999 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000
20.000 - 29.999 +.000/-.003 5/8 (.625) 1 (1.000) Dia. A + 1.250 +.009/-.000 1.100 Dia. A + .002 +.006/-.000
30.000 - 39.999 +.000/-.004 3/4 (.750) 1-1/4 (1.250) Dia. A + 1.500 +.011/-.000 1.375 Dia. A + .002 +.007/-.000
40.000 + +.000/-.005 1 (1.000) 1-1/2 (1.500) Dia. A + 2.000 +.015/-.000 1.650 Dia. A + .002 +.009/-.000
Table 6-11. DPP Profile — Rod Gland Calculation, Polymyte (60D)

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Range Cross Axial +.015/

Tol. Calculation Tol. Calculation Tol.
Section Width -.000
0.062 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.749 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.750 - 2.249 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
2.250 - 2.749 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
2.750 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 9.999 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
10.000 - 19.999 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000
20.000 - 29.999 +.000/-.003 5/8 (.625) 1 (1.000) Dia. A + 1.250 +.009/-.000 1.100 Dia. A + .002 +.006/-.000
30.000 - 39.999 +.000/-.004 3/4 (.750) 1-1/4 (1.250) Dia. A + 1.500 +.011/-.000 1.375 Dia. A + .002 +.007/-.000
40.000 + +.000/-.005 1 (1.000) 1-1/2 (1.500) Dia. A + 2.000 +.015/-.000 1.650 Dia. A + .002 +.009/-.000
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Piston Gland Dimensions — DPP Profile, Deep PolyPak®
Gland Depth
A E B

Table 6-12. DPP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation, Rubber and Polyurethane (90A)
C
B A E
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.312 - 1.499 +.002/-.000 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. B - .250 +.000/-.002 0.275 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
1.500 - 2.999 +.002/-.000 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. B - .375 +.000/-.002 0.343 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
3.000 - 5.999 +.003/-.000 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. B - .500 +.000/-.003 0.413 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002 6
6.000 - 9.999 +.003/-.000 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. B - .625 +.000/-.004 0.550 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 19.999 +.004/-.000 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. B - .750 +.000/-.005 0.688 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
20.000 - 29.999 +.005/-.000 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. B - 1.000 +.000/-.007 0.825 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
30.000 - 39.999 +.006/-.000 5/8 (.625) 1 (1.000) Dia. B - 1.250 +.000/-.009 1.100 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
40.000 - 49.999 +.007/-.000 3/4 (.750) 1-1/4 (1.250) Dia. B - 1.500 +.000/-.010 1.375 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.004
50.000 + +.009/-.000 1 (1.000) 1-1/2 (1.500) Dia. B - 2.000 +.000/-.012 1.650 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.005
Table 6-13. DPP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation, Polymyte (60D)

C
B A E
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.312 - 2.749 +.002/-.000 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. B - .250 +.000/-.002 0.275 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
2.750 - 4.499 +.002/-.000 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. B - .375 +.000/-.002 0.343 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
4.500 - 5.999 +.003/-.000 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. B - .500 +.000/-.003 0.413 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
6.000 - 9.999 +.003/-.000 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. B - .625 +.000/-.004 0.550 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 19.999 +.004/-.000 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. B - .750 +.000/-.005 0.688 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
20.000 - 29.999 +.005/-.000 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. B - 1.000 +.000/-.007 0.825 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
30.000 - 39.999 +.006/-.000 5/8 (.625) 1 (1.000) Dia. B - 1.250 +.000/-.009 1.100 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
40.000 - 49.999 +.007/-.000 3/4 (.750) 1-1/4 (1.250) Dia. B - 1.500 +.000/-.010 1.375 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.004
50.000 + +.009/-.000 1 (1.000) 1-1/2 (1.500) Dia. B - 2.000 +.000/-.012 1.650 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.005
* If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring bore diameter, see Section 9.
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for piston diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional sizes may
be considered. Consult www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower for additional cross-sections and sizes, hardware specifications, and part
number availability. Contact your Parker representative for assistance.
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seal
BPP Profile, Type B PolyPak® Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BPP Profile, Type B PolyPak®

O-ring Energized Lip Seal with Beveled Lip Design
Parker’s BPP profile, Type B PolyPak is a squeeze seal with a
symmetrical profile for use in either rod or piston applications. The
rectangular shape of its cross section ensures stability in the gland.
The standard Molythane® shell provides high wear resistance and the
o-ring energizer functions as a spring to maintain sealing contact under
low pressure or vacuum applications. The beveled lip design of the
seal is excellent for cutting fluid film and is formed by a precision knife
trimming process. A wide selection of sizes and alternate compounds
allow this profile to match up with many hydraulic applications. The
Type B PolyPak is an economical choice as a stand-alone seal or can
be used in tandem with a buffer seal. In piston applications, this seal
will function as a unidirectional seal. Dual Type B PolyPak seals should
not be installed back-to-back in bi-directional pressure applications, as
a pressure trap between the seals may occur. Instead, for bi-directional
piston sealing, incorporate a PIP Ring® (see page 7-15).
6 Technical Data
Shell
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4622A90 -65°F to +225°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +107°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Z4651D60 -65°F to +275°F 7,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (482 bar) (0.5 m/s)
N4263A90 -20°F to +275°F 2,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-29°C to +135°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Type B PolyPak E4207A90 -65°F to +300°F 2,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
Cross-Section (-54°C to +149°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F 2,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (138 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4266A95 -5°F to +400°F 2,250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (155 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Energizer
4651 or 4622 PolyPak shell O- spring energizer code must be identified
Rubber PolyPak shell Standard energizer is an o-ring from the

please see Section 3 or contact your local Parker seal representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Type B PolyPak installed in Rod Gland Type B PolyPak installed in Piston Gland
Part Number Nomenclature — BPP Profile, Type B PolyPak®
Table 6-14. BPP Profile
4 6 1 5 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 3 7 5 B
4 Digit Material Code Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000) Profile

Example: Example:
6
4615 = 90A Molythane® 2.000 x 1000 = 02000
Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal (x1000)
Nominal Radial Cross-Section Example:
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250 .375 x 1000 = 375
Energizer Material Code

Example:
- (Dash) = 70A Nitrile O-ring
(For custom energizer
options, see Table 6-3 on
page 6-5.)
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Rod Gland Dimensions — BPP Profile, Type B PolyPak®
Gland
Depth

Table 6-15. BPP Profile — Rod Gland Calculation, Rubber and Polyurethane (90A)
C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.062 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
6 2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 9.999 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
10.000 - 19.999 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000
20.000 - 29.999 +.000/-.003 5/8 (.625) 1 (1.000) Dia. A + 1.250 +.009/-.000 1.100 Dia. A + .002 +.006/-.000
30.000 - 39.999 +.000/-.004 3/4 (.750) 1-1/4 (1.250) Dia. A + 1.500 +.011/-.000 1.375 Dia. A + .002 +.007/-.000
40.000 + +.000/-.005 1 (1.000) 1-1/2 (1.500) Dia. A + 2.000 +.015/-.000 1.650 Dia. A + .002 +.009/-.000
Table 6-16. BPP Profile — Rod Gland Calculation, Polymyte (60D)

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.062 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.749 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.750 - 2.249 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
2.250 - 2.749 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
2.750 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 9.999 +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
10.000 - 19.999 +.000/-.003 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. A + 1.000 +.007/-.000 0.825 Dia. A + .002 +.005/-.000
20.000 - 29.999 +.000/-.003 5/8 (.625) 1 (1.000) Dia. A + 1.250 +.009/-.000 1.100 Dia. A + .002 +.006/-.000
30.000 - 39.999 +.000/-.004 3/4 (.750) 1-1/4 (1.250) Dia. A + 1.500 +.011/-.000 1.375 Dia. A + .002 +.007/-.000
40.000 + +.000/-.005 1 (1.000) 1-1/2 (1.500) Dia. A + 2.000 +.015/-.000 1.650 Dia. A + .002 +.009/-.000
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Piston Gland Dimensions — BPP Profile, Type B PolyPak®
Gland Depth
A E B

Table 6-17. BPP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation, Rubber and Polyurethane (90A)
C
B A E
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.312 - 1.499 +.002/-.000 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. B - .250 +.000/-.002 0.275 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
1.500 - 2.999 +.002/-.000 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. B - .375 +.000/-.002 0.343 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
6
3.000 - 5.999 +.003/-.000 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. B - .500 +.000/-.003 0.413 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
6.000 - 9.999 +.003/-.000 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. B - .625 +.000/-.004 0.550 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 19.999 +.004/-.000 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. B - .750 +.000/-.005 0.688 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
20.000 - 29.999 +.005/-.000 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. B - 1.000 +.000/-.007 0.825 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
30.000 - 39.999 +.006/-.000 5/8 (.625) 1 (1.000) Dia. B - 1.250 +.000/-.009 1.100 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
40.000 - 49.999 +.007/-.000 3/4 (.750) 1-1/4 (1.250) Dia. B - 1.500 +.000/-.010 1.375 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.004
50.000 + +.009/-.000 1 (1.000) 1-1/2 (1.500) Dia. B - 2.000 +.000/-.012 1.650 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.005
Table 6-18. BPP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation, Polymyte (60D)

C
B A E
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/

Section Width -.000
0.312 - 2.749 +.002/-.000 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. B - .250 +.000/-.002 0.275 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
2.750 - 4.499 +.002/-.000 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. B - .375 +.000/-.002 0.343 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
4.500 - 5.999 +.003/-.000 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. B - .500 +.000/-.003 0.413 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
6.000 - 9.999 +.003/-.000 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. B - .625 +.000/-.004 0.550 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 19.999 +.004/-.000 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. B - .750 +.000/-.005 0.688 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
20.000 - 29.999 +.005/-.000 1/2 (.500) 3/4 (.750) Dia. B - 1.000 +.000/-.007 0.825 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
30.000 - 39.999 +.006/-.000 5/8 (.625) 1 (1.000) Dia. B - 1.250 +.000/-.009 1.100 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.003
40.000 - 49.999 +.007/-.000 3/4 (.750) 1-1/4 (1.250) Dia. B - 1.500 +.000/-.010 1.375 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.004
50.000+ +.009/-.000 1 (1.000) 1-1/2 (1.500) Dia. B - 2.000 +.000/-.012 1.650 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.005
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for piston diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional sizes may be
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seals
8400 & 8500 U-cup Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
8400 Profile, Light Load U-cup with Beveled Lips;

8500 Profile, Light Load U-cup with Scraper Lips
Parker’s 8400 and 8500 Series u-cups are symmetrical lip seals
for use in either rod or piston sealing applications. The thin, flexible
lip design reacts to low pressure and provides an extremely smooth,
steady movement with less break away force required because of the
inherent low friction. Both the 8400 and 8500 u-cups are produced
from the same molds. The 8400 style utilizes a beveled lip, ideal for
wiping fluid film, while the 8500 design utilizes a straight cut scraper
lip that yields additional lip interference and wipes contamination
away from the sealing edge. Both u-cup profiles are available in a
variety of rubber compounds to cover a wide range of applications.
While the 8400 and 8500 u-cups are primarily designed for pneumatic
applications, they can also be used in low to medium pressure hydraulic
applications. The pressure range of the u-cups may be extended by
incorporating an 8700 back-up ring.
Technical Data
6 Parker Pressure
Standard Temperature Range† Surface
Material* Range Hydr. Pneu. Speed**
N4180A80 -40°F to +250°F 1,250 psi 250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-40°C to +121°C) (86 bar) (17 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Additional
Materials
N4274A85 -10°F to +250°F 1,750 psi 250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
8400 Cross-Section (-23°C to +121°C) (120 bar) (17 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F 2,000 psi 250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (138 bar) (17 bar) (0.5 m/s)
E4259A80 -65°F to +300°F 1,250 psi 250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +149°C) (86 bar) (17 bar) (0.5 m/s)

8500 Cross-Section material, please contact your local Parker seal representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
**Surface Speed for pneumatic applications < 3.3 ft/s (1.0 m/s).
8400 installed in Rod Gland 8400 installed in Piston Gland 08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
8400 and 8500 Profiles
Part Number Nomenclature — 8400 and 8500 Profiles
Table 6-19. 8400 and 8500 Profile
4 1 8 0 8x 0 6 0 1 6 2 5
Seal Compound Profile Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000)

4 Digit Material Code 84 = 8400 Example: 1.625 x 1000 = 01625
Example: 4180 = 80A Nitrile 85 = 8500
Gland Depth (XX/32") or Seal
Example: 06 = 6/32" or 0.187
Rod Gland Calculations — 8400 and 8500 Profiles
Gland
Depth
6
Table 6-20. 8400 and 8500 Profiles — Rod Gland Calculation
A B C D
Seal
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Throat Diameter*
Range Tol. Cross Section Calculation Tol. +.015/ -.000 Calculation Tol.
0.125 - 0.249 +.000/-.002 02/32 (.062) Dia. A + .125 +.002/-.000 0.093 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
0.250 - 0.374 +.000/-.002 03/32 (.094) Dia. A + .187 +.002/-.000 0.125 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
0.375 - 1.124 +.000/-.002 04/32 (.125) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.156 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.125 - 1.624 +.000/-.002 05/32 (.156) Dia. A + .312 +.002/-.000 0.188 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.625 - 3.249 +.000/-.002 06/32 (.187) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.218 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
3.250 - 4.999 +.000/-.003 08/32 (.250) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.281 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.000 - 5.499 +.000/-.003 09/32 (.281) Dia. A + .562 +.003/-.000 0.312 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.500 - 8.999 +.000/-.003 10/32 (.312) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.344 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
9.000 + +.000/-.004 12/32 (.375) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.406 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Table 6-21. 8400 and 8500 Profiles — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
C
A B D
Groove Part Number
Width (Replace “8x” with
appropriate Profile Code)
Dia Tol. Dia Tol. +.015/ -.000 Dia Tol.
0.125 +.000/-.001 0.250 +.002/-.000 0.093 0.126 +.002/-.000 41808x0200125

0.187 +.000/-.001 0.312 +.002/-.000 0.093 0.188 +.002/-.000 41808x0200187
0.250 +.000/-.001 0.437 +.002/-.000 0.125 0.251 +.002/-.000 41808x0300250
0.312 +.000/-.001 0.500 +.002/-.000 0.125 0.313 +.002/-.000 41808x0300312
0.375 +.000/-.001 0.625 +.002/-.000 0.156 0.376 +.002/-.000 41808x0400375
0.437 +.000/-.001 0.687 +.002/-.000 0.156 0.438 +.002/-.000 41808x0400437
0.500 +.000/-.001 0.750 +.002/-.000 0.156 0.501 +.002/-.000 41808x0400500
0.625 +.000/-.001 0.875 +.002/-.000 0.156 0.626 +.002/-.000 41808x0400625
0.750 +.000/-.001 1.000 +.002/-.000 0.156 0.751 +.002/-.000 41808x0400750
0.875 +.000/-.001 1.125 +.002/-.000 0.156 0.876 +.002/-.000 41808x0400875
1.000 +.000/-.001 1.250 +.002/-.000 0.156 1.001 +.002/-.000 41808x0401000
1.125 +.000/-.001 1.437 +.002/-.000 0.188 1.126 +.002/-.000 41808x0501125
1.250 +.000/-.001 1.562 +.002/-.000 0.188 1.251 +.002/-.000 41808x0501250
1.375 +.000/-.001 1.687 +.002/-.000 0.188 1.376 +.002/-.000 41808x0501375
1.500 +.000/-.001 1.812 +.002/-.000 0.188 1.501 +.002/-.000 41808x0501500
1.625 +.000/-.002 2.000 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.626 +.002/-.000 41808x0601625
6 1.750 +.000/-.002 2.125 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.751 +.002/-.000 41808x0601750
1.875 +.000/-.002 2.250 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.876 +.002/-.000 41808x0601875
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.375 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.001 +.002/-.000 41808x0602000
2.125 +.000/-.002 2.500 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.126 +.002/-.000 41808x0602125
2.250 +.000/-.002 2.625 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.251 +.002/-.000 41808x0602250
2.375 +.000/-.002 2.750 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.376 +.002/-.000 41808x0602375
2.500 +.000/-.002 2.875 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.501 +.002/-.000 41808x0602500
2.625 +.000/-.002 3.000 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.626 +.002/-.000 41808x0602625
2.750 +.000/-.002 3.125 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.751 +.002/-.000 41808x0602750
3.000 +.000/-.002 3.375 +.002/-.000 0.218 3.001 +.002/-.000 41808x0603000
3.250 +.000/-.002 3.750 +.003/-.000 0.281 3.252 +.003/-.000 41808x0803250
3.500 +.000/-.002 4.000 +.003/-.000 0.281 3.502 +.003/-.000 41808x0803500
3.750 +.000/-.002 4.250 +.003/-.000 0.281 3.752 +.003/-.000 41808x0803750
4.000 +.000/-.002 4.500 +.003/-.000 0.281 4.002 +.003/-.000 41808x0804000
4.250 +.000/-.002 4.750 +.003/-.000 0.281 4.252 +.003/-.000 41808x0804250
4.500 +.000/-.002 5.000 +.003/-.000 0.281 4.502 +.003/-.000 41808x0804500
4.750 +.000/-.002 5.250 +.003/-.000 0.281 4.752 +.003/-.000 41808x0804750
5.000 +.000/-.002 5.562 +.003/-.000 0.312 5.002 +.003/-.000 41808x0905000
5.500 +.000/-.002 6.125 +.004/-.000 0.344 5.502 +.003/-.000 41808x1005500
6.000 +.000/-.002 6.625 +.004/-.000 0.344 6.002 +.003/-.000 41808x1006000
6.500 +.000/-.002 7.125 +.004/-.000 0.344 6.502 +.003/-.000 41808x1006500
7.000 +.000/-.002 7.625 +.004/-.000 0.344 7.002 +.003/-.000 41808x1007000
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Table 6-21. 8400 and 8500 Profiles — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont’d)
C
A B D
Groove Part Number
Width (Replace “8x” with
7.500 +.000/-.002 8.125 +.004/-.000 0.344 7.502 +.003/-.000 41808x1007500

8.000 +.000/-.002 8.625 +.004/-.000 0.344 8.002 +.003/-.000 41808x1008000
8.500 +.000/-.002 9.125 +.004/-.000 0.344 8.502 +.003/-.000 41808x1008500
9.000 +.000/-.002 9.750 +.005/-.000 0.406 9.002 +.004/-.000 41808x1209000
9.500 +.000/-.002 10.250 +.005/-.000 0.406 9.502 +.004/-.000 41808x1209500
10.000 +.000/-.002 10.750 +.005/-.000 0.406 10.002 +.004/-.000 41808x1210000
Piston Gland Calculations — 8400 and 8500 Profiles

C
Gland Depth
6
A E B

Table 6-22. 8400 and 8500 Profiles — Piston Gland Calculation

C
B A E
Seal Groove
Width
+.015/
Range Tol. Cross Section Calculation Tol. Calculation Tol.
-.000
0.250 - 0.436 +.002/-.000 2/32 (.062) Dia. B - .125 +.000/-.002 0.093 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
0.437 - 0.624 +.002/-.000 3/32 (.094) Dia. B - .187 +.000/-.002 0.125 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
0.625 - 1.374 +.002/-.000 4/32 (.125) Dia. B - .250 +.000/-.002 0.156 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
1.375 - 1.749 +.002/-.000 5/32 (.156) Dia. B - .312 +.000/-.002 0.188 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
1.750 - 2.999 +.002/-.000 6/32 (.187) Dia. B - .375 +.000/-.002 0.218 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
3.000 - 3.999 +.003/-.000 7/32 (.219) Dia. B - .437 +.000/-.003 0.250 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
4.000 - 5.499 +.003/-.000 8/32 (.250) Dia. B - .500 +.000/-.003 0.281 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
5.500 - 6.999 +.003/-.000 9/32 (.281) Dia. B - .562 +.000/-.003 0.312 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
7.000 - 9.999 +.003/-.000 10/32 (.312) Dia. B - .625 +.000/-.004 0.344 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 11.999 +.004/-.000 11/32 (.344) Dia. B - .687 +.000/-.004 0.375 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
12.000 - 13.999 +.004/-.000 12/32 (.375) Dia. B - .750 +.000/-.005 0.406 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
14.000 - 17.999 +.004/-.000 13/32 (.406) Dia. B - .812 +.000/-.005 0.437 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
18.000 + +.005/-.000 14/32 (.437) Dia. B - .875 +.000/-.006 0.469 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Table 6-23. 8400 and 8500 Profiles — Piston Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
C
B A E Part Number
Groove
Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Piston Diameter* (Replace “8x” with
Width
0.250 +.002/-.000 0.125 +.000/-.002 0.093 0.249 +.000/-.001 41808x0200125
0.312 +.002/-.000 0.187 +.000/-.002 0.093 0.311 +.000/-.001 41808x0200187
0.375 +.002/-.000 0.250 +.000/-.002 0.093 0.374 +.000/-.001 41808x0200250
0.437 +.002/-.000 0.250 +.000/-.002 0.125 0.436 +.000/-.001 41808x0300250
0.500 +.002/-.000 0.312 +.000/-.002 0.125 0.499 +.000/-.001 41808x0300312
0.625 +.002/-.000 0.375 +.000/-.002 0.156 0.624 +.000/-.001 41808x0400375
0.750 +.002/-.000 0.500 +.000/-.002 0.156 0.749 +.000/-.001 41808x0400500
0.875 +.002/-.000 0.625 +.000/-.002 0.156 0.874 +.000/-.001 41808x0400625
1.000 +.002/-.000 0.750 +.000/-.002 0.156 0.999 +.000/-.001 41808x0400750
1.125 +.002/-.000 0.875 +.000/-.002 0.156 1.124 +.000/-.001 41808x0400875
1.250 +.002/-.000 1.000 +.000/-.002 0.156 1.249 +.000/-.001 41808x0401000
1.375 +.002/-.000 1.062 +.000/-.002 0.188 1.374 +.000/-.001 41808x0501062
1.500 +.002/-.000 1.187 +.000/-.002 0.188 1.499 +.000/-.001 41808x0501187
1.625 +.002/-.000 1.312 +.000/-.002 0.188 1.624 +.000/-.001 41808x0501312
1.750 +.002/-.000 1.375 +.000/-.002 0.218 1.749 +.000/-.002 41808x0601375
1.875 +.002/-.000 1.500 +.000/-.002 0.218 1.874 +.000/-.002 41808x0601500
6 2.000 +.002/-.000 1.625 +.000/-.002 0.218 1.999 +.000/-.002 41808x0601625
2.125 +.002/-.000 1.750 +.000/-.002 0.218 2.124 +.000/-.002 41808x0601750
2.250 +.002/-.000 1.875 +.000/-.002 0.218 2.249 +.000/-.002 41808x0601875
2.375 +.002/-.000 2.000 +.000/-.002 0.218 2.374 +.000/-.002 41808x0602000
2.500 +.002/-.000 2.125 +.000/-.002 0.218 2.499 +.000/-.002 41808x0602125
2.625 +.002/-.000 2.250 +.000/-.002 0.218 2.624 +.000/-.002 41808x0602250
2.750 +.002/-.000 2.375 +.000/-.002 0.218 2.749 +.000/-.002 41808x0602375
2.875 +.002/-.000 2.500 +.000/-.002 0.218 2.874 +.000/-.002 41808x0602500
3.000 +.003/-.000 2.562 +.000/-.003 0.250 2.999 +.000/-.002 41808x0702562
3.250 +.003/-.000 2.812 +.000/-.003 0.250 3.249 +.000/-.002 41808x0702812
3.500 +.003/-.000 3.062 +.000/-.003 0.250 3.499 +.000/-.002 41808x0703062
3.750 +.003/-.000 3.312 +.000/-.003 0.250 3.749 +.000/-.002 41808x0703312
4.000 +.003/-.000 3.500 +.000/-.003 0.281 3.999 +.000/-.002 41808x0803500
4.250 +.003/-.000 3.750 +.000/-.003 0.281 4.249 +.000/-.002 41808x0803750
4.500 +.003/-.000 4.000 +.000/-.003 0.281 4.499 +.000/-.002 41808x0804000
4.750 +.003/-.000 4.250 +.000/-.003 0.281 4.749 +.000/-.002 41808x0804250
5.000 +.003/-.000 4.500 +.000/-.003 0.281 4.999 +.000/-.002 41808x0804500
5.500 +.003/-.000 4.937 +.000/-.003 0.312 5.498 +.000/-.002 41808x0904937
6.000 +.003/-.000 5.437 +.000/-.003 0.312 5.998 +.000/-.002 41808x0905437
6.500 +.003/-.000 5.937 +.000/-.003 0.312 6.498 +.000/-.002 41808x0905937
7.000 +.003/-.000 6.375 +.000/-.004 0.344 6.998 +.000/-.002 41808x1006375
8.000 +.003/-.000 7.375 +.000/-.004 0.344 7.998 +.000/-.002 41808x1007375
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Table 6-23. 8400 and 8500 Profiles — Piston Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont’d)
C
B A E Part Number
Groove
Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Piston Diameter* (Replace “8x” with
Width
10.000 +.004/-.000 9.312 +.000/-.004 0.375 9.998 +.000/-.002 41808x1109312
12.000 +.004/-.000 11.250 +.000/-.005 0.406 11.998 +.000/-.002 41808x1211250
14.000 +.004/-.000 13.187 +.000/-.005 0.437 13.998 +.000/-.002 41808x1313187
16.000 +.004/-.000 15.187 +.000/-.005 0.437 15.998 +.000/-.002 41808x1315187
18.000 +.005/-.000 17.125 +.000/-.006 0.469 17.998 +.000/-.002 41808x1417125
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seal
SL Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
SL Profile, Dual Compound Dual Lip Seal

Parker’s SL profile is considered a multiple lip seal. The primary
sealing lip is provided by the precision knife trimmed rubber element
that snaps into the Molythane® base. The base of the SL profile
provides the secondary lip which is aligned directly below the primary
lip to provide extrusion, and wear resistance. The SL profile combines
the sealing benefit of rubber with the wear and strength of Molythane.
The beveled rubber lip geometry is excellent for cutting fluid film and
the squeeze forces across the lips maintain sealing contact under low
pressure or vacuum. The ability of Parker to supply a variety of rubber
compounds allows the SL profile to be compatible with a wide range of
pressure, temperature and fluids. The SL profile is designed to work as
a stand alone rod seal or can be used in tandem with a buffer seal. In
piston applications, this seal will function as a unidirectional seal. Dual
SL profile seals should not be installed back-to-back in bi-directional
pressure applications, as a pressure trap between the seals may occur.
6 Technical Data
Rubber Element:
N4180A80 -40°F to +250°F
(-40°C to +121°C)
N4182A75 -65°F to +275°F
(-54°C to +135°C)
Base:
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
SL Cross-Section
material, please contact your local Parker seal representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
SL installed in Rod Gland SL installed in Piston Gland
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
SL Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — SL Profile
Table 6-24. SL Profile
4 1 8 0 SL 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 3 7 5 - 4 6 1 5
Profile Seal Nominal I.D. Seal Nominal

(x1000) Axial Width (x1000)
Example: Example:
Rubber Element 2.000 x 1000 = 02000 .375 x 1000 = 375
Compound
4 Digit Material Code
Example: Seal Nominal Radial Base Compound
4180 = 80A NBR Cross-Section 4 Digit Material Code
Example: Example:
.250 x 1000 = 250 4615 = 90A Molythane®
Rod Gland Dimensions — SL Profile
Gland
6
Depth

Table 6-25. SL Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Width Throat Diameter*
Cross Axial
Range Tol. Calculation Tol. +.015/ -.000 Calculation Tol.
Section Width
1.000 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 5.999 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.412 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000
6.000 + +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.687 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
SL Profile
Piston Gland Dimensions — SL Profile
Gland Depth
A E B

Table 6-26. SL Profile — Piston Gland Calculation
B A C E
Seal
Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Piston Diameter*
Cross Axial
Section Width
1.500 - 2.499 +.002/-.000 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A - .375 +.000/-.002 0.343 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
2.500 - 7.499 +.003/-.000 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A - .500 +.000/-.003 0.412 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
6 7.500 + +.004/-.00 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A - .750 +.000/-.005 0.687 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seal
US Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
US Profile, Symmetrical U-cup Seal

The Parker US profile is a symmetrical, beveled lip u-cup designed for
use in hydraulic cylinder applications. The symmetrical shape allows
interchangeability between rod and piston applications. A precision
knife trimming process is utilized to create the beveled sealing lips.
This ensures that the inside and outside diameter sealing edges provide
excellent fluid wiping action. The US profile is a single acting seal. Two
seals can be installed back to back, in separate grooves, to seal dual
acting pistons without pressure trapping fluid between the seals. The
US profile is an economical choice, available in Parker’s wear resistant
and extrusion resistant Molythane® compound.
Technical Data
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s) 6
2-4, page 2-5.
US Cross-Section
US installed in Rod Gland US installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
US Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — US Profile
Table 6-27. US Profile
4 6 1 5 US 2 5 0 0 2 5 0 0 - 3 7 5
Seal Compound Profile Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000)

4 Digit Material Code Example: 2.500 x 1000 = 02500
Example:
4615 = 90A Molythane® Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal Seal Nominal Axial Width
Nominal Radial Cross-Section (x1000)
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250 Example: .375 x 1000 = 375
Rod Gland Dimensions — US Profile
Gland
Depth
6
Table 6-28. US Profile — Rod Gland Calculation
C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/
Section Width -.000
0.062 - 0.624 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 3/16 (.187) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.206 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
0.625 - 0.999 +.000/-.001 1/8 (.125) 1/4 (.250) Dia. A + .250 +.002/-.000 0.275 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.000 - 1.499 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 5/16 (.312) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.343 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
1.500 - 1.999 +.000/-.002 3/16 (.187) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .375 +.002/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.002/-.000
2.000 - 3.499 +.000/-.002 1/4 (.250) 3/8 (.375) Dia. A + .500 +.003/-.000 0.413 Dia. A + .001 +.003/-.000
3.500 - 4.999 +.000/-.002 5/16 (.312) 1/2 (.500) Dia. A + .625 +.004/-.000 0.550 Dia. A + .002 +.003/-.000
5.000 + +.000/-.002 3/8 (.375) 5/8 (.625) Dia. A + .750 +.005/-.000 0.688 Dia. A + .002 +.004/-.000
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for Rod diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional sizes may be
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
US Profile
Piston Gland Dimensions — US Profile
Gland Depth
A E B

Table 6-29. US Profile — Piston Gland Calculation
C
B A E
Seal Groove
Width
Cross Axial +.015/
Section Width -.000
0.312 - 1.499 +.002/-.000 1/8 (.125) 1/8 (.125) Dia. B - .250 +.000/-.002 0.138 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.001
1.500 - 2.999 +.002/-.000 3/16 (.187) 3/16 (.187) Dia. B - .375 +.000/-.002 0.206 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002
3.000 - 5.999 +.003/-.000 1/4 (.250) 1/4 (.250) Dia. B - .500 +.000/-.003 0.275 Dia. B - .001 +.000/-.002 6
6.000 - 9.999 +.003/-.000 5/16 (.312) 5/16 (.312) Dia. B - .625 +.000/-.004 0.343 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 + +.004/-.000 3/8 (.375) 3/8 (.375) Dia. B - .750 +.000/-.005 0.413 Dia. B - .002 +.000/-.002
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Symmetrical Seal
AN6226 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
AN6226 Profile, Industrial, Standard, Light Load Rubber

U-cup
Parker’s AN6226 Style u-cup has a square format where the nominal
cross section is equal to the height. Although widely used in the fluid
power industry for low friction pneumatics, this profile was originally
designed for early aircraft and ordnance service. Many units still use
this type u-cup. The AN6226 profile is available in the most popular
sizes per Army/Navy (AN) specifications and is made of a standard 70
Shore A nitrile compound.
Technical Data
Pressure
Standard Temperature Range† Surface
Material* Range Hydr. Pneu. Speed**
N4295A70 -40°F to +250°F 800 psi 250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-40°C to +121°C) (55 bar) (17 bar) (0.5 m/s)
6
2-4, page 2-5.
**Surface Speed for pneumatic applications < 3.3 ft/s (1.0 m/s).
AN6226 Cross-Section
AN6226 installed in Rod Gland

AN6226 installed in Piston Gland
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
AN6226 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — AN6226 Profile
Table 6-30. AN6226 Profile
4 2 9 5 6226 - 3 1
Seal Compound Profile Size Identifier

4 Digit Material Code Example: 2" x 2-5/8" x 5/16" = 31
Example: 4295 = 70A Nitrile
Gland Dimensions — AN6226 Profile – See Appendix D
08/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Notes
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Piston Seals Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Piston Seal Profiles

Product Offering.......................... 7-2 Parker offers the most comprehensive range of piston seals in the
Decision Tree............................... 7-3 market today. A variety of profiles such as lip seals, cap seals and
squeeze seals are manufactured from proprietary rubber, thermoplastic
Piston Seal Profiles and PTFE compounds to meet the broad demands of the fluid power
BP........................................... 7-5 industry. The highest quality materials and manufacturing processes
PSP......................................... 7-8 are utilized to ensure the best performance possible. Parker’s piston
seal profiles are available for both uni-directional and bi-directional
CT......................................... 7-11
applications. When combined with wear rings, Parker piston seals have
OK......................................... 7-13 proven to provide long life and leak free performance.
PIP........................................ 7-15
B7......................................... 7-17
UP......................................... 7-19
E4.......................................... 7-21
BMP...................................... 7-23
TP......................................... 7-25
S5......................................... 7-28
R5......................................... 7-30
CQ........................................ 7-32
OE......................................... 7-34
OG........................................ 7-36
7
CP......................................... 7-38
OA......................................... 7-40
OQ........................................ 7-42

Urethane Urethane
Head Seal O-ring
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
Profiles = Preferred Piston Seal profile

Medium
Medium
Heavy
Heavy
Page Page
Light
Light
Pneu
Pneu
Series Description Series Description
BP TP
Premium 7-5 Compact 7-25
TPU Cap Seal with
Seal Anti-Extrusion
Technology
PSP S5
TPU Piston 7-8 Square PTFE 7-28
Cap Seal Cap Seal
CT R5
Premium 7-11 Rectangular 7-30
PTFE Cap PTFE Cap
Seal with Seal
Anti-Extrusion
Technology
OK CQ
High Pres- 7-13 Premium 7-32
sure, Step PTFE Cap
Cut Cap Seal with
Piston Seal Anti-Drift
7 Technology
PIP OE
Loaded Lip 7-15 PTFE Piston 7-34
Seal with Cap Seal
Pressure
Inverting
Pedestal
B7 OG
U-cup 7-17 PTFE Buffer 7-36
Piston Seal Seal
UP CP
Industrial 7-19 PTFE Piston 7-38
U-cup Cap Seal
Piston Seal to Retrofit
O-ring Gland
E4 OA
Premium 7-21 Compact 7-40
Rounded Lip PTFE Piston
U-cup Piston Cap Seal
Seal
BMP OQ
Rounded 7-23 Rotary PTFE 7-42
Lip Seal Cap Seal
with Bumper
Cushion
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
Pages 7-42, 7-5

and 6-6
Pages 7-5 and 7-25
Pages 7-11 and 7-13
Page 7-15
Page 7-32
Page 7-34
Pages 7-8 and 7-38 7
Pages 7-30 and 7-28
Page 7-40
Pages 7-17, 7-19,

6-27, 6-18 and 6-30
Pages 6-6,
6-10, 6-14
and 6-24
Page 7-36
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Piston Seals
Piston Seal Decision Tree (Continued)
Pages 7-28, 7-30

and 7-40
Pages 7-25
and 7-38
Page 7-23
Pages 7-21, 6-18

and 6-30
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
BP Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BP Profile, Premium TPU Cap Seal

Parker’s BP profile is a squeeze type, bi-directional piston seal for use
in medium to heavy duty hydraulic applications. This seal is primarily
designed for linear applications but has been successfully used as a
low speed rotary seal. The standard material for this profile is Resilon®
4304 polyurethane, compound P4304. This is a proprietary Parker
polyurethane offering higher wear resistance, extrusion resistance,
and extended temperature range. The Resilon 4304 cap is energized
using a resilient nitrile elastomer offering low compression set. The BP
profile’s geometry provides a fluid reservoir between the two sealing lips
which holds system fluid, resulting in reduced breakaway and running
friction. The standard style BP profile is designed to retrofit o-ring
grooves. The BP profile is easy to install and will resist rolling and
twisting in long stroke applications.
The BP profile is sold only as an assembly (seal and energizer). See

part number nomenclature.
Technical Data
Parker Temperature Pressure Surface
Standard Materials Range Range† Speed
Cap
P4304D60 -65°F to +275°F 7,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s 7
(-54°C to +135°C) (482 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

BP Cross-Section material, please go to www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower to check
representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
BP installed in Piston Gland 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BP Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — BP Profile
Table 7-2. BP Profile
4 3 0 4 BP 3 3 4 A
Seal Compound Profile Bore Diameter Identifier Energizer Material Code

4-Digit Material Code (O-ring Dash Number*) A = 70A Nitrile
Example: Example: 334 = 3.000
4304 = 60D Resilon® 4304
Gland Dimensions — BP Profile

page 2-8 for surface finish and
additional hardware considerations.
Table 7-3. BP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

7 C
A Ref. O-Ring Gland B D
Groove
Bore Diameter* Dash Number Depth Groove Diameter Piston Diameter**
Width
Range Tol. Calc. Tol. +.005/-.000 Calc. Tol.
1.500 - 1.750 +.002/-.000 2-218 to 2-222 0.121 Dia. A - .242 +.000/-.002 0.187 Dia. A - .003 +.000/-.001
1.875 - 5.000 +.002/-.000 2-325 to 2-350 0.185 Dia. A - .370 +.000/-.002 0.281 Dia. A - .003 +.000/-.001
5.127 - 8.002 +.002/-.000 2-426 to 2-443 0.237 Dia. A - .474 +.000/-.002 0.375 Dia. A - .004 +.000/-.001
* For corresponding o-ring dash number, consult Parker O-ring Handbook, Catalog ORD 5700.
** If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring piston diameter, see Section 9.
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for bore diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BP Profile
Table 7-4. BP Profile — Piston Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
A B C D
Bore Groove Groove Piston Part Number
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter*
+.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.005/-.000 +.000/-.001
1.500 1.258 0.187 1.497 4304BP218A
1.625 1.383 0.187 1.622 4304BP220A
1.750 1.508 0.187 1.747 4304BP222A
2.000 1.630 0.281 1.997 4304BP326A
2.250 1.880 0.281 2.247 4304BP328A
2.500 2.130 0.281 2.497 4304BP330A
2.750 2.380 0.281 2.747 4304BP332A
3.000 2.630 0.281 2.997 4304BP334A
3.250 2.880 0.281 3.247 4304BP336A
3.500 3.130 0.281 3.497 4304BP338A
3.750 3.380 0.281 3.747 4304BP340A
4.000 3.630 0.281 3.997 4304BP342A
4.250 3.880 0.281 4.247 4304BP344A
4.500 4.130 0.281 4.497 4304BP346A
4.750 4.380 0.281 4.747 4304BP348A
5.000 4.630 0.281 4.997 4304BP350A
5.252 4.778 0.375 5.248 4304BP427A
5.502 5.028 0.375 5.498 4304BP429A
5.752 5.278 0.375 5.748 4304BP431A
6.002 5.528 0.375 5.998 4304BP433A 7
6.502 6.028 0.375 6.498 4304BP437A
7.002 6.528 0.375 6.998 4304BP439A
7.502 7.028 0.375 7.498 4304BP441A
8.002 7.528 0.375 7.998 4304BP443A
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
PSP Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
PSP Profile, TPU Piston Cap Seal

Parker’s PSP profile is a squeeze type, bi-directional piston seal
for use in light to medium duty hydraulic applications. Available from
proprietary Parker polyurethanes, the PSP offers low friction, abrasion
and extrusion resistance. The nitrile elastomer energizer ensures
resistance to compression set to increase seal life. The PSP profile’s
geometry provides a fluid reservoir between the two sealing lips which
holds system fluid, resulting in reduced breakaway and running friction.
Designed to retrofit grooves for a single o-ring or an o-ring with two
back-ups, the PSP profile is easy to install and resists rolling and
twisting in long stroke applications.
The PSP profile is sold only as an assembly (seal and energizer). See
Technical Data
Parker Temperature Pressure Surface
Standard Materials Range Range† Speed
Cap
P4622A90 -65°F to +225°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +107°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
7 Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)
Additional Cap Material
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)

PSP Cross-Section material, please go to “www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower to check
representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
PSP installed in Piston Gland 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PSP Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — PSP Profile
Table 7-5. PSP Profile
4 6 2 2 PSP 3 3 4 A T
Seal Compound Profile Option: Wide PSP Profile

4-Digit Material Code T = Two Back-up O-ring
Bore Diameter Identifier Groove Width
Example: 4622 = 90A Ultrathane®
(O-ring Dash Number*)
Example: 334 = 3.000
Energizer Material Code
A = 70A Nitrile
Gland Dimensions — PSP Profile

7
Table 7-6. PSP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation
C
A Ref. O-Ring Groove B D
Groove
Bore Diameter Dash Number Depth Groove Diameter Piston Diameter**
Width
1.000 - 1.750 +.002/-.000 2-210 to 2-222 0.121 Dia. A - .242 +.000/-.002 0.187 Dia. A - .003 +.000/-.001
1.875 - 4.000 +.002/-.000 2-325 to 2-342 0.185 Dia. A - .370 +.000/-.002 0.281 Dia. A - .003 +.000/-.001
* For corresponding o-ring dash number, consult Parker O-ring Handbook, Catalog ORD 5700.
** If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring piston diameter, see Section 9.
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PSP Profile
Table 7-7. PSP Profile — Piston Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
A B C D
Bore Groove Groove Piston Part Number
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter*
+.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.005/-.000 +.000/-.001
1.000 0.758 0.187 0.997 4622PSP210A
1.125 0.883 0.187 1.122 4622PSP212A
1.250 1.008 0.187 1.247 4622PSP214A
1.375 1.133 0.187 1.372 4622PSP216A
1.500 1.258 0.187 1.497 4622PSP218A
1.625 1.383 0.187 1.622 4622PSP220A
1.750 1.508 0.187 1.747 4622PSP222A
2.000 1.630 0.281 1.997 4622PSP326A
2.250 1.880 0.281 2.247 4622PSP328A
2.500 2.130 0.281 2.497 4622PSP330A
2.750 2.380 0.281 2.747 4622PSP332A
3.000 2.630 0.281 2.997 4622PSP334A
3.250 2.880 0.281 3.247 4622PSP336A
3.500 3.130 0.281 3.497 4622PSP338A
3.750 3.380 0.281 3.747 4622PSP340A
4.000 3.630 0.281 3.997 4622PSP342A
7
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
CT Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
CT Profile, Premium PTFE Cap Seal

with Anti-Extrusion Technology
The Parker CT profile is a robust design for heavy duty hydraulic
applications. The CT profile is an excellent choice for sealing mobile
hydraulic applications that experience shock loads. The CT profile is a
four piece assembly made up of a rubber energizer, PTFE cap and two
back-up rings. In application, fluid pressure forces the rubber energizer
to apply increased load against the PTFE cap and back-up rings. This
results in increased sealing force against the bore and allows the back-
up rings to close off the extrusion gap between the piston and the bore.
Once activated by pressure, the back-up rings protect the seal from
extruding and keep internal contamination away from the PTFE cap.
Parker’s CT profile will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar design.
The CT Profile is sold only as an assembly (seal and energizer). See

Technical Data
Parker Temperature Surface
Standard Materials Range* Speed
Cap
0401 40% bronze- -200°F to +575°F < 5 ft/s
filled PTFE (-129°C to +302°C) (1.5 m/s) 7
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)
Back-up Temperature Pressure
Rings Range Range**
A Moly-filled -65°F to +250°F 7,500 psi
CT Cross-Section
Standard Nylon (-44°C to +121°C) (500 bar)
* The temperature range of the CT profile is limited to the

energizer. A wider temperature range can be achieved by
using alternate energizer and back-up ring compounds.
Alternate Materials: For applications that may require an
alternate material, please see Section 3 for alternate PTFE,
energizer and back-up materials.
**Pressure Range without wear rings. If used with wear rings,
see Table 2-4, page 2-5.
CT installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CT Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — CT Profile
Table 7-8. CT Profile
0 4 0 1 CT 3 6 4 0 5 0 0 0 - 7 5 0 A A
Profile Gland Depth (x1000) Groove Width (x1000)

Example: .364 X 1000 = 364 Example: .750 X 1000 = 750
Seal Compound Bore Diameter (x1000) Energizer Material Code

4-Digit Material Code Example: A = 70A Nitrile
Example: 5.000 X 1000 = 05000 (See Table 3-5, page
0401 = 40% Bronze-filled 3-18.)
PTFE
Back-up Ring Material
Example:
A = Moly-filled Nylon
(See Table 3-6, page
3-19.)
Gland Dimensions — CT Profile
7
Table 7-9. CT Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

C
A Gland B D
Groove
Bore Diameter Depth Groove Diameter Piston Diameter*
Width
Range Tol. Calc. Tol. +.010-.000 Calc. Tol.
3.000 - 4.999 +.004/-.000 0.239 Dia. A - .478 +.000/-.003 0.579 Dia. A - .003 +.000/-.003
5.000 - 7.249 +.004/-.000 0.364 Dia. A - .728 +.000/-.004 0.750 Dia. A - .004 +.000/-.004
7.250 - 12.499 +.005/-.000 0.364 Dia. A - .728 +.000/-.004 0.750 Dia. A - .004 +.000/-.004
12.500 - 20.000 +.006/-.000 0.364 Dia. A - .728 +.000/-.005 0.750 Dia. A - .005 +.000/-.005
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
OK Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
OK Profile, High Pressure Split Cap Piston Seal

The OK profile is a bi-directional piston seal designed for heavy duty
hydraulic applications. Its durable, two-piece design installs easily onto
a solid piston without the necessity of auxiliary tools. When installed
into the bore, the diameter of the OK profile is compressed to close the
step cut in the cap to provide excellent, drift free sealing performance.
The glass-filled nylon sealing surface handles the toughest applications.
It will resist shock loads, wear, contamination, and will resist extrusion
or chipping when passing over cylinder ports. The rectangular nitrile
energizer ring ensures resistance to compression set to increase seal
life.
The OK profile is sold only as an assembly. See part number

nomenclature.
Technical Data
Cap
W4650NHH -65°F to +275°F 7250 psi < 3.3 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (500 bar) (1.0 m/s)
Energizer 7
(-34°C to +121°C)
2-4, page 2-5.
OK Cross-Section
OK installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
OK Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — OK Profile
Table 7-10. OK Profile
4 6 5 0 OK 2 7 9 0 3 0 0 0 – 3 1
0 2 A
Seal Compound Profile Gland Depth (x1000) Groove Width (x1000)

4-Digit Material Code Example: Example:
Example: .279 X 1000 = 279 .312 X 1000 = 3120
4650 = MolyGard®
Bore Diameter (x1000)
Example: Energizer Material Code
3.000 X 1000 = 03000 A = 70A Nitrile
Gland Dimensions — OK Profile

C
Gland Depth

B D A page 2-8 for surface finish and
7
Table 7-11. OK Profile — Piston Gland Calculation
C
A Gland B D
Groove
Bore Diameter Depth Groove Diameter Piston Diameter*
Width
1.500 - 2.624 +.005/-.000 0.269 Dia. A - .538 +.000/-.005 0.282 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002
2.625 - 5.249 +.005/-.000 0.279 Dia. A - .558 +.000/-.005 0.282 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
5.250 - 12.000 +.005/-.000 0.377 Dia. A - .754 +.000/-.005 0.377 Dia. A - .003 +.000/-.004
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
PIP Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
PIP Ring® Profile, Loaded Lip Seal

with Pressure Inverting Pedestal
The Parker PIP Ring® profile combines a “Pressure Inverting Pedestal”
with a Type B PolyPak® to provide excellent, bi-directional piston
sealing in hydraulic applications. The PIP Ring conforms to the beveled
sealing lips of the Type B PolyPak to provide extrusion resistance when
pressure is applied to the heel side of the seal. The PIP Ring profile
requires only a single seal groove for installation. This eliminates the
use of two PolyPak seals on the piston to save space and increase
bearing length.
Note: The PIP Ring profile may be purchased as an assembly (Type B

PolyPak and PIP Ring) or separately as a PIP Ring only. If purchasing
as an assembly, the standard material is a 4615 Type B PolyPak with
4617 PIP Ring. If you desire alternate material combinations, please
order the PIP Ring and Type B PolyPak separately. Call your Parker
representative for details.
Technical Data
Type B PolyPak
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s 7
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
PIP Ring
P4617D65 -65°F to +250°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +121°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
PIP Cross-Section Optional Materials
PIP Ring
Z4652D65 -65°F to +275°F 10,000 psi**
(-54°C to +135°C) (689 bar)
W4685R119 -65°F to +500°F 10,000+ psi
(-54°C to +260°C) (689 bar)
Alternate Materials: For applications that may require

an alternate material, please contact your local Parker
representative.
*Pressure Range without wear rings. If used with wear rings,
see Table 2-4, page 2-5.
**Pressure rating dependent on entire assembly of PolyPak
shell/energizer and PIP Ring.
Note: The PIP Ring may be ordered separately. Please contact
your local Parker representative.
PIP installed in Piston Gland 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PIP Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — PIP Ring Assembly
Table 7-12. PIP Ring Assembly
4 6 1 5 2 5 0 0 2 5 0 0 P 3 7
0 5 B
Seal Compound Gland Depth (x1000) Seal Nominal I.D. Cap Profile PIP Base Profile
4-Digit Material Code or Seal Nominal (x1000) (4617 is Type B PolyPak®
Example: Radial Cross-Section Example: standard for Axial Width
4615 = 90A Molythane® Example: 2.500 x 1000 = 02500 assemblies
.250 x 1000 = 250 only)
Part Number Nomenclature — PIP Ring Only

Table 7-13. PIP Ring Only
4 6 1 7 2 5 0 0 2 5 0 0 PR
PIP Ring Compound Gland Depth (x1000) Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000) Profile
4-Digit Material Code or Seal Nominal Example:
Example: Radial Cross-Section 2.500 x 1000 = 02500
4617 = 65D Molythane® Example:
4652 = 65D Polymyte® .250 x 1000 = 250
Gland Dimensions — PIP Profile

C
7 Gland Depth

Table 7-14. PIP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross- Axial
Section Width
0.500 - 1.874 +.002/-.000 0.125 0.250 Dia. A - .250 +.000/-.002 0.340 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.001
1.875 - 3.124 +.002/-.000 0.187 0.312 Dia. A - .375 +.000/-.002 0.453 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
3.125 - 5.124 +.003/-.000 0.250 0.375 Dia. A - .500 +.000/-.003 0.550 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
5.125 - 7.249 +.003/-.000 0.250 0.562 Dia. A - .500 +.000/-.003 0.756 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
7.250 - 9.999 +.004/-.000 0.375 0.625 Dia. A - .750 +.000/-.005 0.895 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 40.000 +.005/-.000 0.500 0.750 Dia. A - 1.000 +.000/-.007 1.100 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
B7 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
B7 Profile, U-cup Piston Seal

The B7 profile is a non-symmetrical, hydraulic cylinder piston seal.
The knife trimmed, beveled lip contacts the bore to provide enhanced
low to high pressure sealing and wiping action. When installed, the
diameter of the B7 profile is stretched slightly to fit the gland. This
ensures a tight static seal with the gland and improves stability in
application. The B7 profile is available in Parker’s proprietary urethane
compounds which provide excellent wear, extrusion resistance and
compression set resistance. The B7 profile is a uni-directional seal.
Two seals can be placed on a piston, back-to-back, in separate glands,
offering bi-directional fluid sealing.
Technical Data
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4301A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4700A90 -65°F to +200°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P5065A88 -70°F to +200°F 3,500 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-57°C to +93°C) (241 bar) (0.5 m/s) 7
material, please contact your local Parker representative.
2-4, page 2-5.
B7 Cross-Section
B7 installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
B7 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — B7 Profile
Table 7-15. B7 Profile
4 3 0 0 B7 2 5 0 0 2 5 0 0 – 3 7
0 5
Seal Compound Profile Seal Nominal I.D. Seal Nominal

4-Digit Material Code (x1000) Axial Width
Example: Example: Example:
4300 = 90A Resilon® 4300 2.500 x 1000 = 02500 .375 x 1000 = 375
Polyurethane
Gland Depth (x1000)
or Seal Nominal Radial
Cross-Section
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250
Gland Dimensions — B7 Profile

C
Gland Depth

Table 7-16. B7 Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross- Axial
Section Width
0.500 - 1.499 +.002/-.000 0.125 0.187 Dia. A - .250 +.000/-.002 0.206 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.001
1.500 - 2.624 +.002/-.000 0.187 0.312 Dia. A - .375 +.000/-.002 0.343 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
2.625 - 4.999 +.003/-.000 0.250 0.375 Dia. A - .500 +.000/-.003 0.413 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
5.000 - 6.249 +.003/-.000 0.312 0.562 Dia. A - .625 +.000/-.003 0.618 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
6.250 - 9.999 +.004/-.000 0.375 0.625 Dia. A - .750 +.000/-.005 0.688 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 16.000 +.005/-.000 0.500 0.750 Dia. A - 1.000 +.000/-.007 0.825 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
* If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring piston diameter, see Section 9. For custom groove calculations, see Appendix C.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
UP Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
UP Profile, Industrial U-cup Piston Seal

The UP profile is a non-symmetrical, hydraulic piston seal. The knife
trimmed, beveled lip faces the bore to provide enhanced low to high
pressure sealing and wiping action. The UP profile is a uni-directional
seal. Two UP seals can be used, back to back, in separate grooves to
provide bi-directional pressure sealing. The UP profile is an economical
choice, available in Parker’s wear resistant and extrusion resistant
Molythane® compound.
Technical Data
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)

2-4, page 2-5.
UP Cross-Section
UP installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
UP Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — UP Profile
Table 7-17. UP Profile
4 6 1 5 UP 2 5 0 0 2 5 0 0 – 3 7
0 5
Seal Compound Profile Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000) Seal Nominal

4-Digit Material Code Example: 2.500 x 1000 = Axial Width
Example: 02500 Example:
4615 = 90A Molythane® .375 x 1000 = 375
Gland Depth (x1000)
or Seal Nominal Radial Cross-Section
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250
Gland Dimensions — UP Profile
Gland Depth

B D A
Table 7-18. UP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Range Tol. Cross- Axial Calc. Tol. +.015/-.000 Calc. Tol.
Section Width
0.500 - 1.499 +.002/-.000 0.125 0.187 Dia. A - .250 +.000/-.002 0.206 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.001
1.500 - 2.624 +.002/-.000 0.187 0.312 Dia. A - .375 +.000/-.002 0.343 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
2.625 - 4.999 +.003/-.000 0.250 0.375 Dia. A - .500 +.000/-.003 0.413 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
5.000 - 6.249 +.003/-.000 0.312 0.562 Dia. A - .625 +.000/-.003 0.618 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
6.250 - 9.999 +.004/-.000 0.375 0.625 Dia. A - .750 +.000/-.005 0.688 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002
10.000 - 16.000 +.005/-.000 0.500 0.750 Dia. A - 1.000 +.000/-.007 0.825 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
E4 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
E4 Profile, Rounded Lip Pneumatic U-cup Piston Seal

Parker’s E4 profile is a non-symmetrical piston seal designed to seal
both lubricated and non-lubricated air. To ensure that critical surfaces
retain lubrication, the radius edge of the lip is designed to hydroplane
over pre-lubricated surfaces. The standard compound for the E4 profile
is Parker proprietary Nitroxile® Extreme Low Friction (“ELF”) compound
N4274A85. This compound is formulated with proprietary internal
lubricants to provide extreme low friction and excellent wear resistance.
This compound provides extended cycle life over standard nitrile and
carboxylated nitrile compounds.
Technical Data
N4274A85 -10°F to +250°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-23°C to +121°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
N4180A80 -40°F to +250°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-40°C to +121°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
P5065A88 -70°F to +200°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-57°C to +93°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)

7
2-4, page 2-5.
E4 Cross-Section
E4 installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
E4 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — E4 Profile
Table 7-19. E4 Profile
4 2 7 4 E4 0 6 0 2 1 2 5
Seal Compound Profile Gland Depth (xx/32") or Seal

4-Digit Material Code Nominal Radial Cross-Section
Example: 4274 = 85A Niroxile® Example: 06 = 6/32" or 0.187
Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000)

Example: 2.125 x 1000 = 02125
Gland Dimensions — E4 Profile
Gland Depth
B D A Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

Table 7-20. E4 Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Seal Groove
Width
Cross- Axial
Range Tol. Section Width Calc. Tol. +.015/-.000 Calc. Tol.
0.625 - 1.249 +.002/-.000 0.125 0.125 Dia. A - .250 +.000/-.002 0.156 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.001
1.250 - 1.749 +.002/-.000 0.156 0.156 Dia. A - .313 +.000/-.002 0.188 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002
1.750 - 2.624 +.002/-.000 0.187 0.187 Dia. A - .375 +.000/-.003 0.219 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002
2.625 - 3.499 +.002/-.000 0.218 0.218 Dia. A - .438 +.000/-.003 0.250 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002
3.500 - 5.249 +.003/-.000 0.250 0.250 Dia. A - .500 +.000/-.005 0.281 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
5.250 - 6.249 +.003/-.000 0.281 0.281 Dia. A - .563 +.000/-.007 0.312 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
6.250 - 9.499 +.003/-.000 0.312 0.312 Dia. A - .625 +.000/-.007 0.344 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
9.500 - 10.000 +.004/-.000 0.343 0.343 Dia. A - .688 +.000/-.007 0.375 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
BMP Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BMP Profile, Rounded Lip Seal with Bumper Cushion

The Parker BMP profile is a low friction bumper and seal providing
quiet deceleration and reduced end stroke noise in pneumatic piston
applications. Designed to mount on the ends of the piston and to
be used along with Parker’s V6 profile cushion seal, the bumper pad
absorbs the final inertia which prevents contact between the piston and
tube ends. The BMP profile can also be used without cushion seals in
less critical applications. The BMP profile has a rounded sealing edge
which hydroplanes over pre-lubricated surfaces extending cycle life and
reducing friction. The BMP profile is available in Parker’s proprietary
Nitroxile® compound, offering low friction and wear resistance, as well
as fluorocarbon for extended temperature range.
Technical Data
N4283A75 -10°F to +250°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-23°C to +121°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
N4274A85 -10°F to +250°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-23°C to +121°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F 250 psi < 3 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (17 bar) (1 m/s)
7
2-4, page 2-5.
BMP Cross-Section
BMP installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BMP Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — BMP Profile
Table 7-21. BMP Profile
4 2 7 4 BMP 2 5 0 0 - 3 7
0 5
Seal Compound Profile Bore Diameter or Nominal Seal Nominal Axial Width
4-Digit Material Code Seal O.D. (x1000) Example:
Example: Example: .375 x 1000 = 375
4274 = 85A Nitroxile® 2.500 x 1000 = 2500
Gland Dimensions — BMP Profile

F
30º
E
B C D A Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

7 Table 7-22. BMP Profile — Piston Gland Dimensions

Example Part Number
A B C D E F (Replace XXXX with
Bore Groove Shoulder Piston Groove Shoulder respective material code)
Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter* Width Height
+.002/-.000 +.000-/.005 +.000/-.005 +.000/-.002 +.005-/.000 +.005/-.000

1.125 0.639 0.851 1.123 0.110 0.204 XXXXBMP1125-312
1.500 0.810 1.050 1.498 0.138 0.256 XXXXBMP1500-312
2.000 1.202 1.440 1.998 0.138 0.256 XXXXBMP2000-312
2.500 1.640 1.925 2.498 0.157 0.315 XXXXBMP2500-375
3.250 2.150 2.550 3.248 0.157 0.315 XXXXBMP3250-375
4.000 2.810 3.268 3.998 0.157 0.315 XXXXBMP4000-375
5.000 3.525 4.095 4.998 0.157 0.315 XXXXBMP5000-500
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
TP Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
TP Profile (Piston T-seal), Compact Seal

with Anti-Extrusion Technology
Parker’s TP profile piston T-seal is designed to retrofit o-rings in
no back-up, single back-up and two back-up standard industrial
reciprocating o-ring glands. Its compact design provides improved
stability and extrusion resistance in dynamic fluid sealing applications.
The flange or base of the T-seal forms a tight seal in the gland and
supports the anti-extrusion back-up rings. When energized, the back-
up rings bridge the extrusion gap to protect the rubber sealing element
from extrusion and system contamination. The T-seal geometry
eliminates the spiral or twisting failure that can occur when o-rings are
used against a dynamic surface. Parker offers the TP profile in a variety
of elastomer and back-up ring compounds to cover a wide range of
fluid compatibility, pressure and temperature.
Profile TP0 for no back-up o-ring gland (standard offering)
Profile TPS for single back-up o-ring gland
Profile TPT for two back-up o-ring gland
The TP profile is sold only as an assembly (elastomer and back-up).
Technical Data
Standard Materials 7
Base
Elastomer Temperature Range Surface Speed
V4205A75 -20°F to +400°F (-29°C to +204°C) < 1.6 ft/s (0.5 m/s)
E4259A80 -65°F to +300°F (-54°C to +149°C) < 1.6 ft/s (0.5 m/s)
TP Cross-Section Alternate Materials: For applications that may require an alternate

material, please see Section 3 for alternate elastomer materials.
TP installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
TP Profile
Technical Data (Continued)
Standard Materials
Back-up
Ring Temperature Range Pressure Range†
B001 = 4655 -65°F to +275°F (-54°C to +135°C) 5,000 psi (344 bar)
B011 = Virgin PTFE -425°F to +450°F (-254°C to +233°C) 3,000 psi (206 bar)
B085 = PEEK -65°F to +500°F (-54°C to +260°C) 10,000 psi (689 bar)
Alternate Materials: For applications that may require an alternate material, please see Section 3 for T-seal
back-up materials.
†Pressure Range without wear rings. If used with wear rings, see Table 2-4, page 2-5.
Part Number Nomenclature — TP Profile (Piston T-seal)

Table 7-23. TP Profile
4 1 1 5 B 0 0 1 TP 0 3
0 2 E
Seal Compound Back-up Ring Profile Bore Diameter Identifier

4-Digit Material Code 4-Digit Material Code Seal Nominal I.D.
Example: Example: Example: 32 = 3.000
4115 = 75A Nitrile B001 = 4655
B011 = Virgin PTFE O-ring Gland Type Endless
B085 = PEEK Example: 0 = No Back-up O-ring Gland (Back-up)
S = Single Back-up O-ring Gland Unsplit
T = Two Back-up O-ring Gland
7
Gland Dimensions — TP Profile

C
Gland Depth

B D A
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
TP Profile
Table 7-24. TP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation
A TP Ref: Gland B C C C D
Bore Profile O-
O-Ri Depth Groove TP0 TPS TPT Piston
Diameter Number Dash # Diameter Groove Groove Groove Diameter*
+.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.005/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.000/-.001
0.562 - 1.750 04 to 22 2-203 to 2-222 0.121 Dia. A - .242 0.187 0.208 0.275 Dia. A - .003
1.875 - 5.000 23 to 47 2-325 to 2-350 0.185 Dia. A - .370 0.281 0.311 0.410 Dia. A - .003
5.127 - 16.002 48 to 81 2-426 to 2-463 0.237 Dia. A - .474 0.375 0.408 0.538 Dia. A - .004
* If used with wear rings, efer to wear ring piston diameter, see Section 9. For custom groove calculations, see Appendix C.
Table 7-25. TP Profile — Bore Diameter Identifier Reference Table

TP Profile Seal Seal Seal A B C D AS568
Number Nominal Nominal Nominal Bore Dia Groove Dia Groove Width Piston
ID OD Width +.000/-.002 (TP0 only) Diameter
±.001 +.005/-.000 ±.001
TP001 3/8 3/16 3/32 0.375 0.190 0.150 0.371 2–106
TP002 7/16 1/4 3/32 0.437 0.282 0.150 0.433 2–108
TP003 5/16 1/2 3/32 0.500 0.315 0.150 0.496 2–109
TP Profile Ref: O-Ring TP Profile Ref: O-Ring TP Profile Ref: O-Ring

Number Dash # Number Dash # Number Dash #
04 203 31 333 58 437
7
05 204 32 334 59 438
06 205 33 335 60 439
07 206 34 336 61 440
08 207 35 338 62 441
09 208 36 339 63 442
10 209 37 340 64 443
11 210 38 341 65 444
12 211 39 342 66 445
13 212 40 343 67 446
14 213 41 344 68 447
15 214 42 345 69 448
16 215 43 346 70 449
17 216 44 347 71 450
18 217 45 348 72 451
19 218 46 349 73 452
20 219 47 350 74 453
21 220 48 426 75 454
22 222 49 427 76 455
23 325 50 428 77 456
24 326 51 429 78 457
25 327 52 430 79 458
26 328 53 431 80 459
27 329 54 432 81 460
28 330 55 433
29 331 56 434
30 332 57 435
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
S5 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
S5 Profile, Square PTFE Cap Seal

The Parker S5 profile is a bi-directional piston seal for use in low to
medium duty hydraulic actuators and is suitable for sealing against
hardened surfaces in pneumatic applications. The S5 profile is a two
piece design comprised of a standard size Parker o-ring energizing a
glass-filled PTFE cap. The S5 profile offers long wear, low friction and
because of its short assembly length requires minimal gland space
on the piston. The seal is commonly used in applications such as
agriculture hydraulics, mobile hydraulics, machine tools, and hydraulic
presses. Parker’s S5 profile will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar
design and is an updated version of the Parker S5000 piston seal.
The S5 profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

Technical Data
Cap
0203 15% Fiberglass -200°F to +575°F 3500 psi < 13 ft/s
7 Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

S5 Cross-Section energizer (Table 3-5) materials.
2-4, page 2-5.
Options
Split Rings: To aid in installation, the PTFE ring can be
supplied in one of the following split configurations. To
indicate that the S5 profile is to be split, add the appropriate
split type indicator to the end of the part number.
S = Step Cut
T = Butt Cut
V = Bevel cut
Step Butt Bevel

S5 installed in Piston Gland “S” “T” “V”
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
S5 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — S5 Profile
Table 7-26. S5 Profile
0 2 0 3 S5 1 9 6 0 3 5 0 0 - 1 2 9 A

Seal Compound
4-Digit Material Code Bore Diameter (x1000)
Example: Energizer Material Code
Example: 3.500 X A = 70A Nitrile
0203 = 15% Fiberglass-filled 1000 = 03500
PTFE Omit = No Energizer
(See Table 3-5, page
3-18.)
Option: Split Ring
Options
S = Step Cut
T = Butt Cut
V = Bevel Cut
Gland Dimensions — S5 Profile
Gland Depth
7
Table 7-27. S5 Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D
Bore Gland Groove Groove Piston O-ring
Range Tol Calc. Tol Width Tol Calc. Tol.
0.500 - 1.500 +.002/-.000 0.130 Dia. A - .260 +.001/-.001 0.083 +.001/-.001 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-0xx
1.625 - 1.875 +.002/-.000 0.196 Dia. A - .392 +.002/-.002 0.122 +.002/-.002 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-1xx
2.000 - 5.500 +.003/-.000 0.196 Dia. A - .392 +.002/-.002 0.130 +.002/-.002 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.003 2-1xx
5.750 - 16.000 +.003/-.000 0.259 Dia. A - .518 +.003/-.003 0.160 +.003/-.003 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003 2-2xx
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for Bore diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional
sections and sizes, corresponding o-ring dash number, and part number availability. Contact your Parker representative
for assistance.
07/18/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
R5 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
R5 Profile, Rectangular PTFE Cap Seal

The Parker R5 profile is a bi-directional piston seal for use in medium
to heavy duty hydraulic actuators and is suitable for sealing against
hardened surfaces in pneumatic applications. The R5 profile is a
two piece design comprised of a standard size rubber square ring
energizing a rectangular shaped PTFE cap. The R5 profile offers
excellent stability, long wear, low friction and extrusion protection. The
seal is commonly used in applications such as agriculture hydraulics,
mobile hydraulics, machine tools and hydraulic presses. Parker’s R5
profile will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar design and is an updated
version of the Parker R5100 piston seal.
The R5 profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

Technical Data
Cap
0203 15% Fiberglass -200°F to +575°F 3500 psi < 13 ft/s
7 Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

R5 Cross-Section energizer (Table 3-5) materials.
2-4, page 2-5.
Options
Split Rings: To aid in installation, the PTFE ring can
be supplied in one of the following split configurations.
To indicate that the R5 profile is to be split, add the
appropriate split type indicator to the end of the part
number.
S = Step Cut
T = Butt Cut
V = Bevel cut
Step Butt Bevel

R5 installed in Piston Gland
“S” “T” “V”
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
R5 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — R5 Profile
Table 7-28. R5 Profile
0 2 0 3 R5 2 8 0 0 5 0 0 0 - 2 8 4 A

Seal Compound
4-Digit Material Code
Bore Diameter (x1000) Energizer Material Code
Example:
0203 = 15% Fiberglass-filled
5.000 X 1000 = 05000 Omit = No Energizer
PTFE
Option: Split Ring
Options
S = Step Cut
T = Butt Cut
V = Bevel Cut
Gland Dimensions — R5 Profile

C
Gland Depth
B D A
7
Table 7-29. R5 Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D
Bore Groove Groove Piston Square
Gland
Diameter Depth Diameter Width Diameter* Ring
Series
Range Tol Calc. Tol Width Tol Calc. Tol.
1.000 - 2.750 +.002/-.000 0.155 Dia. A - .310 +.001/-.001 0.129 +.002/-.002 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.001 7-1xx
3.000 - 5.000 +.003/-.000 0.280 Dia. A - .560 +.002/-.002 0.284 +.003/-.003 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002 7-3xx
5.250 - 8.500 +.004/-.000 0.381 Dia. A - .762 +.003/-.003 0.379 +.004/-.004 Dia. A - .003 +.000/-.003 7-4xx
9.000 - 14.000 +.004/-.000 0.439 Dia. A - .878 +.004/-.004 0.379 +.004/-.004 Dia. A - .004 +.000/-.004 7-4xx
Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for Bore diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and additional
sections and sizes, corresponding square ring number and part number availability. Contact your Parker representative
for assistance.
07/18/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
CQ Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
CQ Profile, Premium PTFE Cap Seal

with Anti-Drift Technology
The Parker CQ profile is a bi-directional piston seal for use in medium
to heavy duty hydraulic applications. The CQ profile is a unique seal
design that includes a rubber quad seal in the PTFE cap to ensure
drift free performance. The PTFE cap is a stable rectangular shape
and is energized, depending on its cross section, by a single square
energizer or dual Parker o-rings. The CQ piston seal is commonly used
in applications such as mobile hydraulics, lift trucks, standard cylinders
and piston accumulators. Parker’s CQ profile will retrofit non-Parker
seals of similar design.
The CQ profile may be ordered without the energizer and quad

seal by omitting the energizer/quad seal code. See part number
nomenclature.
Technical Data
Cap
0401 40% bronze -200°F to +575°F 5000 psi < 9.8 ft/s
7
Energizer/Quad Seal
CQ Cross-Section A 70A Nitrile -30°F to +250°F
Square Ring Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

CQ Cross-Section 2-4, page 2-5.
Dual O-ring Energizer
Option
Notched Walls: Adding an “N” to the end of the part
number indicates that notches are to be added to the
side walls of the PTFE cap. Notches can help optimize
the seal’s response to fluid pressure. In application,
the void created by the notch allows fluid pressure to
fill the cavity between the side face of the gland and
the seal. Consult your local Parker representative for
the availability and cost to add side notches to the CQ
profile.
N = Notched walls
CQ installed in Piston Gland 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CQ Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — CQ Profile
Table 7-30. CQ Profile
0 4 0 1 CQ 3 0 8 0 4 0 0 0 - 2 8 8 A

Seal Compound Bore Diameter (x1000) Energizer/Quad Seal

4-Digit Material Code Example: Material Code
Example: 4.000 X 1000 = 04000 A = 70A Nitrile
0401 = 40% Bronze- Omit = No Energizer/
filled PTFE Quad Seal
Option:
N = Notched Walls
Gland Dimension — CQ Profile

C
Gland Depth
B D A
Please refer to Engineering Section 2, 7
Table 7-31. CQ Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D Energizer Quad
Gland
Bore Groove Groove Piston Dash Ring
Depth
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter* Size Size
+.005/-
Range Tol. Calc. Tol .000 Calc. Tol
Square Ring Energizer
1.500 - 4.999 +.002/-.000 0.308 Dia. A - .616 +.000/-.003 0.288 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 7-3xx 4-1xx
5.000 - 10.000 +.004/-.000 0.420 Dia. A - .840 +.000/-.006 0.375 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.004 7-4xx 4-1xx
Dual O-ring Energizer
1.500 - 2.999 +.002/-.000 0.197 Dia. A - .394 +.000/-.003 0.248 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-1xx 4-0xx
3.000 - 4.999 +.002/-.000 0.256 Dia. A - .512 +.000/-.003 0.326 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002 2-2xx 4-1xx
5.000 - 11.999 +.004/-.000 0.354 Dia. A - .708 +.000/-.006 0.484 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.004 3-3xx 4-2xx
12.000 - 20.000 +.006/-.000 0.610 Dia. A - 1.220 +.000/-.008 0.642 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.006 3-4xx 4-3xx
sections and sizes, corresponding quad seal dash number, square ring number, and part number availability. Contact
your Parker representative for assistance.
07/18/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
OE Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
OE Profile, PTFE Piston Cap Seal

The Parker OE profile is a bi-directional piston seal for use
in low to medium duty hydraulic applications. The OE profile
is a two piece design comprised of a standard size Parker
o-ring energizing a wear resistant PTFE cap. The OE profile
offers long wear, low friction and because of its short assembly
length requires minimal gland space on the piston. The seal
is commonly used in applications such as mobile hydraulics,
machine tools, injection molding machines and hydraulic presses.
Parker’s OE profile will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar design.
The OE profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting

the energizer code. See part number nomenclature.
Technical Data
Cap
0401 40% bronze -200°F to +575°F 5000 psi < 13 ft/s
Energizer
7 A 70A Nitrile -30°F to +250°F
(-34°C to +121°C)

OE Cross-Section 2-4, page 2-5.
Option
Notched side walls: Adding an “N” to the end of the part
number indicates that notches are to be added to the side
walls of the PTFE cap. Notches can help optimize the seal’s
response to fluid pressure. In application, the void created by
the notch allows fluid pressure to fill the cavity between the
side face of the gland and the seal. Consult your local Parker
seal representative for the availability and cost to add side
notches to the OE profile.
N = Notched walls
OE installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
OE Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — OE Profile
Table 7-32. OE Profile
0 4 0 1 OE 2 1 2 0 4 0 0 0 - 1 6 6 A


Example: 4.000 X 1000 = 04000 Omit = No Energizer
0401 = 40% Bronze-filled PTFE (See Table 3-5, page
3-18.)
Option:
N = Notched Walls
Gland Dimension — OE Profile

C
Gland Depth

B D A page 2-8 for surface finish and additional
7
Table 7-33. OE Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D
Bore Gland Groove Groove Piston O-Ring
Range Tol Calc. Tol +.005/-.000 Calc. Tol.
0.500 - 1.000 +.001/-.000 0.087 Dia. A - .174 +.000/-.001 0.081 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-0xx
0.750 - 1.500 +.002/-.000 0.126 Dia. A - .256 +.000/-.002 0.081 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-0xx
1.000 - 2.500 +.002/-.000 0.149 Dia. A - .298 +.000/-.003 0.126 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-1xx
2.000 - 5.500 +.003/-.000 0.212 Dia. A - .424 +.000/-.004 0.166 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.003 2-2xx
3.500 - 10.000 +.004/-.000 0.308 Dia. A - .616 +.000/-.006 0.247 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003 2-3xx
7.000 - 16.000 +.005/-.000 0.415 Dia. A - .830 +.000/-.007 0.320 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.004 2-4xx
for assistance.
07/18/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
OG Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
OG Profile, PTFE Piston Cap Seal

The Parker OG profile is a single-acting piston sealing set profile
consisting of a PTFE piston sealing ring and an elastomer o-ring
energizer. The asymetrical cross-section of the slipper ring is designed
for best drag oil performance during stroke in both directions. The
OG profile is particularly suitable for single-acting pistons in control
cylinders, in servo-controlled systems, machine tools, quick acting
cylinders.
The material combination of the PTFE slipper ring and the elastomer
o-ring make this product suitable for a wide range of applications,
especially for aggressive media and/or high temperatures. The OG
profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the energizer
code. See part number nomenclature.
Technical Data
Cap
7 Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

OG Cross-Section †Pressure Range without wear rings. If used with wear rings, see Table
2-4, page 2-5.
Option
response to fluid pressure. In application, the void created by
the notch allows fluid pressure to fill the cavity between the
side face of the gland and the seal. Consult your local Parker
seal representative for the availability and cost to add side
notches to the OG profile.
N = Notched walls
OG installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
OG Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — OG Profile
Table 7-34. OG Profile
0 4 0 1 OG 2 9 7 0 4 0 0 0 - 2 4 8 A


0401 = 40% Bronze-filled PTFE (See Table 3-5, page
3-18.)
Option:
N = Notched Walls
Gland Dimension — OG Profile

C
Gland Depth

7
Table 7-35. OG Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D
Bore Gland Groove Groove Piston O-ring
0.500 - 1.500 +.002/-.000 0.143 Dia. A - .286 +.000/-.002 0.126 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.001 2-1xx
1.625 - 2.500 +.002/-.000 0.210 Dia. A - .420 +.000/-.002 0.165 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.002 2-2xx
2.625 - 8.000 +.003/-.000 0.297 Dia. A - .594 +.000/-.004 0.248 Dia. A -. 003 +.000/-.003 2-3xx
8.125 - 16.000 +.005/-.000 0.403 Dia. A - .806 +.000/-.005 0.319 Dia. A - .004 +.000/-.004 2-4xx
for assistance.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
CP Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
CP Profile, PTFE Piston Cap Seal

The Parker CP profile is a cap seal with anti-extrusion, low friction
and low wear features. The CP profile is a bi-directional piston seal for
use in low to medium duty applications. Because of the unique design
of the filled PTFE cap, the CP profile offers long wear, low friction and
anti-extrusion. Only minimal gland space is needed to fit the seal on
the piston due to its short assembly length.
The CP profile retrofits into a standard size o-ring groove without

modification and will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar design. There
are three CP profiles to match groove widths:
• CP0 — a standard o-ring groove
• CP1 — an o-ring groove designed for one back-up ring
• CP2 — an o-ring groove designed for two back-up rings
The CP profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

Technical Data
7 Cap
0401 40% Bronze- -200°F to +575°F 3,500 psi < 13 ft/s
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

CP Cross-Section
2-4, page 2-5.
Option
response to fluid pressure. In application, the void created
by the notch allows fluid pressure to fill the cavity between
the side face of the gland and the seal. Consult your local
Parker representative for the availability and cost to add side
notches to the CP profile.
N = Notched walls
CP installed in Piston Gland 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CP Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — CP Profile
Table 7-36. CP Profile
0 4 0 1 CP 0 - 3 4 2 A
0
Seal Compound Profile Groove Size Option:

4-Digit Material Code (O-ring Dash Size) N = Notched Walls
0401 = 40% Bronze-filled
PTFE
Groove Width
0 = No Back-up O-ring Groove Energizer Material Code
1 = One Back-up O-ring Groove A = 70A Nitrile
2 = Two Back-up O-ring Groove Omit = No Energizer
Gland Dimension — CP Profile

C
Gland Depth

Table 7-37. CP Profile — Piston Gland Calculation
A O-Ring B C C C D
Bore Dash # Groove CP0 CP1 CP2 Piston
Diameter Diameter Groove Groove Groove Diameter*
+.002/ +.000/ +.005/ +.005/ +.005/ Calc. Tol

-.000 -.002 -.000 -.000 -.000
0.250 - 1.500 2-006 to 2-028 Dia. A - .110 0.093 0.138 0.205 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.001
0.312 - 3.000 2-104 to 2-149 Dia. A - .176 0.140 0.171 0.238 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002
0.437 - 5.000 2-201 to 2-248 Dia. A - .242 0.187 0.208 0.275 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.003
0.812 - 5.000 2-309 to 2-350 Dia. A - .370 0.281 0.311 0.410 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.003
5.000 - 16.000 2-425 to 2-460 Dia. A - .474 0.375 0.408 0.538 Dia. A - .003 +.000/-.004
for assistance.
07/18/2017

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
OA Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
OA Profile, Compact PTFE Piston Cap Seal

The Parker OA profile is a bi-directional piston seal for use in
pneumatic and low- to medium-duty hydraulic applications. The
OA profile is a two piece design utilizing a rectangular PTFE cap
and standard size o-ring. The OA profile is an excellent choice for
applications requiring a compact design. The unique properties of the
modified PTFE provide added wear resistance for improved cycle life.
Parker’s OA profile will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar design.
The OA profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

Technical Data
Cap
0102 Modified -320°F to +450°F 1,500 psi < 13 ft/s
PTFE (-195°C to +282°C) (103 bar) (4 m/s)
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)
7
material, please see Section 3 for alternate PTFE and energizer
materials.
OA Cross-Section
2-4, page 2-5.
Option
Notched side walls: Notches can be added to the side
walls of the PTFE cap. This can help to optimize the seal’s
response to fluid pressure. Notched side walls help ensure
that fluid pressure fills the cavity between the side face of the
seal and the side face of the seal gland. Consult your local
Parker representative for the availability and cost to add side
notches to the OA profile.
N = Notched walls
OA Installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
OA Profile
Part Number Nomenclature —OA Profile
Table 7-38. OA Profile
0 1 0 2 OA 1 8 2 0 3 0 0 0 - 1 4 9 A


0102 = Modified PTFE (See Table 3-5, page
3-18.)
Option:
N = Notched Walls
Gland Dimensions — OA Profile

C
Gland Depth

B D A
hardware considerations. 7
Table 7-39. OA Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D
Bore Groove Groove Piston O-ring
Gland
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter* Dash
Depth Series
0.281 - 0.375 +.001/-.000 0.071 Dia. A - .142 +.000/-.001 0.079 Dia. A - .004 +.000/-.001 2-0xx
0.437 - 1.500 +.002/-.000 0.087 Dia. A - .174 +.000/-.002 0.079 Dia. A - .005 +.000/-.001 2-0xx
0.625 - 3.000 +.003/-.000 0.119 Dia. A - .237 +.000/-.003 0.112 Dia. A - .005 +.000/-.002 2-1xx
1.062 - 5.000 +.004/-.000 0.182 Dia. A - .363 +.000/-.004 0.149 Dia. A - .006 +.000/-.002 2-2xx
2.000 - 5.000 +.005/-.000 0.246 Dia. A - .491 +.000/-.005 0.221 Dia. A - .007 +.000/-.002 2-3xx
5.125 - 6.500 +.006/-.000 0.297 Dia. A - .593 +.000/-.006 0.297 Dia. A - .008 +.000/-.002 2-4xx
6.750 - 8.500 +.006/-.000 0.359 Dia. A - .718 +.000/-.006 0.297 Dia. A - .008 +.000/-.002 2-4xx
9.000 - 16.000 +.003/-.000 0.484 Dia. A - .968 +.000/-.003 0.297 Dia. A - .008 +.000/-.002 2-4xx
for assistance.
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
OQ Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
OQ Profile, Rotary PTFE Cap Seal

The Parker OQ profile is a bi-directional piston seal for use in low to
medium duty rotary or oscillating applications. The OQ profile is a two
piece design comprised of a standard size o-ring energizing a wear
resistant PTFE cap. The OQ profile offers long wear and low friction,
without stickslip. The PTFE inner diameter is designed with a special
interference with the o-ring to eliminate spinning between the o-ring
and seal. Special grooves are designed into the PTFE outer diameter
to provide lubrication and create a labyrinth effect for reduced leakage.
Parker’s OQ profile will retrofit non-Parker seals of similar design.
The OQ profile may be ordered without the energizer by omitting the

Technical Data
Cap
0205 15% Fiberglass-, -200°F to +575°F 3000 psi < 3.3 ft/s
5% MoS2-filled (-129°C to +302°C) (206 bar) (1.0 m/s)
PTFE
Energizer
7 A 70A Nitrile -30°F to +250°F
(-34°C to +121°C)

OQ Cross-Section 2-4, page 2-5.
OQ installed in Rotary Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
OQ Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — OQ Profile
Table 7-40. OQ Profile
0 2 0 5 OQ 1 4 8 0 2 0 0 0 - 1 1 2 A

Seal Compound
4-Digit Material Code
Example: Bore Diameter (x1000) Energizer Material Code
0205 = 15% Fiberglass-, Example: A = 70A Nitrile
5% MoS2-filled 2.000 X 1000 = 02000 Omit = No Energizer
PTFE (See Table 3-5, page
3-18.)
Option:
N = Notched Walls
Gland Dimensions — OQ Profile

C
Gland Depth

B D A additional hardware considerations. 7
Table 7-41. OQ Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D
Bore Groove Groove Piston O-ring
Gland Dash
Diameter Depth Diameter Width Diameter*
Series
0.375 - 0.437 +.001/-.000 0.097 Dia. A - .193 +.000/-.001 0.087 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-0xx
0.438 - 1.499 +.002/-.000 0.097 Dia. A - .193 +.000/-.002 0.087 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-0xx
1.500 - 2.999 +.003/-.000 0.148 Dia. A - .295 +.000/-.003 0.112 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.002 2-1xx
3.000 - 5.999 +.004/-.000 0.217 Dia. A - .433 +.000/-.004 0.165 Dia. A - .001 +.000/-.003 2-2xx
6.000 - 11.999 +.005/-.000 0.305 Dia. A - .610 +.000/-.005 0.248 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.004 2-3xx
12.000 - 20.000 +.006/-.000 0.414 Dia. A - .827 +.000/-.006 0.319 Dia. A - .002 +.000/-.005 2-4xx
02/05/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Notes
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Wipers Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Wiper Introduction

Product Offering.......................... 8-3 One of the primary causes of premature component failure in a fluid
Decision Tree............................... 8-4 power system is contamination. Contaminants such as moisture, dirt,
and dust can cause extensive damage to cylinder walls, rods, seals and
Wiper Profiles other components. It has always been Parker’s design philosophy to
YD........................................... 8-5 use aggressive wiping geometries to prevent the damage that is caused
SHD........................................ 8-9 when trace amounts of dirt or water are allowed to enter a fluid power
system. This philosophy goes hand in hand with reducing the down
SH959................................... 8-13
time and high costs associated with replacing rusted components,
AH......................................... 8-15 scored rods, filters and leaking seals.
J............................................ 8-17
AY......................................... 8-19
H / 8600................................ 8-22
AD......................................... 8-24

Urethane Urethane
Head Seal O-ring
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Wipers
Choosing a Wiper contamination. For ultimate performance,
Some of the considerations that need to be made Parker offers profiles with a knife trimmed wiping
when choosing a wiper include: lip. These profiles include the YD and J profiles.
1. Application Requirements 4. Redundant Sealing Lips: One of the most

2. Groove Geometry effective ways to improve a system’s sealing
3. Lip Geometry performance is to incorporate the use of
4. Redundant Sealing Lips multiple or redundant sealing lips. This can be
5. Environment accomplished by using Parker’s AY, AH, H or
6. Rod Seal Interaction 8600, double lip profiles. Because these wipers
have a redundant sealing lip, there is no way
Also see the Wiper Decision Tree found on page 8-4. for them to relieve a pressure trap out of the
system. It is critical, therefore, to pair redundant
1. Application Requirements: Whether hydraulic lip wipers with the correct rod seals, such as
or pneumatic, high temperature, or low friction, the BT and B3 u-cup profiles. These rod seal
Parker’s broad range of materials and wiper profiles enable fluid pressure relief back into the
profiles allow you to choose the right wiper for system.
every application.
5. Environment: In certain applications where
2. Groove Geometry: When choosing a wiper, cylinders are in a vertical or rod-up orientation,
the groove geometry, machining costs, wiper it’s possible for moisture or other contaminants
costs and the costs of replacing the wiper while to collect in the wiper gland. These situations
in the field must be considered. The majority of can be found in everything from forklifts and
mobile equipment manufacturers use press-fit agricultural cylinders to heavy duty construction
canned wipers. While canned wipers are more equipment that is exposed to all-weather
costly, the gland machining costs are less and conditions. For this reason, Parker offers
the wiper lips are more aggressive for this harsh several wiper profiles that feature O.D. exclusion
environment. technology on both the dynamic and static
surfaces to keep contamination out. For snap-
3. Lip Geometry: Parker wipers are designed to in applications, the Parker YD profile offers an
give the best possible exclusion performance additional lip contact to exclude contamination
by featuring perpendicular, or “straight-cut” lip at the O.D. For more aggressive sealing at the
geometries. The footprint of a sharp, straight- O.D., Parker offers the AH and J style metal
cut wiper causes a high concentration of force encased wipers which utilize a metal to metal
which maximizes fluid film breakage while interference fit for high performance in harsh
8 allowing contaminants to be pushed away from environments.
the wiping edge. (See Figure 8-1.) The footprint
of a radiused lip, however, often results in a 6. Rod Seal Interaction: It is important to
poor concentration of force. Although they properly pair rod seals and wiper combinations
are less costly, radiused lip geometries can to minimize leakage. When the rod extends
trap contamination against the rod, lifting the past the rod seal, there is a thin film of oil
wiper up and opening a gateway for further that remains trapped in microscopic surface
imperfections. The thickness of this film
depends on the aggressiveness of the rod seal,
rod surface finish and rod speed. If the rod seal
chosen is less aggressive than the wiper, the
wiper can wipe away the oil film during retract,
resulting in system leakage.
Examples of poor wiper/rod seal combinations

include using a soft rubber u-cup with an
aggressive urethane wiper, or a rod seal with net
molded lips paired with a knife trimmed wiper.
In both cases a less aggressive rod seal is
improperly paired with a more aggressive wiper.
Figure 8-1. Radius vs. Straight Cut Lip Geometry
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
Profiles Preferred Wiper profile

Medium
Medium
Heavy
Heavy
Light
Light
Pneu
Pneu
Series Description Page Series Description Page
YD J
Premium 8-5 Performance 8-17
Snap-In Canned
Wiper with Wiper
O.D.
Exclusion
Technology
SHD AY
Industrial 8-9 Premium 8-19
Snap-In Double-Lip
Wiper Wiper
SH959 H / 8600
AN-Style 8-13 Performance 8-22
Snap-In Double-Lip
Wiper Wiper
AH AD
Premium 8-15 PTFE Wiper 8-24
Double-Lip Seal
Canned
Wiper
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
Pages 8-13 and 8-9
Page 8-5
Page 8-24
Pages 8-22 and 8-19
Page 8-24
Page 8-17
Page 8-15
Pages 8-13 and 8-9
Page 8-22
Page 8-24
Note: Decision Tree is for profile geometry only. Please

consult pages 8-5 through 8-40 for proper material selection. 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
YD Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
YD Profile, Premium Snap-in Wiper with O.D. Exclusion

Technology
The YD profile wiper is the premier design among high performance,
snap-in excluders. Featuring a secondary O.D. lip which seals
against the shoulder region of the gland, the YD profile wiper prevents
water and other contaminants from entering around the static side of
the wiper. For ultimate performance, the YD profile also incorporates
an aggressive, knife-trimmed wiping lip to ensure maximum exclusion
along the rod. A true zero-radius lip provides the most effective wiping
action available.
Technical Data
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4301A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)

representative.
YD Cross-Section
YD installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
YD Profile
Part Number Nomenclature —YD Profile
Table 8-2. YD Profile
4 3 0 0 YD 0 1 5 0 0
Seal Compound Profile Nominal Rod Diameter (x1000)

Example:
4300 = 90A Resilon® 4300 Polyurethane
Gland Dimensions — YD Profile

Table 8-3. YD Profile — Wiper Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Groove E
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Shoulder Diameter
Width Max Wiper
Axial Width
8 Range Tol. Calculation Tol. +.004/
-.000 Calculation Tol.
0.250 – 0.687 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .247 +.006/-.000 0.124 Dia. A + .160 +.005/-.000 0.215
0.750 – 1.875 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .372 +.006/-.000 0.187 Dia. A + .245 +.005/-.000 0.315
2.000 – 4.375 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .497 +.006/-.000 0.249 Dia. A + .327 +.005/-.000 0.415
4.500 – 6.000 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .747 +.006/-.000 0.374 Dia. A + .493 +.005/-.000 0.620
6.500 – 9.000 +.000/-.004 Dia. A + .747 +.006/-.000 0.374 Dia. A + .493 +.005/-.000 0.620
9.000 – 10.000 +.000/-.005 Dia. A + .997 +.006/-.000 0.499 Dia.A + .659 +.005/-.000 0.820
For custom groove calculations, see Appendix C.

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
YD Profile
Table 8-4. YD Profile — Wiper Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
A B D E Part
C Number
Rod Groove Shoulder Max Wiper
Groove Width
Diameter Diameter Diameter Axial Width
Tolerance +.006/-.000 +.004/-.000 +.005/-.000
0.250 +.000/-.002 0.497 0.124 0.410 0.215 4300YD00250
0.312 +.000/-.002 0.560 0.124 0.475 0.215 4300YD00312
0.375 +.000/-.002 0.622 0.124 0.535 0.215 4300YD00375
0.437 +.000/-.002 0.685 0.124 0.600 0.215 4300YD00437
0.500 +.000/-.002 0.747 0.124 0.660 0.215 4300YD00500
0.625 +.000/-.002 0.872 0.124 0.785 0.215 4300YD00625
0.750 +.000/-.002 1.122 0.187 0.995 0.315 4300YD00750
0.875 +.000/-.002 1.247 0.187 1.120 0.315 4300YD00875
1.000 +.000/-.002 1.372 0.187 1.245 0.315 4300YD01000
1.125 +.000/-.002 1.497 0.187 1.370 0.315 4300YD01125
1.250 +.000/-.002 1.622 0.187 1.495 0.315 4300YD01250
1.375 +.000/-.002 1.747 0.187 1.620 0.315 4300YD01375
1.500 +.000/-.002 1.872 0.187 1.745 0.315 4300YD01500
1.625 +.000/-.002 1.997 0.187 1.870 0.315 4300YD01625
1.750 +.000/-.002 2.122 0.187 1.995 0.315 4300YD01750
1.875 +.000/-.002 2.247 0.187 2.120 0.315 4300YD01875
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.497 0.249 2.327 0.415 4300YD02000
2.125 +.000/-.003 2.622 0.249 2.452 0.415 4300YD02125
2.250 +.000/-.003 2.747 0.249 2.577 0.415 4300YD02250
2.375 +.000/-.003 2.872 0.249 2.702 0.415 4300YD02375
2.500 +.000/-.003 2.997 0.249 2.827 0.415 4300YD02500
2.625 +.000/-.003 3.122 0.249 2.952 0.415 4300YD02625
2.750 +.000/-.003 3.247 0.249 3.077 0.415 4300YD02750 8
3.000 +.000/-.003 3.497 0.249 3.327 0.415 4300YD03000
3.250 +.000/-.003 3.747 0.249 3.577 0.415 4300YD03250
3.500 +.000/-.003 3.997 0.249 3.827 0.415 4300YD03500
3.750 +.000/-.003 4.247 0.249 4.077 0.415 4300YD03750
4.000 +.000/-.003 4.497 0.249 4.327 0.415 4300YD04000
4.250 +.000/-.003 4.747 0.249 4.577 0.415 4300YD04250
4.500 +.000/-.003 5.247 0.374 4.993 0.620 4300YD04500
4.750 +.000/-.003 5.497 0.374 5.243 0.620 4300YD04750
5.000 +.000/-.003 5.747 0.374 5.493 0.620 4300YD05000
5.500 +.000/-.003 6.247 0.374 5.993 0.620 4300YD05500
6.000 +.000/-.003 6.747 0.374 6.493 0.620 4300YD06000
Continued on the following page
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
YD Profile
Table 8-4. YD Profile — Wiper Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont’d)
Hardware Dimensions
A B D E Part
C Number
Rod Groove Shoulder Max Wiper
Groove Width
Diameter Diameter Diameter Axial Width
Tolerance +.006/-.000 +.004/-.000 +.005/-.000

6.500 +.000/-.004 7.247 0.374 6.993 0.620 4300YD06500
6.750 +.000/-.004 7.497 0.374 7.243 0.620 4300YD06750
7.000 +.000/-.004 7.747 0.374 7.493 0.620 4300YD07000
7.500 +.000/-.004 8.247 0.374 7.993 0.620 4300YD07500
8.000 +.000/-.004 8.747 0.374 8.493 0.620 4300YD08000
8.500 +.000/-.004 9.247 0.374 8.993 0.620 4300YD08500
9.000 +.000/-.005 9.747 0.374 9.493 0.620 4300YD09000
10.000 +.000/-.005 10.997 0.499 10.659 0.820 4300YD10000
10.750 +.000/-.005 11.747 0.499 11.409 0.820 4300YD10625
11.000 +.000/-.005 11.997 0.499 11.659 0.820 4300YD11000
12.000 +.000/-.005 12.997 0.499 12.659 0.820 4300YD12000
12.500 +.000/-.005 13.497 0.499 13.159 0.820 4300YD12500
14.000 +.000/-.005 14.997 0.499 14.659 0.820 4300YD14000
14.750 +.000/-.005 15.747 0.499 15.409 0.820 4300YD14750
15.000 +.000/-.005 15.997 0.499 15.659 0.820 4300YD15000
16.000 +.000/-.005 16.997 0.499 16.659 0.820 4300YD16000
20.000 +.000/-.005 20.997 0.499 20.659 0.820 4300YD20000
30.000 +.000/-.005 30.997 0.499 30.659 0.820 4300YD30000

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
SHD Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
SHD Profile, Industrial Snap-In Wiper

Parker SHD profile wipers are an outstanding choice for light and
medium duty hydraulic and pneumatic applications. The slotted heel
design prevents pressure traps from forming between the rod seal and
wiper. Broad tooling availability, up to 30", makes the SHD a good
choice for large rod diameters. The snap-in design is oversized for a
snug fit and excellent stability. This makes the SHD a great all-round
wiper in an economical package.
Technical Data
Standard Temperature Surface
Materials Range Speed
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F <1.6 f/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (0.5 m/s)
P5065A88 -70°F to +200°F <1.6 f/s
(-57°C to +93°C) ( 0.5 m/s)

representative.
SHD Cross-Section
SHD installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
SHD Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — SHD Profile
Table 8-5. SHD Profile
4 6 1 5 SHD 0 1 0 0 0

Example: 4615 = Molythane®
Gland Dimensions — SHD Profile

Table 8-6. SHD Profile — Wiper Gland Calculation

C
A B D
Groove E
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Shoulder Diameter
Width Max Wiper
+.004/ Axial Width
8 -.000
0.250 – 0.687 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .247 +.006/-.000 0.124 Dia. A + .160 +.005/-.000 0.215
0.750 – 1.875 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .372 +.006/-.000 0.187 Dia. A + .245 +.005/-.000 0.315
2.000 – 4.375 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .497 +.006/-.000 0.249 Dia. A + .327 +.005/-.000 0.415
4.500 – 6.000 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .747 +.006/-.000 0.374 Dia. A + .493 +.005/-.000 0.620
6.500 – 9.000 +.000/-.004 Dia. A + .747 +.006/-.000 0.374 Dia. A + .493 +.005/-.000 0.620
9.000 – 10.000 +.000/-.005 Dia. A + .997 +.006/-.000 0.499 Dia. A + .659 +.005/-.000 0.820

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
SHD Profile
Table 8-7. SHD Profile — Wiper Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
Part Number
A B C D E (Replace xxxx with
Rod Groove Groove Shoulder Max Wiper Material Code
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Axial Width 4615 or 5065)
Tolerance +.006/-.000 +.004/-.000 +.005/-.000

0.250 +.000/-.002 0.497 0.124 0.410 0.215 xxxxSHD00250
0.312 +.000/-.002 0.560 0.124 0.475 0.215 xxxxSHD00312
0.375 +.000/-.002 0.622 0.124 0.535 0.215 xxxxSHD00375
0.437 +.000/-.002 0.685 0.124 0.600 0.215 xxxxSHD00437
0.500 +.000/-.002 0.747 0.124 0.660 0.215 xxxxSHD00500
0.625 +.000/-.002 0.872 0.124 0.785 0.215 xxxxSHD00625
0.750 +.000/-.002 1.122 0.187 0.995 0.315 xxxxSHD00750
0.875 +.000/-.002 1.247 0.187 1.120 0.315 xxxxSHD00875
1.000 +.000/-.002 1.372 0.187 1.245 0.315 xxxxSHD01000
1.125 +.000/-.002 1.497 0.187 1.370 0.315 xxxxSHD01125
1.250 +.000/-.002 1.622 0.187 1.495 0.315 xxxxSHD01250
1.375 +.000/-.002 1.747 0.187 1.620 0.315 xxxxSHD01375
1.500 +.000/-.002 1.872 0.187 1.745 0.315 xxxxSHD01500
1.625 +.000/-.002 1.997 0.187 1.870 0.315 xxxxSHD01625
1.750 +.000/-.002 2.122 0.187 1.995 0.315 xxxxSHD01750
1.875 +.000/-.002 2.247 0.187 2.120 0.315 xxxxSHD01875
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.497 0.249 2.327 0.415 xxxxSHD02000
2.125 +.000/-.003 2.622 0.249 2.452 0.415 xxxxSHD02125
2.250 +.000/-.003 2.747 0.249 2.577 0.415 xxxxSHD02250
2.375 +.000/-.003 2.872 0.249 2.702 0.415 xxxxSHD02375
2.500 +.000/-.003 2.997 0.249 2.827 0.415 xxxxSHD02500
2.625 +.000/-.003 3.122 0.249 2.952 0.415 xxxxSHD02625
2.750 +.000/-.003 3.247 0.249 3.077 0.415 xxxxSHD02750 8
3.000 +.000/-.003 3.497 0.249 3.327 0.415 xxxxSHD03000
3.250 +.000/-.003 3.747 0.249 3.577 0.415 xxxxSHD03250
3.500 +.000/-.003 3.997 0.249 3.827 0.415 xxxxSHD03500
3.750 +.000/-.003 4.247 0.249 4.077 0.415 xxxxSHD03750
4.000 +.000/-.003 4.497 0.249 4.327 0.415 xxxxSHD04000
4.250 +.000/-.003 4.747 0.249 4.577 0.415 xxxxSHD04250
4.500 +.000/-.003 5.247 0.374 4.993 0.620 xxxxSHD04500
4.750 +.000/-.003 5.497 0.374 5.243 0.620 xxxxSHD04750
5.000 +.000/-.003 5.747 0.374 5.493 0.620 xxxxSHD05000
5.500 +.000/-.003 6.247 0.374 5.993 0.620 xxxxSHD05500
6.000 +.000/-.003 6.747 0.374 6.493 0.620 xxxxSHD06000


09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
SHD Profile
Table 8-7. SHD Profile — Wiper Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont’d)
Hardware Dimensions
Part Number
A B C D E (Replace xxxx with
Rod Groove Groove Shoulder Max Wiper Material Code
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Axial Width 4615 or 5065)
Tolerance +.006/-.000 +.004/-.000 +.005/-.000

6.500 +.000/-.004 7.247 0.374 6.993 0.620 xxxxSHD06500
6.750 +.000/-.004 7.497 0.374 7.243 0.620 xxxxSHD06750
7.000 +.000/-.004 7.747 0.374 7.493 0.620 xxxxSHD07000
7.500 +.000/-.004 8.247 0.374 7.993 0.620 xxxxSHD07500
8.000 +.000/-.004 8.747 0.374 8.493 0.620 xxxxSHD08000
8.500 +.000/-.004 9.247 0.374 8.993 0.620 xxxxSHD08500
9.000 +.000/-.005 9.747 0.374 9.493 0.620 xxxxSHD09000
10.000 +.000/-.005 10.997 0.499 10.659 0.820 xxxxSHD10000
10.625 +.000/-.005 11.622 0.499 11.284 0.820 xxxxSHD10625
11.000 +.000/-.005 11.997 0.499 11.659 0.820 xxxxSHD11000
12.000 +.000/-.005 12.997 0.499 12.659 0.820 xxxxSHD12000
12.500 +.000/-.005 13.497 0.499 13.159 0.820 xxxxSHD12500
14.000 +.000/-.005 14.997 0.499 14.659 0.820 xxxxSHD14000
14.750 +.000/-.005 15.747 0.499 15.409 0.820 xxxxSHD14750
15.000 +.000/-.005 15.997 0.499 15.659 0.820 xxxxSHD15000
16.000 +.000/-.005 16.997 0.499 16.659 0.820 xxxxSHD16000
20.000 +.000/-.005 20.997 0.499 20.659 0.820 xxxxSHD20000
30.000 +.000/-.005 30.997 0.499 30.659 0.820 xxxxSHD30000

8
02/12/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
SH959 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
SH959 Profile, AN-Style Snap-In Wiper

Parker SH959 profile wipers are AN style excluders designed to ensure
proper fit with all MS-28776 (MS-33675) dash size grooves. The slotted
heel design prevents pressure traps from forming between the rod
seal and wiper. This profile of wiper requires very little radial or axial
space. This is why they are ideal in light to medium duty hydraulic and
pneumatic applications where such space constraints are present.
Technical Data
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (0.5 m/s)
P5065A88 -70°F to +200°F <1.6 ft/s
(-57°C to +93°C) (0.5 m/s)
N4263A90 -20°F to +275°F <3.3 ft/s
(-29°C to +135°C) (1.0 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to +400°F <3.3 ft/s
(-21°C to +204°C) (1.0 m/s)
E4207A90 -65°F to +300°F <3.3 ft/s
(-54°C to +149°C) (1.0 m/s)

SH959 Cross-Section
representative.
8
SH959 installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
SH959 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — SH959 Profile
Table 8-8. SH959 Profile
4 2 6 3 SH959 – 2 1
Seal Compound Profile 959 Dash Size

4-Digit Material Code Example:
Example: 4263 = Nitroxile® 21 = 2.000" Rod Diameter
(See Appendix E, Table
E-1.)
Gland Dimensions — SH959 Profile – See Appendix E

SH959 Profile wipers are designed to fit MS-28776 (MS-33675) grooves. Gland dimensions are provided in
Appendix E.

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
AH Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
AH Profile, Premium Double-Lip Canned Wiper

Parker’s AH profile wiper is the ultimate metal-clad excluder for
heavy duty hydraulic applications. Press-fit installation prevents O.D.
contamination while the additional sealing lip works in conjunction with
Parker rod seals to provide redundant sealing for leakage reduction.
An aggressive wiping lip, facing the environment, ensures the utmost
performance in contaminant exclusion along the rod.
IMPORTANT: When using the AH wiper in conjunction with other

rod seals, it is important to select a rod seal profile that enables
pressure relief of fluid into the system, otherwise a pressure trap
may form between the wiper and rod seal. Suggested rod profiles
are BT, BS, and B3 u-cups.
Technical Data
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (0.5 m/s)
representative.
AH Cross-Section 8
AH installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
AH Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — AH Profile
Table 8-9. AH Profile
4 3 0 0 AH 0 2 5 0 0

Example:
4300 = 90A Resilon® 4300
Polyurethane
Gland Dimensions — AH Profile

Gland Dimensions — AH Profile

Table 8-10. AH Profile — Wiper Gland Calculation
A B C
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width
Range Tol. +.001/-.001 Tol.
8
0.500 – 0.624 +.000/-.002 Dia. A + .500 0.250 +.015/-.000
0.625 – 2.000 +.000/-.002 Dia. A + .500 0.312 +.015/-.000
2.125 – 3.000 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .500 0.312 +.015/-.000
3.250 – 5.250 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .625 0.312 +.015/-.000
5.500 – 8.000 +.000/-.004 Dia. A + .625 0.375 +.015/-.015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
J Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
J Profile, Performance Canned Wiper

The press-fit installation of Parker’s J profile wiper guards against O.D.
contamination and results in simple counter-bore groove machining.
The wiping lip on the J profile wiper is very aggressive, eliminating the
ingression of dust, mud and moisture from harsh work areas. J profile
wipers are ideal for medium and heavy duty hydraulic cylinders in the
most demanding applications.
Technical Data
P4700A90 -65° to +200°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (0.5 m/s)
Additional
Materials
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (0.5 m/s)
P4615A90 -65°F to +200°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (0.5 m/s)
representative.
Part Number Nomenclature — J Profile

Table 8-11. J Profile
8
4 7 0 0 J 0 3 0 0 0
J Cross-Section

Example: (5 digits. Add leading zeros if
4700 = Polyurethane needed.)
J installed in Rod Gland

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
J Profile
Gland Dimensions — J Profile

Table 8-12. J Profile — Wiper Gland Calculation

A B C
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width
Range Tol. +.001/-.001 Tol.
0.500 – 0.624 +.000/-.002 Dia. A + .500 0.250 +.015/-.000
0.625 – 2.000 +.000/-.002 Dia. A + .500 0.312 +.015/-.000
2.125- 3.000 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .500 0.312 +.015/-.000
3.250 – 5.250 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .625 0.312 +.015/-.000
5.500 – 8.000 +.000/-.004 Dia. A + .625 0.375 +.015/-.015
Gland Dimensions —J Profile

Table 8-13. J Profile — Wiper Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions Hardware Dimensions
A B C Part A B C Part
Rod Groove Groove Number Rod Groove Groove Number
8 Dia. Dia. Width Dia. Dia. Width
+.001/ +.015/ +.001/ +.015/
Tol. -.001 -.000 Tol. -.001 -.000
0.750 +.000/-.002 1.250 0.312 4700J00750 3.000 +.000/-.003 3.500 0.312 4700J03000
0.875 +.000/-.002 1.375 0.312 4700J00875 3.250 +.000/-.003 3.875 0.312 4700J03250
1.000 +.000/-.002 1.500 0.312 4700J01000 3.500 +.000/-.003 4.125 0.312 4700J03500
1.125 +.000/-.002 1.625 0.312 4700J01125 3.750 +.000/-.003 4.375 0.312 4700J03750
1.250 +.000/-.002 1.750 0.312 4700J01250 4.000 +.000/-.003 4.625 0.312 4700J04000
1.375 +.000/-.002 1.875 0.312 4700J01375 4.250 +.000/-.003 4.875 0.312 4700J04250
1.500 +.000/-.002 2.000 0.312 4700J01500 4.500 +.000/-.003 5.125 0.312 4700J04500
1.750 +.000/-.002 2.250 0.312 4700J01750 5.000 +.000/-.003 5.625 0.312 4700J05000
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.500 0.312 4700J02000 5.500 +.000/-.003 6.125 0.375 4700J05500
2.125 +.000/-.003 2.625 0.312 4700J02125 Above table reflects recommended cross-sections for
2.250 +.000/-.003 2.750 0.312 4700J02250 rod diameters shown. Alternate cross-sections and
additional sizes may be considered. Consult www.
2.375 +.000/-.003 2.875 0.312 4700J02375 parker.com/eps/FluidPower for hardware specifications,
2.500 +.000/-.003 3.000 0.312 4700J02500 additional cross-sections and sizes, and part number
availability. Contact your Parker representative for
2.625 +.000/-.003 3.125 0.312 4700J02625 assistance.
2.750 +.000/-.003 3.250 0.312 4700J02750
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
AY Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
AY Profile, Premium Double-Lip Wiper

The AY profile can be used as a heavy to light duty wiper. When used
in high pressure applications with the proper Parker rod seals, the AY
profile complements the sealing system by providing an additional
beveled sealing lip, yielding excellent film-breaking and the driest rod
sealing available. These dual acting features also enable it to be used
by itself in low pressure applications as both the rod seal and the wiper.
Knife-trimmed sealing lips ensure the best possible film breaking.
IMPORTANT: When using the AY wiper in conjunction with other

pressure relief of fluid into the system, otherwise a pressure
trap may form between the wiper and rod seal. Suggested rod
profiles are BT, BS, and B3 u-cups.
Technical Data
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (0.5 m/s)
Additional
Materials
P4301A90 -35°F to +225°F <1.6 ft/s
(-37°C to +107°C) (0.5 m/s)
P4700A90 -65° to +200°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (0.5 m/s)
8
AY Cross-Section
Part Number Nomenclature — AY Profile

Table 8-14. AY Profile
4 3 0 0 AY 0 1 7 5 0

4-Digit Material Code Example:
Example: 1.75 x 1000 = 01750
4300 = 90A Resilon® 4300
Polyurethane
AY installed in Rod Gland 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
AY Profile
Gland Dimensions — AY Profile
E A F
Table 8-15. AY Profile — Wiper Gland Calculation
A B C D E F
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Shoulder Max Wiper Throat
Diameter Axial Width Diameter*
Range Tol. +.003/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.003/-000 +.003/-000
0.250 – 0.750 +.000/-.002 Dia. A + .302 0.203 Dia. A + .120 0.245 Dia. A + .001
0.812 – 2.125 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .365 0.218 Dia. A + .135 0.275 Dia. A + .001
2.187 – 6.000 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .495 0.281 Dia. A + .135 0.351 Dia. A + .001
6.250 – 8.500 +.000/-.004 Dia. A + .495 0.281 Dia. A + .135 0.351 Dia. A + .001
8.750 – 10.000 +.000/-.005 Dia. A + .495 0.281 Dia. A + .135 0.351 Dia. A + .001
* If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring throat diameter, see Section 9. For custom groove calculations, see Appendix C.

Table 8-16. AY Profile — Wiper Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
8
E
A B C D Max. F Part
Rod Groove Groove Shoulder Wiper Throat Number
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Axial Diameter*
Width
+.005/-
Tol. Tol. Tol. Tol.
.000
0.250 +.000/-.002 0.552 +.002/-.000 0.203 0.370 +.002/-.000 0.245 0.251 +.002/-.000 4300AY00250
0.312 +.000/-.002 0.615 +.002/-.000 0.203 0.432 +.002/-.000 0.245 0.313 +.002/-.000 4300AY00312
0.375 +.000/-.002 0.677 +.002/-.000 0.203 0.495 +.002/-.000 0.245 0.376 +.002/-.000 4300AY00375
0.437 +.000/-.002 0.740 +.002/-.000 0.203 0.557 +.002/-.000 0.245 0.438 +.002/-.000 4300AY00437
0.500 +.000/-.002 0.802 +.002/-.000 0.203 0.620 +.002/-.000 0.245 0.501 +.002/-.000 4300AY00500
0.562 +.000/-.002 0.865 +.002/-.000 0.203 0.682 +.002/-.000 0.245 0.563 +.002/-.000 4300AY00562
0.750 +.000/-.002 1.052 +.002/-.000 0.203 0.870 +.002/-.000 0.245 0.751 +.002/-.000 4300AY00750
0.812 +.000/-.002 1.177 +.002/-.000 0.218 0.947 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.813 +.002/-.000 4300AY00812
0.875 +.000/-.002 1.240 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.010 +.002/-.000 0.275 0.876 +.002/-.000 4300AY00875

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
AY Profile
Table 8-16. AY Profile — Wiper Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont’d)
E
A B C D Max. F Part
Rod Groove Groove Shoulder Wiper Throat Number
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Axial Diameter*
Width
+.005/-
Tol. Tol. Tol. Tol.
.000
1.000 +.000/-.002 1.365 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.135 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.001 +.002/-.000 4300AY01000
1.125 +.000/-.002 1.490 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.260 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.126 +.002/-.000 4300AY01125
1.250 +.000/-.002 1.615 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.385 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.251 +.002/-.000 4300AY01250
1.375 +.000/-.002 1.740 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.510 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.376 +.002/-.000 4300AY01375
1.500 +.000/-.002 1.865 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.635 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.501 +.002/-.000 4300AY01500
1.625 +.000/-.002 1.990 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.760 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.626 +.002/-.000 4300AY01625
1.750 +.000/-.002 2.115 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.885 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.751 +.002/-.000 4300AY01750
1.812 +.000/-.002 2.177 +.002/-.000 0.218 1.947 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.813 +.002/-.000 4300AY01812
1.875 +.000/-.002 2.240 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.010 +.002/-.000 0.275 1.876 +.002/-.000 4300AY01875
2.000 +.000/-.002 2.365 +.002/-.000 0.218 2.135 +.002/-.000 0.275 2.001 +.002/-.000 4300AY02000
2.125 +.000/-.003 2.490 +.003/-.000 0.218 2.260 +.003/-.000 0.275 2.126 +.003/-.000 4300AY02125
2.250 +.000/-.003 2.745 +.003/-.000 0.281 2.385 +.003/-.000 0.351 2.251 +.003/-.000 4300AY02250
2.375 +.000/-.003 2.870 +.003/-.000 0.281 2.510 +.003/-.000 0.351 2.376 +.003/-.000 4300AY02375
2.500 +.000/-.003 2.995 +.003/-.000 0.281 2.635 +.003/-.000 0.351 2.501 +.003/-.000 4300AY02500
2.750 +.000/-.003 3.245 +.003/-.000 0.281 2.885 +.003/-.000 0.351 2.751 +.003/-.000 4300AY02750
3.000 +.000/-.003 3.495 +.003/-.000 0.281 3.135 +.003/-.000 0.351 3.001 +.003/-.000 4300AY03000
3.125 +.000/-.003 3.620 +.003/-.000 0.281 3.260 +.003/-.000 0.351 3.126 +.003/-.000 4300AY03125
3.500 +.000/-.003 3.995 +.003/-.000 0.281 3.635 +.003/-.000 0.351 3.501 +.003/-.000 4300AY03500
3.750 +.000/-.003 4.245 +.003/-.000 0.281 3.885 +.003/-.000 0.351 3.751 +.003/-.000 4300AY03750
4.000 +.000/-.003 4.495 +.003/-.000 0.281 4.135 +.003/-.000 0.351 4.001 +.003/-.000 4300AY04000
4.250 +.000/-.003 4.745 +.003/-.000 0.281 4.385 +.003/-.000 0.351 4.251 +.003/-.000 4300AY04250
4.500 +.000/-.003 4.995 +.003/-.000 0.281 4.635 +.003/-.000 0.351 4.501 +.003/-.000 4300AY04500
4.750 +.000/-.003 5.245 +.003/-.000 0.281 4.885 +.003/-.000 0.351 4.751 +.003/-.000 4300AY04750
5.000 +.000/-.003 5.495 +.003/-.000 0.281 5.135 +.003/-.000 0.351 5.001 +.003/-.000 4300AY05000
5.500 +.000/-.003 5.995 +.003/-.000 0.281 5.635 +.003/-.000 0.351 5.501 +.003/-.000 4300AY05500
5.750 +.000/-.003 6.245 +.003/-.000 0.281 5.885 +.003/-.000 0.351 5.751 +.003/-.000 4300AY05750
6.000 +.000/-.003 6.495 +.003/-.000 0.281 6.135 +.003/-.000 0.351 6.001 +.003/-.000 4300AY06000 8
6.250 +.000/-.004 6.745 +.003/-.000 0.281 6.385 +.003/-.000 0.351 6.251 +.003/-.000 4300AY06250
6.500 +.000/-.004 6.995 +.003/-.000 0.281 6.635 +.003/-.000 0.351 6.501 +.003/-.000 4300AY06500
7.000 +.000/-.004 7.495 +.003/-.000 0.281 7.135 +.003/-.000 0.351 7.001 +.003/-.000 4300AY07000
7.500 +.000/-.004 7.995 +.003/-.000 0.281 7.635 +.003/-.000 0.351 7.501 +.003/-.000 4300AY07500
8.000 +.000/-.004 8.495 +.003/-.000 0.281 8.135 +.003/-.000 0.351 8.001 +.003/-.000 4300AY08000
8.500 +.000/-.004 8.995 +.003/-.000 0.281 8.635 +.003/-.000 0.351 8.501 +.003/-.000 4300AY08500
9.000 +.000/-.005 9.495 +.003/-.000 0.281 9.135 +.003/-.000 0.351 9.001 +.003/-.000 4300AY09000
9.500 +.000/-.005 9.995 +.003/-.000 0.281 9.635 +.003/-.000 0.351 9.501 +.003/-.000 4300AY09500
10.000 +.000/-.005 10.495 +.003/-.000 0.281 10.135 +.003/-.000 0.351 10.001 +.003/-.000 4300AY10000
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
H and 8600 Profiles Catalog EPS 5370/USA
H and 8600 Profiles, Performance Double-Lip Wiper

Parker’s H and 8600 profile wipers are double-lip excluders sharing
identical geometries for combining the actions of rod sealing and
wiping. H wipers, available in plastic compounds, are intended for
medium pressure hydraulic applications as a redundant rod seal or for
low pressure systems as the sole rod seal and wiper. The 8600 profile
wiper, available in rubber compounds, is typically used for pneumatic
cylinders where lower friction is required. As with the H profile, the
8600 profile can be used with another rod seal or by itself as a dual-
acting sealing/wiping unit.
IMPORTANT: When using H and 8600 Profile wipers with other

pressure relief of fluid into the system, otherwise a pressure
trap may form between the wiper and rod seal. Suggested rod
profiles are BT, BS, B3, 8400, 8500 and E5 u-cups.
Technical Data
P4615A90 (H) -65°F to +200°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +93°C) (0.5 m/s)
P5065A88 (H) -70°F to +200°F <1.6 ft/s
(-57°C to +93°C) (0.5 m/s)
N4181A80 (8600) -40°F to +250°F <3.3 ft/s
(-40°C to +121°C) (1.0 m/s)
8
H / 8600 Cross-Section material, please contact your local Parker Seal representative.
H and 8600 installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
H and 8600 Profiles
Part Number Nomenclature — H and 8600 Profiles
Table 8-17. H and 8600 Profiles
4 6 1 5 H 0 1 2 5 0
4 1 8 1 8600 0 1 2 5 0

Example: 4615 = Molythane®
4181 = Nitrile
Gland Dimensions — H and 8600 Profiles
E A F Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

Table 8-18. H and 8600 Profiles — Wiper Gland Calculation
A B C D E F
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Shoulder Max Throat
Diameter Wiper Diameter*
Axial
Range Tol. +.003/-.000 +.005/-.000 +.003/-000 Width +.003/-000 8
0.250 – 0.750 +.000/-.002 Dia. A + .302 0.203 Dia. A + .120 0.245 Dia. A + .001
0.812 – 2.125 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .365 0.218 Dia. A + .135 0.275 Dia. A + .001
2.187 – 6.000 +.000/-.003 Dia. A + .495 0.281 Dia. A + .135 0.351 Dia. A + .001
6.250 – 8.500 +.000/-.004 Dia. A + .495 0.281 Dia. A + .135 0.351 Dia. A + .001
8.750 – 10.000 +.000/-.005 Dia. A + .495 0.281 Dia. A + .135 0.351 Dia. A + .001
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wiper
AD Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
AD Profile, PTFE Wiper Seal

The Parker AD profile is a double acting wiper for use in low to medium
duty hydraulic cylinders. It is a two-piece design comprised of a filled
PTFE cap that is energized by a standard size o-ring. The wiping
and sealing design of the AD profile assists the primary rod seal in
preventing leakage by helping seal fluid in the cylinder when the rod
extends. When the cylinder rod retracts, the outside sealing edge
prevents contamination from entering the system. Parker’s AD profile
will retrofit non-Parker wipers of similar design.
The AD profile may be ordered without the energizer. See part number
nomenclature.
Technical Data
Standard Materials
Temperature Surface
Standard Materials Range Speed
Cap
0401 40% bronze-filled PTFE -200°F to +575°F < 5 ft/s
-129°C to +302°C (1.5 m/s)
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)

Standard AD Cross-Section material, please see Section 3 for alternate PTFE (Table 3-4) and
8 energizer (Table 3-5) materials.
Wide AD Cross-Section
AD installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
AD Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — AD Profile
Table 8-19. AD Profile
0 4 0 1 AD 1 3 5 0 2 0 0 0 - 1 9 6 A

Example:
0401 = 40% bronze- Gland Depth (x1000) Groove Width (x1000)
filled PTFE Example: .135 x 1000 = 135 Example: .196 x 1000 = 196

Omit = No Energizer
Gland Dimensions — AD Profile

Table 8-20. AD Profile — Wiper Gland Calculation (Standard)

A B C D
Rod Diameter Gland Groove Diameter Groove Shoulder Diameter
Depth Width
Range Tol. Calculation Tol. +.008/-.000 Shoulder Tol.
8
0.250 1.000 +.000/-.002 0.095 Dia. A + .190 +.002/-.000 0.146 Dia. A + .060 +.004/-.000
0.500 6.000 +.000/-.003 0.135 Dia. A + .270 +.003/-.000 0.196 Dia. A + .060 +.006/-.000
6.000 10.000 +.000/-.004 0.172 Dia. A + .344 +.004/-.000 0.236 Dia. A + .060 +.008/-.000
10.000 17.000 +.000/-.005 0.240 Dia. A + .480 +.005/-.000 0.332 Dia. A + .080 +.010/-.000
Table 8-21. AD Profile — Wiper Gland Calculation (Wide)

A B C D
Rod Diameter Gland Groove Diameter Groove Shoulder Diameter
Depth Width
Range Tol. Calculation Tol. +.008/-.000 Shoulder Tol.
1.500 2.625 +.000/-.002 0.173 Dia. A + .248 +.002/-.000 0.248 Dia. A + .060 +.004/-.000
2.750 5.375 +.000/-.003 0.240 Dia. A + .480 +.003/-.000 0.319 Dia. A + .080 +.006/-.000
5.500 15.500 +.000/-.004 0.315 Dia. A + .630 +.004/-.000 0.374 Dia. A + .100 +.008/-.000
16.000 20.000 +.000/-.005 0.472 Dia. A + .944 +.005/-.000 0.551 Dia. A + .100 +.010/-.000
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Notes

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Wear Rings / Bearings Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Wear Rings / Bearings

Product Offering ......................... 9-3
Parker offers a complete line of wear ring and bearing products to fit
Engineering ................................. 9-4 any application. Expertise in both engineered hard plastics and in PTFE
Materials ..................................... 9-6 makes Parker the global leader for reciprocating bearing materials.
By incorporating premium material blends with precision machining
Wear Rings / Bearings Profiles
tolerances (down to ±.001"), Parker meets the full spectrum of needs,
WPT........................................ 9-8 from heavy-duty hydraulic cylinders operating under the highest
WRT ..................................... 9-12 temperatures and pressures to pneumatic applications requiring low
PDT ...................................... 9-16 friction, long life and self-lubrication. Parker wear rings are the best
way to combine high performance with value.
PDW...................................... 9-20

Urethane Urethane
9
Head Seal O-ring
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Wear Rings / Bearings
Quality Assurance
All Parker wear ring product lines are
manufacatured at ISO 9000 registered operations.
As such, wear ring production is governed by rigorous
quality standards and procedures through a highly
trained and qualified workforce. With the assistance
of precise, accurate measurement systems and
detailed workmanship criteria, Parker delivers first
class quality and consistency in every shipment.
Manufacturing Excellence
Parker wear rings utilize a precision manufacturing
process that achieves precise flatness on the bearing
surfaces, whereas conventional net-molded bearings
can form “dog bone” cross-sections. The result
is optimal bearing contact area and compressive
strength. The cross-sections shown in Figure 9-1
illustrate the differences between these manufacturing
methods.
Additionally, available sizing is not limited to existing

tooling. Our processes allow for virtually any width to
be produced without assessing a setup charge.
Figure 9-1. Illustrated cross section of Parker wear rings

produced by precision manufacturing (left) vs. conventional net
molding (right).
Features, Advantages and Benefits

Table 9-1.
Feature Advantage Benefit
Dynamic bearing Eliminates metal-to-metal contact Prevents rod, piston and seal damage due
surface contact between components to scoring and reduces warranty costs
9
Precision manufactured Enables tighter hardware clearances Increases seal life by reducing extrusion
cross-section than conventional wear rings gaps associated with conventional wear
rings
Low-friction, premium Reduces frictional heat build-up Lowers operating temperature and
materials increases seal life
Precise flatness on Maximizes bearing contact Prolongs cylinder life through uniform
bearing surface area and compressive strength, sideload resistance
eliminating the “dog bone” effect of
conventional net molded wear rings
Advanced, high Metal particulates and other Protects seals from contamination
performance, polymeric contaminants can be imbedded in
materials the wear ring material
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION

Product Line Profiles

No matter what the application Table 9-2: Product Profiles
demands, Parker’s diverse Application (Duty)
bearing product line ensures
that performance requirements
Pneumatic
are met with maximized value.
Medium
When pressure and temperature
Heavy
Light
reach their extremes, WPT and Series Description Page
WRT profiles help reduce the WPT Tight-Tolerance Piston 9-8
seal extrusion gap, assuring the Wear Rings
utmost seal performance and
leakage control. When frictional
forces must be kept to a minimum
in pneumatic applications, PTFE WRT Tight-Tolerance Rod 9-12
bearing profiles PDT and PDW Wear Rings
provide precision fitting and
minimal frictional losses.
PDT PTFE Wear Strip 9-16

for Rod and Piston
PDW PTFE Machined Wear 9-20

Rings for Rod and Piston
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION

Engineering Catalog EPS 5370/USA
FAQs What is the performance difference between

There are many factors to consider standard-tolerance and tight-tolerance wear rings?
when designing a system. Standard-tolerance wear rings have a radial wall tolerance that is
Following are the frequently asked held to ±.0025", while tight-tolerance wear rings are held to ±.001"
questions regarding bearing design (under 6"). Tight-tolerance wear rings allow for a more precise fit
and choosing the right wear ring. of components, resulting in less dimensional “play.” This allows
the extrusion gap to be smaller for tight-tolerance wear rings, thus
increasing the seal’s pressure rating beyond that of standard-tolerance
wear rings. This becomes very important at high temperatures, where
pressure ratings of materials can further be reduced. Although it is
critical to consider every aspect of each application, a general guideline
for product selection can be found in Table 9-2 on page 9-3.
Wear ring grooves call for larger extrusion gaps. How

does this affect the seals’ pressure rating?
Since wear rings are used to eliminate metal-to-metal contact
between moving parts, there must be a larger gap between them, thus
causing a wider extrusion gap. As a result, the seal’s pressure ratings
will decrease. Pre-established gland dimensions outlined in this catalog
always result in a minimum 0.005" clearance for metal components.
As such, standard-tolerance wear rings can reduce a seal’s pressure
capability by up to 50%. Using tight-tolerance wear rings enables the
extrusion gaps to be held closer, and the seal’s pressure ratings are only
reduced by up to 30%. In either case, it is important to select proper
seal and back-up materials to accommodate the increased extrusion
gaps. Alternatively, Parker Integrated Pistons™ boost performance
by providing all of the benefits of wear rings without any increase in
extrusion gap whatsoever.
For applications where the seals will be stressed toward their

maximum capabilities, gland dimensions can be developed using
the equations that accompany each profile. Use these equations to
apply desired machining tolerances and clearances. It is critical when
determining metal-to-metal clearances to consider the material’s
compressive properties, which can be found on page 9-7. It is equally
9 important to evaluate how the applied tolerances will affect the seals’
F
extrusion gap. Please contact Parker or your authorized distributor for
assistance in developing alternate gland dimensions.
How is a proper bearing width selected?

When selecting a bearing width, it is crucial to evaluate the side loads
W
that the bearings will have to withstand. Figure 9-2 shows the total
pressure area, AP, that a radial force from a side load will affect. Area,
AP is calculated as follows:
Ap = ØD x W
Figure 9-2: Total affected pressure where D is the bearing O.D. for pistons or the bearing I.D. for rods, and
area, AP W is the bearing width.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Wear Rings / Bearings Engineering
It is important to note that the pressure distribution temperature. If additional assistance is required,
will not be equally dispersed across this area. please contact Parker or your authorized distributor.
Instead, the pressure profile takes the form shown in
Figure 9-3. The assumed load-bearing area, AL, can What about fluid compatibility and wear
be calculated as follows:
rings?
MolyGard® and WearGard™ compounds are
A ØD x W
AL = p = compatible with petroleum-based hydraulic fluids,
5 5 transmission fluids, phosphate esters, and many
other fluids. PTFE compounds 0401, 0307, and
To calculate the allowable radial force, F, simply others have outstanding chemical compatibility with
multiply the load-bearing area, AL, by the permissible a wide range of fluids. Please contact Parker for
compressive load (compressive strength) of the material, specific inquiries.
q, and divide by the desired factor of safety, FS.
How does moisture affect wear rings?
To calculate the proper bearing width, W, based on Due to nylon’s inherent swelling in water, it is
a known radial force: recommended that WearGard and MolyGard not
be used in applications where water or moisture is
5 x F present. Filled PTFE compounds or other alternative
W= x FS
ØD x q materials such as polyacetal and composite resins
are recommended in such scenarios and are available
from Parker.
Once W is calculated, round up to the next nominal
width (1/8" increments).
Where should the wear ring be installed
To calculate the allowable radial force, F, based on relative to the seals?
a known bearing width: Wear rings should always be installed on the
lubrication (wet) side of the seal for best performance.
A x q ØD x W x q For rod glands, the wear ring should be on the
F= L =
FS 5 x FS pressure side of the rod seal. For pistons, if only one
bearing is to be used, it should be on the side of the
piston opposite the rod. This arrangement keeps the
Compressive Strength, q, can be found in the piston wear ring further away from the rod wear ring.
material properties tables on page 9-7. This value is This becomes critical when the rod is at full extension
based upon known material deflection at 73°F and and provides better leveraging of the two bearing
at a specified load. Parker recommends a factor surfaces.
of safety, FS, of at least 3 to account for changes
in physical properties due to increases in system
Which end cut should be used?
There are three types of end cuts available: butt
cut, angle cut (skive cut) and step cut. The butt
F
cut is the most common and most economical cut. 9
Angle cuts and step cuts provide added performance
by ensuring bearing area overlap at the wear ring’s
gap. In certain applications, step cut wear rings can
be used as buffer seals, protecting the seal from
pressure spikes. Figure 9-4 illustrates these options.
5 5
W
Butt Cut Angle Cut Step Cut
Figure 9-3: Load distribution of radial force, F, and effective Figure 9-4: End cuts
load area, AL
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Materials Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Parker Wear Ring / Bearing Materials

Parker’s material offering for wear ring and bearing materials materials
is anchored by over 50 years of manufacturing and material science
expertise. We have specifically engineered our W4733 WearGard™ for
strength to meet or exceed the characteristics of many metals which
have traditionally been used in wear rings.
While many compounds are available, the most commonly used

bearing materials are WearGard and filled PTFE.
Parker also offers other engineered bearing materials for specialized

applications demanding higher temperatures and sideloads. Parker’s
W4738 UltraComp™ CGT (PEEK) provides high temperature bearing
performance up to 500°F. Composite, fabric-reinforced resins are
also available to accommodate sideloads far more severe than glass-
loaded nylon compounds can withstand. Composite resins also resist
moisture swell in water-glycol emulsions and other water-based fluids.
Polyacetal, nylons, molybdenum disulfide, and many different PTFE filler
combinations are also available for specialized applications. Please
contact Parker or your authorized distributor for assistance in selecting
alternative bearing materials.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Wear Rings / Bearings Materials
Table 9-3. Physical and Mechanical Properties of Engineered Plastics
W4733 W4738
Property Unit UltraCOMP™ CGT Test Method
WearGard™ 35% (PEEK®) Carbon-,
Glass-Reinforced Nylon
Graphite-, PTFE-filled
Compressive Strength, q psi 21500 21700 ASTM D695, 73°F
Tensile Strength psi 18300 20400 ASTM D638, 73°F
Tensile Modulus Kpsi 899 — ASTM D638, 73°F
Shear Strength psi 9820 — ASTM D732, 73°F
Flexural Strength psi 25500 33400 ASTM D790, 73°F
Flexural Modulus Kpsi 1100 1175 ASTM D790, 73°F
Notched IZOD Impact Strength Ft-Lbs/in 1.15 1.69 ASTM D256, 73°F
Deformation Under Load ASTM D621, 24 hrs @
% 0.40 — 4000 psi, 73°F
Water Absorption 24 hour immersion,
% 0.50 to 0.70 0.06 ASTM D570, 73°F
Temperature Range °F -65 to +275 -65 to +500 —
M Scale 87 100 ASTM D785
Rockwell Hardness
R Scale 117 — ASTM D785
Table 9-4. Physical and Mechanical Properties of PTFE Compounds

0401 0307
Property Unit 23% Carbon-, Test Method
40% Bronze- 2% Graphite-
Filled PTFE Filled PTFE
Compressive Strength, q psi 9400 3600 ASTM D695, 73°F
Tensile Strength psi 3200 2250 ASTM D1457-81A
Elongation % 250 100 ASTM D4894
Deformation Under Load ASTM D621, 24 hrs
% 4.4 2.5 @ 2000 psi, 70°F
Coefficient of Friction — 0.18 - 0.22 0.08 - 0.11 ASTM D3702
Temperature Range °F -200 to +575 -250 to +575 —
Shore D Hardness — 63 64 ASTM D2240-75
Table 9-5. Physical and Mechanical Properties of Composite Fabric-Reinforced Resins

0810 0811 0812 0813
Property Unit Standard

Polyester
Graphite-
Filled MoS2 - Filled PTFE-Filled Test Method 9
Polyester Polyester
Based with Polyester Based Based
PTFE Based
Compressive Strength, q psi 50000 50000 50000 50000 ASTM D695, 73°F
Tensile Strength psi 11000 11000 11000 11000 ASTM D638, 73°F
Tensile Modulus Kpsi 500 500 500 500 ASTM D638, 73°F
Coefficient of Friction — 0.13 - 0.20 0.15 - 0.20 0.15 - 0.20 0.13 - 0.20 ASTM D790, 73°F
Water Absorption 24 hour immersion,
% 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 ASTM D570, 73°F
Temperature Range °F -40 to +200 -40 to +200 -40 to +400 -40 to +400 —
Rockwell M Hardness — 100 100 100 100 ASTM D785
02/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wear Ring / Bearing

WPT Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
WPT Profile, Tight-Tolerance Piston Wear Ring

WPT profile tight-tolerance piston wear rings are the premier bearings
for light- to heavy-duty hydraulic applications. WPT profile wear rings
are available in standard sizes from 1" up to 12" bore diameters (larger
sizes upon request). WPT profile wear rings feature chamfered corners
on the I.D. and are designed to snap closed during assembly to hold
tight against the piston, eliminating bore interference and simplifying
installation.
Technical Data
Standard Material
W4733 WearGard™
Radial Tolerance
+.000"/ -.002" (up to 6" O.D.); +.000/-.003" (6" to 12" O.D.)
End Cuts
Butt Cut, Angle Cut (Skive Cut), Step Cut
Options
Virtually any width can be produced without assessing a setup charge.
Additionally, other cross-sections not shown are available when required.
WPT Cross-Section
Piston sealing system

comprised of WPT wear rings and BP bi-directional piston seal
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
WPT Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — WPT Profile
Table 9-6. WPT Profile
4 7 3 3 WPT 1 2 5 – 0 4 0 0 0 – 0 5 0 0
Material Max. Cross-Section Nominal Width (W) (x1000)

4 Digit Material Code Example: 125 = 1/8" Example: 0.500" X 1000 = 0500
Example: (0125 to 2000 or larger)
4733 = WearGard™
(4733 only for WPT) Nominal Bore Diameter End Cut
(A) (x1000) Example:
Profile Example: Blank = Butt Cut
4.000" X 1000 = 04000 SKIV, STEP)
Gland Dimensions — WPT Profile

0.015 Max. Radius
(Typ. 2 Places)
D
W A B C Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

Table 9-7. WPT Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D
Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Piston Diameter Groove Width
Range Tol. Calculation Tol. Calculation Tol. Calculation

.062 Cross Section +.010/-.000
0.875 - 5.625 +.002/-.000 Dia. A - .125 +.000/-.002 Dia. A - .017 +.000/-.002 D = W + 0.010
1.000 - 4.875 +.002/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.002 Dia. A - .017 +.000/-.002 D = W + 0.010
5.000 - 7.500 +.004/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.003 Dia. A - .018 +.000/-.003 D = W + 0.010
9
7.500 - 12.000 +.006/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.004 Dia. A - .021 +.000/-.004 D = W + 0.010
NOTE: For sizes larger than those shown in the table, please contact your local Parker representative.
02/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
WPT Profile
Table 9-8. WPT Profile — Piston Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
A B C D Part Number
Bore Groove Piston Groove
Diameter Diameter Diameter Width
+.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.000/-.002 +.010/-.000

1.000 0.875 0.983 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-01000-XXXX
1.125 1.000 1.108 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-01125-XXXX
1.250 1.125 1.233 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-01250-XXXX
1.375 1.250 1.358 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-01375-XXXX
1.500 1.375 1.483 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-01500-XXXX
1.625 1.500 1.608 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-01625-XXXX
1.750 1.625 1.733 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-01750-XXXX
1.875 1.750 1.858 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-01875-XXXX
2.375 2.250 2.358 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-02375-XXXX
2.625 2.500 2.608 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT062-02625-XXXX
+.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.000/-.002 +.010/-.000
1.000 0.749 0.983 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-01000-XXXX
1.125 0.874 1.108 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-01125-XXXX
1.250 0.999 1.233 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-01250-XXXX
1.375 1.124 1.358 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-01375-XXXX
1.500 1.249 1.483 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-01500-XXXX
1.625 1.374 1.608 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-01625-XXXX
1.750 1.499 1.733 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-01750-XXXX
1.875 1.624 1.858 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-01875-XXXX
+.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.000/-.002 +.010/-.000
2.000 1.749 1.983 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-02000-XXXX
2.125 1.874 2.108 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-02125-XXXX
2.250 1.999 2.233 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-02250-XXXX
2.375 2.124 2.358 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-02375-XXXX
2.500 2.249 2.483 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-02500-XXXX
2.625 2.374 2.608 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-02625-XXXX
2.750 2.499 2.733 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-02750-XXXX
9 2.875 2.624 2.858 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-02875-XXXX
3.000 2.749 2.983 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03000-XXXX
3.125 2.874 3.108 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03125-XXXX
3.250 2.999 3.233 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03250-XXXX
3.375 3.124 3.358 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03375-XXXX
3.500 3.249 3.483 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03500-XXXX
3.625 3.374 3.608 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03625-XXXX
3.750 3.499 3.733 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03750-XXXX
3.875 3.624 3.858 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03875-XXXX
3.937 3.687 3.920 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-03937-XXXX
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
WPT Profile
Table 9-8. WPT Profile — Piston Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont’d)
Hardware Dimensions
A B C D Part Number
Bore Groove Piston Groove
+.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.000/-.002 +.010/-.000

4.000 3.749 3.983 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-04000-XXXX
4.125 3.874 4.108 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-04125-XXXX
4.250 3.999 4.233 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-04250-XXXX
4.375 4.124 4.358 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-04375-XXXX
4.500 4.249 4.483 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-04500-XXXX
4.625 4.374 4.608 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-04625-XXXX
4.750 4.499 4.733 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-04750-XXXX
4.875 4.624 4.858 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-04875-XXXX
+.004/-.000 +.000/-.003 +.000/-.003 +.010/-.000
5.000 4.749 4.982 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-05000-XXXX
5.125 4.874 5.107 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-05125-XXXX
5.250 4.999 5.232 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-05250-XXXX
5.375 5.124 5.357 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-05375-XXXX
5.500 5.249 5.482 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-05500-XXXX
5.625 5.374 5.607 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-05625-XXXX
5.750 5.499 5.732 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-05750-XXXX
6.000 5.749 5.980 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-06000-XXXX
6.250 5.999 6.230 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-06250-XXXX
6.500 6.249 6.480 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-06500-XXXX
6.750 6.499 6.730 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-06750-XXXX
7.000 6.749 6.980 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-07000-XXXX
7.500 7.249 7.480 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-07500-XXXX
+.006/-.000 +.000/-.004 +.000/-.004 +.010/-.000
8.000 7.749 7.979 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-08000-XXXX
8.500 8.249 8.479 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-08500-XXXX
+.006/-.000 +.000/-.004 +.000/-.004 +.010/-.000
9.000 8.749 8.979 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-09000-XXXX
9
9.500 9.249 9.479 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-09500-XXXX
10.000 9.749 9.979 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-10000-XXXX
10.500 10.249 10.479 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-10500-XXXX
+.006/-.000 +.000/-.004 +.000/-.004 +.010/-.000
11.000 10.749 10.979 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-11000-XXXX
11.500 11.249 11.479 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-11500-XXXX
12.000 11.749 11.979 D = W + 0.010 4733WPT125-12000-XXXX
02/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wear Ring / Bearing

WRT Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
WRT Profile, Tight-Tolerance Rod Wear Ring

WRT profile tight-tolerance rod wear rings, when combined with
the WPT profile, complete the premier cylinder bearing system.
Recommended for light- to heavy-duty hydraulic applications, they are
available in standard sizes from 7/8" up to 7" rod diameters (larger sizes
upon request). WRT profile wear rings feature chamfered corners on
the O.D. and are designed to snap open during assembly to hold tight
against the head gland, eliminating rod interference and simplifying
installation.
Technical Data
Standard Material
W4733 WearGard™
Radial Tolerance
+.000"/-.002" (up to 5-3/4" I.D.); +.000/-.003" (5-3/4" to 7" I.D.)
End Cuts
Options
Virtually any width can be produced without assessing a setup charge.
Additionally, other cross-sections not shown are available when required.
WRT Cross-Section
Rod sealing system comprised of

WRT wear ring, BR buffer ring assembly, BT u-cup and AH canned wiper
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
WRT Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — WRT Profile
Table 9-9. WRT Profile
4 7 3 3 WRT 1 2 5 – 0 2 0 0 0 – 0 7 5 0
Material Max. Cross-Section Nominal Width (x1000) (W)

4 Digit Material Code Example: 125 = 1/8" Example: 0.750" X 1000 = 0750
Example: (0125 to 2000 or larger)
4733 = WearGard™
(4733 only for WRT) Nominal Rod Diameter End Cut
(x1000) (A1) Example:
Profile Example: Blank = Butt Cut
2.000" X 1000 = 02000 (SKIV, STEP)
Gland Dimensions — WRT Profile

0.015 Max. Radius
(Typ. 2 Places)
D
W
A1 B1 C1 Please refer to Engineering Section 2,
Table 9-10. WRT Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

A1 B1 C1 D
Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Throat Diameter Groove Width
Range Tol. Calculation Tol. Calculation Tol. Calculation

0.875 - 5.625 +.000/-.002 Dia. A + .125 +.002/-.000 Dia. A + .017 +.002/-.000 D = W + 0.010"
.750-5.625 +.000/-.002 Dia. A + .251 +.002/-.000 Dia. A + .017 +.002/-.000 D = W + 0.010"
5.625-7 +.000/-.004 Dia. A + .251 +.003/-.000 Dia. A + .020 +.003/-.000 D = W + 0.010"
7-12 +.000/-.006 Dia. A + .251 +.004/-.000 Dia. A + .021 +.004/-.000 D = W + 0.010"
For custom groove calculations, see Appendix C. 9
02/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
WRT Profile
Table 9-11. WRT Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Hardware Dimensions
A1 B1 C1 D Part Number
Rod Groove Throat Groove
+.000/-.002 +.002/-.000 +.002/-.000 +.010/-.000

0.875 1.000 0.892 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-00875-XXXX
1.000 1.125 1.017 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-01000-XXXX
1.125 1.250 1.142 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-01125-XXXX
1.250 1.375 1.267 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-01250-XXXX
1.375 1.500 1.392 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-01375-XXXX
1.500 1.625 1.517 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-01500-XXXX
1.625 1.750 1.642 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-01625-XXXX
1.750 1.875 1.767 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-01750-XXXX
2.250 2.375 2.267 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-02250-XXXX
2.500 2.625 2.517 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT062-02500-XXXX
+.000/-.002 +.002/-.000 +.002/-.000 +.010/-.000
0.750 1.001 0.767 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-00750-XXXX
0.875 1.126 0.892 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-00875-XXXX
1.000 1.251 1.017 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-01000-XXXX
1.125 1.376 1.142 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-01125-XXXX
1.250 1.501 1.267 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-01250-XXXX
1.375 1.626 1.392 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-01375-XXXX
1.500 1.751 1.517 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-01500-XXXX
1.625 1.876 1.642 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-01625-XXXX
1.750 2.001 1.767 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-01750-XXXX
1.875 2.126 1.892 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-01875-XXXX
+.000/-.002 +.002/-.000 +.002/-.000 +.010/-.000
2.000 2.251 2.017 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-02000-XXXX
2.125 2.376 2.142 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-02125-XXXX
2.250 2.501 2.267 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-02250-XXXX
2.375 2.626 2.392 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-02375-XXXX
2.500 2.751 2.517 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-02500-XXXX
9 2.625 2.876 2.642 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-02625-XXXX
2.750 3.001 2.767 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-02750-XXXX
2.875 3.126 2.892 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-02875-XXXX
3.000 3.251 3.017 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03000-XXXX
3.125 3.376 3.142 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03125-XXXX
3.250 3.501 3.267 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03250-XXXX
3.375 3.626 3.392 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03375-XXXX
3.500 3.751 3.517 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03500-XXXX
3.625 3.876 3.642 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03625-XXXX
3.750 4.001 3.767 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03750-XXXX
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
WRT Profile
Table 9-11. WRT Profile — Rod Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont’d)
Hardware Dimensions
A1 B1 C1 D Part Number
Rod Groove Throat Groove
+.000/-.002 +.002/-.000 +.002/-.000 +.010/-.000

3.875 4.126 3.892 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03875-XXXX
3.937 4.188 3.954 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-03937-XXXX
4.000 4.251 4.017 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-04000-XXXX
4.125 4.376 4.142 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-04125-XXXX
4.250 4.501 4.267 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-04250-XXXX
4.375 4.626 4.392 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-04375-XXXX
4.500 4.751 4.517 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-04500-XXXX
4.625 4.876 4.642 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-04625-XXXX
4.750 5.001 4.767 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-04750-XXXX
4.875 5.126 4.892 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-04875-XXXX
5.000 5.251 5.017 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-05000-XXXX
5.125 5.376 5.142 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-05125-XXXX
5.250 5.501 5.267 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-05250-XXXX
5.375 5.626 5.392 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-05375-XXXX
5.500 5.751 5.517 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-05500-XXXX
5.625 5.876 5.642 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-05625-XXXX
+.000/-.004 +.003/-.000 +.003/-.000 +.010/-.000
5.750 6.001 5.770 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-05750-XXXX
6.000 6.251 6.020 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-06000-XXXX
6.250 6.501 6.270 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-06250-XXXX
6.500 6.751 6.520 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-06500-XXXX
6.750 7.001 6.770 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-06750-XXXX
7.000 7.251 7.020 D = W + 0.010 4733WRT125-07000-XXXX
02/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wear Ring / Bearing

PDT Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
PDT Profile, PTFE Wear Strip for Rod and Piston

PDT profile wear strip is available in a variety of PTFE blends and
provides excellent low-friction performance in pneumatics and light-
duty hydraulics. PDT profile wear strip is available in cut-to-length
versions as well as bulk strip. Cut-to-length part numbers reduce prep
time by providing precision end cuts and ready-to-install diameters.
Bulk strip offers versatility and reduces part number inventory by
providing universal sizing in one part number.
Technical Data
Standard Material
0401 – 40% Bronze-Filled PTFE
0307 – 23% Carbon, 2% Graphite-Filled PTFE
Others available upon request
Radial Tolerance
+.000"/-.004"
End Cuts
Options
PDT Cross-Section
Virtually any width, diameter and cross-section can be produced without
assessing a setup charge.
Piston sealing system comprised of Rod sealing system comprised of

PDT wear strip and B7 piston u-cups PDT wear strip, B3 rod u-cup and SH959 wiper
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PDT Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — PDT Profile
Table 9-12. PDT Profile — Cut-to-Length
0 4 0 1 PDT A 0 1 0 0 0 A 0 2 5 0
Profile Nominal Width (x1000)

Material Style Cut Type Example:
4 Digit Material Code Examples: Examples: 0.250" X 1000 = 0250
Example: A = Piston; 0.062" thick A = Angle Cut (0125 to 2000 or larger)
0401 = Bronze-filled B = Piston; 0.093" thick B = Butt Cut
PTFE C = Piston; 0.125" thick C = Step Cut
(0401, 0307, Others D = Rod; 0.062" thick
Available) E = Rod; 0.093" thick
F = Rod; 0.125" thick Nominal Diameter (x1000)
Example: “A” Style, 01000 = 1.000" Bore
(Bore Dia. for Styles A, B, C)
(Rod Dia. for Styles D, E, F)
Table 9-13. PDT Profile — Bulk Strip
0 3 0 7 PDT H 0 9 3 – 0 6 2 5
Material Profile Style Nominal Width (x1000)

4 Digit Material Code H = Bulk Example:
Example: 0.625" X 1000 = 0625
0307 = Carbon-graphite- Max. Cross-Section (0125 to 2000 or larger)
filled PTFE (0401, 0307, Example: 093 = 0.093"
Others Available) (062, 093, 125, 187)
02/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PDT Profile
Gland Dimensions — PDT Profile, Piston (Cut-To-Length)
0.015 Max. Radius
(Typ. 2 Places)
D
W A B C Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

Table 9-14. PDT Profile — Piston Gland Calculation (Cut-to-Length)

A B C D
Style Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Piston Diameter Groove Width
(Thickness)
Range Tol Calculation Tol. Calculation Tol. +.010/-.000
A
(.062) 1.000 - 2.000 +.002/-.000 Dia. A - .125 +.000/-.002 Dia. A - .021 +.000/-.002 D = W + .010
1.500 - 4.875 +.002/-.000 Dia. A - .187 +.000/-.002 Dia. A - .021 +.000/-.002 D = W + .010
B 5.000 - 7.750 +.004/-.000 Dia. A - .187 +.000/-.003 Dia. A - .022 +.000/-.003 D = W + .010
(.093)
8.000 - 10.000 +.006/-.000 Dia. A - .187 +.000/-.004 Dia. A - .023 +.000/-.004 D = W + .010
2.000 - 4.875 +.002/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.002 Dia. A - .021 +.000/-.002 D = W + .010
C 5.000 - 7.750 +.004/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.003 Dia. A - .022 +.000/-.003 D = W + .010
(.125)
8.000 - 16.000 +.006/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.004 Dia. A - .023 +.000/-.004 D = W + .010
NOTE: For sizes larger than those shown in the table, please contact your local Parker Seal representative.
Gland Dimensions — PDT Profile, Rod (Cut-To-Length)

0.015 Max. Radius
(Typ. 2 Places)
D
W Please refer to Engineering Section 2,

A1 B1 C1
9
Table 9-15. PDT Profile — Rod Gland Calculation (Cut-to-Length)
A1 B1 C1 D
Style Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Throat Diameter Groove Width
(Thickness)
D 0.875 - 2.000 +.000/-.002 Dia. A1 + .125 +.002/-.000 Dia. A1 + .021 +.002/-.000 D = W + .010
(.062)
E 1.500 - 5.000 +.000/-.002 Dia. A1 + .187 +.002/-.000 Dia. A1 + .021 +.002/-.000 D = W + .010
(.093)
1.500 - 3.125 +.000/-.002 Dia. A1 + .251 +.002/-.000 Dia. A1 + .021 +.002/-.000 D = W + .010
F 3.250 - 4.625 +.000/-.002 Dia. A1 + .251 +.002/-.000 Dia. A1 + .021 +.002/-.000 D = W + .010
(.125) 4.750 - 7.500 +.000/-.004 Dia. A1 + .251 +.003/-.000 Dia. A1 + .022 +.003/-.000 D = W + .010
7.500 -10.000 +.000/-.006 Dia. A1 + .251 +.004/-.000 Dia. A1 + .023 +.004/-.000 D = W + .010
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PDT Profile
PDT Bulk Strip
Table 9-16. PDT Bulk Strip Sizes Table 9-17. Recommended Cutting Instructions
T W G CL ±
Rod or Bore
Radial Cross-Section Width Minimum Tolerance for
Diameter Gap Cut Length
0.250 0.500 - 1.750 0.075 ± .010

0.375 1.751 - 3.125 0.140 ± .016
0.062
0.500 3.126 - 4.000 0.175 ± .024
0.625 4.001 - 5.000 0.230 ± .032
0.250 5.001 - 6.000 0.260 ± .040
0.375 6.001 - 7.000 0.320 ± .047
0.093
0.500 7.001 - 8.500 0.380 ± .055
0.625 8.501 - 10.500 0.480 ± .063
0.250 10.501 - 13.000 0.620 ± .071
0.375 13.001 - 16.000 0.750 ± .079
0.500
0.125
0.625
0.750
1.000
NOTE: For sizes larger than those shown in the tables, please contact your local Parker representative.
Formula for Calculating Cut Length, CL

To calculate groove dimensions, use the values for 9
“T” and “G” shown in Tables 9-16 and 9-17 in the
following formulas for cut-to-length PDT strip.
For Pistons:
CL = [(Bore Diameter – T) x p] – G
For Rods:
CL = [(Rod Diameter + T) x p] – G
02/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Wear Ring / Bearing

PDW Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
PDW Profile, Machined Wear Ring for Rod and Piston

PDW profile wear rings are precision machined PTFE bearings, lathe
cut to exact size and shape. PDW profile wear rings offer precise fitting
and easy installation. The wide range of available PTFE blends gives
these machined wear rings versatility to accommodate any pneumatic
or light-duty hydraulic application requiring low friction and high
temperature capabilities.
Technical Data
Standard Material
0401 – 40% Bronze-Filled PTFE
0307 – 23% Carbon, 2% Graphite-Filled PTFE
Alternate Materials (Composite Fabric-Reinforced Resins)
0810 – Standard Polyester-based with PTFE
0811 - Graphite-filled Polyester Based
0812 - MoS2-filled Polyester Based
0813 - PTFE-Filled Polyester Based
Additional materials available upon request.
Radial Tolerance
+.000"/-.004"
End Cuts
PDW Cross-Section Butt Cut Angle Cut Step Cut
Options
9 Virtually any width, diameter and cross-section can be produced without
assessing a setup charge.
Piston sealing system comprised Rod sealing system comprised

of PDW machined wear rings and E4 piston u-cups of PDW machined wear ring, E5 u-cup and 8600 wiper
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PDW Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — PDW Profile
Table 9-18. PDW Profile
0 4 0 1 PDW C 0 4 5 0 0 B 0 5 0 0
Material Profile Wear Ring Radial Cut Type Wear Ring Nominal
4 Digit Material Code Cross-Section Style Examples: Width (W) (x1000)
Example: Examples: A = Angle Cut Example:
0401 = Bronze-filled A = Piston; 0.062" thick B = Butt Cut 0.500" X 1000 = 0500
PTFE B = Piston; 0.093" thick C = Step Cut (0125 to 2000 or larger)
(0401, 0307, Others C = Piston; 0.125" thick
Available) D = Rod; 0.062" thick Nominal Diameter (x1000)
E = Rod; 0.093" thick Example: “C” Style, 04500 = 4.500"
F = Rod; 0.125" thick Bore
(Bore Dia. for Styles A, B, C)
(Rod Dia. for Styles D, E, F)
Gland Dimensions — PDW Profile, Piston

0.015 Max. Radius
(Typ. 2 Places)
D
W
A B C Please refer to Engineering Section 2,
Table 9-19. PDW Profile — Piston Gland Calculation

A B C D
Style Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Piston Diameter Groove Width
(Thickness)
A 0.687 - 2.000 +.002/-.000 Dia. A - .125 +.000/-.002 Dia. A - .021 +.000/-.002 D = W + .010
(.062)
1.500 - 4.999 +.002/-.000 Dia. A - .187 +.000/-.002 Dia. A - .021 +.000/-.002 D = W + .010
9
B 5.000 - 7.999 +.004/-.000 Dia. A - .187 +.000/-.003 Dia. A - .022 +.000/-.003 D = W + .010
(.093)
8.000 - 10.000 +.006/-.000 Dia. A - .187 +.000/-.004 Dia. A - .023 +.000/-.004 D = W + .010
2.000 - 4.999 +.002/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.002 Dia. A - .021 +.000/-.002 D = W + .010
C 5.000 - 7.999 +.004/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.003 Dia. A - .022 +.000/-.003 D = W + .010
(.125)
8.000 - 16.000 +.006/-.000 Dia. A - .251 +.000/-.004 Dia. A - .023 +.000/-.004 D = W + .010

02/01/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PDW Profile
Gland Dimensions — PDW Profile, Rod
0.015 Max. Radius
(Typ. 2 Places)
D
W
A1 B1 C1 Please refer to Engineering Section 2,
Table 9-20. PDW Profile — Rod Gland Calculation

A1 B1 C1 D
Style Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Throat Diameter Groove Width
(Thickness)
Range Tol. Calculation Tol. Calculation Tol. +.010/-.000
D 0.312 - 2.000 +.000/-.002 Dia. A1 + .125 +.002/-.000 Dia. A1 + .021 +.002/-.000 D = W + .010
(.062)
E 1.500 - 5.000 +.000/-.002 Dia. A1 + .187 +.002/-.000 Dia. A1 + .021 +.002/-.000 D = W + .010
(.093)
1.500 - 3.125 +.000/-.002 Dia. A1 + .251 +.002/-.000 Dia. A1 + .021 +.002/-.000 D = W + .010
3.250 - 4.625 +.000/-.002 Dia. A1 + .251 +.002/-.000 Dia. A1 + .021 +.002/-.000 D = W + .010
F
(.125)
4.750 - 7.500 +.000/-.004 Dia. A1 + .251 +.003/-.000 Dia. A1 + .022 +.003/-.000 D = W + .010
7.500 - 10.000 +.000/-.006 Dia. A1 + .251 +.004/-.000 Dia. A1 + .023 +.004/-.000 D = W + .010

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Back-up Rings Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Back-up Rings

Product Offering........................ 10-3 Back-up rings are the most common anti-extrusion devices in
Decision Tree............................. 10-3 dynamic sealing. They provide simple solutions to safely increase
system pressure or solve an existing seal extrusion problem. Back-
Product Profiles up rings function by positioning a more robust material adjacent to
MB........................................ 10-4 the extrusion gap, taking the seal’s place and providing a barrier
8700...................................... 10-6 against high pressures. Back-ups can be used to offset the reduced
pressure rating effects of wear rings or to improve seal life at increased
5100...................................... 10-8
pressures. They can also be used to protect seals against pressure
PAB..................................... 10-11 spikes, or to ensure seal performance at higher temperatures.
PDB.................................... 10-12
WB...................................... 10-14

Urethane Urethane
Head Seal O-ring
10
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Back-ups Rings
Back-up
Parker offers a wide range of back-up ring profiles For extreme pressures, a single modular back-up
and materials to complement each seal type and to is replaced with dual wedge-shaped back-ups (WB
suit every application. Profile), composed of engineered plastics such as
UltraCOMP™ (PEEK).
Modular back-up rings disperse pressure from the
seal throughout the gland to fill the extrusion gap and As pressure increases, the angled back-ups are
protect the seal (see Figure 10-1). forced to bridge the clearance gap, eliminating
extrusion. This method has been used successfully
The use of Profile MB for custom applications
can increase a PolyPak® operating at pressures
seal's pressure rating to as high as 100,000 psi.
10,000 psi, while 8700
back-ups provide added
extrusion resistance
to u-cups with only
a minimal increase in
gland width.
Figure 10-1. Modular Back-up Figure 10-3. Wedged / Angled

Ring Back-up Ring
Positively-actuated back-up rings are actuated Custom back-up rings. Parker can design custom
both axially and radially into the extrusion gap, back-up ring systems utilizing metal or engineered
guarding the seal against extrusion (see Figures plastics technology and highly advanced geometries.
10-2 and 10-3). For many profiles, positively- Contact Parker or your authorized distributor for
actuated back-ups can provide the ultimate extrusion engineering assistance in designing custom back-up
resistance while retaining the seal’s original gland configurations.
dimensions.
When to Use Back-up Rings

• System operating pressure exceeds the limitations
of the seal’s extrusion resistance.
• Pressure spikes in the system exceed normal
operating conditions, risking damage to the seal.
• The use of wear rings has increased the extrusion
gap, reducing the seal's pressure rating to an
unacceptable level.
• The system temperature is high enough to lower
the seal’s extrusion resistance to an unacceptable
level.
10 Figure 10-2. Positively-Actuated Back-up Rings
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Back-up Rings
Profiles
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
Series Description Series Description
Medium
Medium
Page Page
Heavy
Heavy
Light
Light
MB Modular 10-4 PAB Positively- 10-11
Back-up for Activated
PolyPak® & Back-up
U-cup seals
8700 Low Profile 10-6 PDB PTFE Back-up 10-12

Back-up for
PolyPak &
U-cup seals
5100 O-ring Groove 10-8 WB Wedged 10-14

Back-up Back-ups
Back-up Rings
Decision Tree
Page 10-11
and 10-14
Page 10-6
10
Page 10-4
Pages 10-8
and 10-12
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Back-up Ring
MB Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
MB Profile, Modular Back-up for PolyPak® and U-cup

Seals
Modular back-ups, MB profile, are specifically designed to
complement the PolyPak® profiles. To help make the selection and
ordering of the correct part number for the MB profile easy and
efficient, the part numbering system used is very similar to that of the
PolyPak. By formulating high modulus blends of Molythane® (4617) and
Polymyte® (4652), Parker has ensured that MB back-ups can be used
with either type of base sealing material while maintaining the expected
temperature range and fluid compatibility. The robust design ensures
pressure ratings up to 10,000 psi are met.
Technical Data
Standard Max. Pressure
Materials* Temperature Range**
P4617D65 -65°F to +250°F 10,000 psi
(-54°C to +121°C) (689 bar)
Z4652D65 -65°F to +275°F 10,000 psi
(-54°C to +135°C) (689 bar)

** 7,000 psi (482 bar) with tight-tolerance wear rings.
5,000 psi (344 bar) with standard-tolerance wear rings.
MB Cross-Section
10
MB installed in Rod Gland MB installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
MB Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — MB Profile
Table 10-2. MB Profile — Inch
4 6 1 7 1 8 7 0 3 0 0 0 MB – CUT
Seal Compound Nominal Part I.D. (x1000) Profile Split option

4-Digit Material Code Example: 3.000" x 1000 = 03000 available
Example: – CUT = Butt Cut
4617 = Molythane® SKIVE = Angle
Cross-Section and Height
4652 = PolyMyte® Butt
Example: .187 x 1000 =
187
Angle
Gland Dimensions — MB Profile

C
A E B
A D B
Rod Piston
Please refer to Engineering Section 2, page 2-8 for surface finish and additional hardware considerations.
How to Determine the Gland Width when Using Modular Back-up Rings
The MB Profile back-up ring allows you to extend the pressure rating of a seal that fits into the common gland
used by such seals as PolyPak®, BS, BT, BD, B3, B7, UP, UR and US profiles. In order to use the MB profile
back-up ring, the width of the seal gland must be extended to account for the height of the back-up. Utilizing
the gland calculations tables as shown in this catalog, add the value shown in Table 10-3 to the calculated
gland width of the seal.
Table 10-3. Added Gland Width Values

Seal Added
Cross Section Gland Width
1/8 0.138
3/16 0.206 10
1/4 0.275
5/16 0.343
3/8 0.413 For non-standard cross sections the added gland width can
7/16 0.481 be determined by multiplying the cross section by (1.1). The
1/2 0.550 tolerance on the extended gland remains the same as it is for
5/8 0.688 the seal gland width, which is usually +.015.
3/4 0.825
1 1.100
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Back-up Ring
8700 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
8700 Profile, Low Profile Modular Back-up for PolyPak®

and U-cup Seals
8700 profile back-up rings provide added extrusion resistance to
u-cups and PolyPak® seals with only minimal increase in gland width.
The 8700 profile back-up was originally designed to dramatically
increase the pressure rating of rubber u-cups in situations where
temperature or fluid compatibility prevent the use of urethane seals.
As such, 8700 profile back-ups share a part numbering system very
similar to our 8400 and 8500 profile rubber u-cups for easy matching
of components. Additionally, they are perfect for adding heavy duty
pressure capabilities to medium duty urethane sealing systems.
Technical Data
Materials Temperature Range**
Z4651D60 -65°F to +275°F 7,000 psi
(-54°C to +135°C) (482 bar)

8700 Cross-Section
10
8700 installed in Rod Gland 8700 installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
8700 Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — 8700 Profile
Table 10-4. 8700 Profile — Inch
4 6 5 1 87 0 8 0 2 0 0 0 SKIVE
Seal Compound Profile Nominal Part I.D. (x1000) Split Option

4-Digit Material Code Example: Available
Example: 2.000" I.D. x 1000 = 02000 SKIVE =
4651 = Polymyte® Angle
Gland Depth or Back-up
Nominal Radial Cross-
Section (XX/32")
Example: 08 = 1/4"
Gland Dimensions — 8700 Profile

C
A E B
A D B
Rod Piston
Please refer to Engineering Section 2, page 2-8 for surface finish and additional hardware
considerations.
How to Determine the Gland Width when Using 8700 Profile Back-up Rings
The 8700 profile back-up ring allows you to extend the pressure rating of a seal that fits into the common
gland used by such seals as PolyPak®, BS, BT, BD, B3, B7, UP, UR and US profiles. In order to use the 8700
profile back-up ring, the width of the seal gland must be extended to account for the height of the back-up
ring. Utilizing the gland calculations tables as shown in this catalog, add the value shown in Table 10-5 to the
calculated gland width of the seal.

Seal Added
Cross Section Gland Width 10
1/8 0.062
3/16 0.062
1/4 0.062
5/16 0.062
3/8 0.062
For non-standard cross sections the added gland width
7/16 0.062 can be determined by adding 0.062 to the cross section.
1/2 0.062 The tolerance on the extended gland remains the same as
5/8 0.062 it is for the seal gland width, which is usually +.015.
3/4 0.062
1 0.062
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Back-up Ring
5100 Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
5100 Profile (5100 Series), O-ring Groove Back-up

Parker 5100 profile back-up rings offer extrusion resistance up to
7,000 psi for dynamic applications and up to 20,000 psi for static
applications. They are physically interchangeable with most existing
o-ring back-ups. Our easy to identify orange colored 4651 Polymyte®
material used with this profile, provides outstanding extrusion
resistance when compared to hard nitrile back-ups plus offers extended
fluid compatibility. 5100 profile back-ups are designed to meet standard
industrial o-ring groove dimensions for single or dual back-up o-ring
groove designs and will always install in the proper direction.
Note: For custom tolerances for rod or piston application, please

contact your Parker representative.
Technical Data
Standard Max. Pressure Range
Materials* Temperature Dynamic** Static
Z4651D60 -65°F to +275°F 7,000 psi 20,000 psi
(-54°C to +135°C) (482 bar) (1,379 bar)

material, please contact your local Parker Seal representative.
5100 Cross-Section
10 5100 installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
5100 Profile
4 6 5 1 51 - 3 4 1 SKIVE
Seal Compound Profile O-ring Dash Number (2-XXX) Split Option

4-Digit Material Code Example: Available
Example: 4651 = Polymyte® -341 = 2-341 O-ring Equivalent SKIVE = Angle
Gland Dimensions — 5100 Profile (Static O-ring Grooves)
D E F C A B
Static Gland
Table 10-7. 5100 Profile — General Gland Dimensions – Static

Static
Cross Section Squeeze G-Groove Width
E Max.
O-ring L 0 1 2 R
2-Size Gland Diametral Eccen-
Back-up Back-up Back-up Groove
AS568 Nominal Actual Depth Actual % Clearance tricity
Ring Ring Ring Radius
(a) (b)
(G) (G) (G)
004 0.050 0.015 22 0.002 0.093 0.138 0.205 0.005
0.070
to 1/16 to to to to to to to to 0.002
±0.003
050 0.052 0.023 32 0.005 0.098 0.143 0.210 0.015
102 0.081 0.017 17 0.002 0.140 0.171 0.238 0.005
.103
through 3/32 to to to to to to to to 0.002
±0.003
178 0.083 0.025 24 0.005 0.145 0.176 0.243 0.015
201 0.111 0.022 16 0.003 0.187 0.208 0.275 0.010
.139
through
284
1/8 ±0.004 to
0.113
to
0.032
to
23
to
0.006
to
0.192
to
0.213
to
0.280
to
0.025
0.003 10
309 0.170 0.032 15 0.003 0.281 0.311 0.410 0.020
.210
±0.005
395 0.173 0.045 21 0.006 0.286 0.316 0.415 0.035
425 0.226 0.040 15 0.004 0.375 0.408 0.538 0.020
.275
±0.006
475 0.229 0.055 20 0.007 0.380 0.413 0.543 0.035
(a) Clearance (extrusion gap) must be held to a minimum consistent with design requirements for temperature range variation.
(b) Total indicator reading between groove and adjacent bearing surface.
NOTE: For sizes larger than those shown in the table, please contact your local Parker seal representative.
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
5100 Profile
Gland Dimensions — 5100 Profile (Dynamic O-ring Grooves)
Gland Depth
Gland
Depth
B C A
D F E
Rod Piston
Dynamic Gland
Table 10-8. 5100 Profile — General Gland Dimensions – Dynamic

Dynamic
O-ring E
L 0 1 2 R Max.
Diametral
2-Size Gland Back-up Back-up Back-up Groove Eccentricity
Nominal Actual Actual % Clearance
AS568 Depth Ring Ring Ring Radius (b)
(a)
(G) (G) (G)
004 .055 .010 15 .002 .093 .138 .205 .005
.070
to 1/16 to to to to to to to to .002
±.003
050 .057 .018 25 .005 .098 .143 .210 .015
102 .088 .01 10 .002 .140 .171 .238 .005
.103
through 3/32 to to to to to to to to .002
±.003
178 .090 .018 17 .005 .145 .176 .243 .015
201 .121 .012 9 .003 .187 .208 .275 .010
.139
±.004
284 .123 .022 16 .006 .192 .213 .280 .025
309 .185 .017 8 .003 .281 .311 .410 .020
.210
±.005
395 .188 .030 14 .006 .286 .316 .415 .035
10 425
through 1/4 .275 .237
to
.029
to
11
to
.004
to
.375
to
.408
to
.538
to
.020
to .005
±.006
475 .240 .044 16 .007 .380 .413 .543 .035
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Back-up Ring
PAB Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
PAB Profile, Positively-Actuated Back-up

While modular back-ups require an increase in groove width to
be incorporated into the sealing system, PAB profile back-ups do not
change the required axial groove width because they are integrated
with the seal. For many profiles, these back-ups can provide the
ultimate extrusion resistance while retaining the seal’s original groove
dimensions. While the most common material used to manufacture
positively-actuated back-ups is nylon, it is not uncommon to see
applications that require materials such as PEEK or PTFE.
Due to the nature of this product line and the design relationship
between the back-up and the seal, parts are sold only as part of an
assembly that includes the seal design best suited to the application.
Positively-actuated back-ups can be incorporated into profiles such

as the BPP and BD. Tooling may be required.
Technical Data
Materials* Temperature Range**
Rod * Alternate
R0 (Virgin PTFE) -425°F to +450°F 5,000 psi Materials: For
(-254°C to +233°C) (344 bar) applications that
R1 (4655) -65°F to +275°F 3,000 psi may require an
(-54°C to +135°C) (206 bar) alternate material,
R12 (PEEK) -65°F to +500°F 10,000 psi please contact
(-54°C to +260°C) (689 bar) your local Parker
representative.
Piston
** 7,000 psi (482 bar)
P0 (Virgin PTFE) -65°F to +250°F 5,000 psi
with tight-tolerance
Positively-Actuated Cross-Section
(-54°C to +121°C) (344 bar)
wear rings.
P1 (4655) -20°F to +250°F 3,000 psi
5,000 psi (344 bar)
(-29°C to +121°C) (206 bar)
with standard-
P12 (PEEK) -65°F to +500°F 10,000 psi
tolerance wear
(-54°C to +260°C) (689 bar)
rings.
10
PAB Profile installed in Rod Gland PAB Profile installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Back-up Ring
PDB Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
PDB Profile, PTFE O-Ring Back-up

PDB profile back-up rings are PTFE anti-extrusion rings. The PDBA
and PDBB profiles are designed to retrofit MIL Spec grooves used
in commercial applications. PDBA styles are split rings retrofitting
MS28774 designs, while PDBB styles are solid rings retrofitting
MS27595 designs. Due to the fact that these profiles are designed
to commercial grooves, MIL Spec certifications are not available.
Although the standard material is virgin PTFE, any of Parker’s available
PTFE blends can be used.
Technical Data
Standard
Materials Temperature Max. Pressure Range
0100 Virgin PTFE -425°F to +450°F 1,500 psi (103 bar) dynamic
(-254°C to +232°C) 4,500 psi (310 bar) static

material, please see Section 3 (Table 3-7) for alternate PTFE materials.
PDB Cross-Section
PDB installed in Rod Gland
10
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
PDB Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — PDBA Profile, Split Ring
Table 10-9. PDBA Profile
0 1 0 0 PDBA 1 2 4
Seal Compound Profile MS28774 Dash Code

4-Digit Material Code (Split Example: 124 = 1.270" I.D.
Example: 0100 = Virgin PTFE Ring)
Part Number Nomenclature — PDBB Profile, Solid Ring

Table 10-10. PDBB Profile
0 1 0 0 PDBB 2 3 2
Seal Compound Profile MS27595 Dash Code

4-Digit Material Code Solid Example: 232 = 2.756" I.D.
Example: 0100 = Virgin PTFE Ring
Part Dimensions — PDBA and PDBB Profiles – See Appendix F.
10
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Back-up Ring
WB Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
WB Profile, HPHT Back-up

Parker’s wedged back-up rings extend seal life by preventing
extrusion of elastomeric seals in high pressure, high temperature
environments. WB profile back-up rings are custom made-to-order
and available in a variety of materials depending upon operating
conditions.
Under high system pressure, the elastomer seal applies an axial force
on to the wedged back-up set. This axial force allows the wedged
halves of the back-up set to slide apart along their common angle and
bridge the metal gland clearance gaps; preventing extrusion of the
primary sealing elastomer.
Technical Data
Materials* Temperature Range
W4685 Unfilled PEEK -65°F to +500°F 20,000 psi
(-54°C to +260°C) (1,379 bar)
W4686 Glass-filled PEEK -65°F to +500°F 20,000 psi
(-54°C to +260°C) (1,379 bar)
W4738 Carbon, Graphite, -65°F to +500°F 15,000 psi
PTFE-filled PEEK (-54°C to +260°C) (1,034 bar)
W4655 Nylon 6,6 with MoS2 -65°F to +275°F 10,000 psi
(-54°C to +135°C) (689 bar)
0401 Bronze-filled PTFE -200°F to +575°F 10,000 psi
(-129°C to +302°C) (689 bar)
0307 Carbon, -250°F to +575°F 10,000 psi
Graphite-filled PTFE (-157°C to +302°C) (689 bar)
*Assumes max. radial e-gap of 0.005" (13mm), typical gland
dimensions without wear rings.
WB Cross-Section
For assistance in material selection, please call Parker’s application
engineers.
10
WB Profile with PolyPak® Seal
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
WB Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — WB Profile
Table 10-11. WB Profile
4 6 8 5 WB 2 5 0 0 3 0 0 0 - 1 2 5 A
Wedged Overall height of back-up set =

Back-up 1/2 of cross section (x1000)
Back-up Material Profile Cross Section (x1000) Example: .125 x 1000 = 125
4-Digit Material Code Example: .25 x 1000 = 250
Example:
4685 = Unfilled PEEK Inside Diameter (x1000)
4686 = Glass-filled PEEK 5 digits – add leading zero if needed A = Assembly
4738 = Carbon, Graphite, PTFE-filled PEEK Example:
4655 = Nylon 6,6 with MoS2 3.0 x 1000 = 03000
0401 = Bronze-filled PTFE
0307 = Carbon, Graphite-filled PTFE
Features and Benefits

Table 10-12.
Feature Benefit
Common angle allows parts to slide apart to bridge
2 piece back-up with common angle
extrusion gap
Back-ups are skive cut for easy installation and may be
Split for easy installation
installed upside down for piston or rod extrusion gaps
Back-ups can be designed for use with U-cup seals,
Can be designed to replace O-ring back-up
PolyPak® seals and other seal designs for higher pressures
PEEK can be used to 500°F and 20,000 psi.
Machined from high performance materials for 4655 can be used to 275°F and 10,000 psi.
HPHT environments. Filled PTFE blends can be used for applications requiring
lower friction.
Parts are machined and can be made for any size
All parts made to order
combination and quantity
How to Determine the Gland Width when Using WB Profile Back-up Rings
The WB Profile Back-up ring allows you to extend the pressure rating of a seal that fits into the common gland
used by such seals as the PolyPak® Profiles. In order to use the WB Back-up ring, the width of the seal gland
must be extended to account for the height of the WB Back-up set. Utilizing the gland calculations tables as
shown in this catalog, add the value shown in Table 10-13 to the calculated gland width of the seal.

Seal
Cross Section
Added
Gland Width 10
1/8 0.063
3/16 0.094
1/4 0.125 For non-standard cross sections call Parker’s application
5/16 0.156 engineers for a proposal drawing. The tolerance on the extended
3/8 0.186 gland remains the same as it is for the seal gland width, which is
7/16 0.219 usually +.015.
1/2 0.250
5/8 0.313
3/4 0.375
1 0.500
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
WB Profile
WB Profile — Engineering
How Wedged Back-ups Work
Pressure
Wedged back-up rings are used to protect the main
sealing elements in high pressure applications. The Fig. 10-5.
WB Profile is not a seal, but is used in conjunction with Assembly in
elastomeric seals to bridge the metal gland extrusion Piston Gland.
gaps and prevent the elastomeric seal from extruding
(See Fig 10-4).
As pressure contacts the main seal upstream from

the back-up rings, the sealing systems are forced to
the point of least resistance which is the extrusion gap
(Fig. 10-5 and 10-6). Since the seal is positioned on
top of the back-up ring set, as pressure increases, it
comes in contact with the back-up set. Pressure acts
on the common-angled back-up rings causing them
to slide apart. As they do, the respective ID and OD
shift to their points of least resistance and close off the
extrusion gap — providing zero clearance for the softer Pressure
elastomer. With the gap eliminated, sealing becomes Fig. 10-6.
more effective and longer lasting despite extremely Assembly in
high system pressures. Rod Gland.
Double-Acting. Two wedged-back-up ring sets

can be used in double-acting applications with one
back-up set positioned downstream of each pressure
direction (Fig 10-7). This design allows seals to
function in static or dynamic applications under high
pressure and high temperature conditions. The rigid
back-up ring design has little effect on breakout
and running friction. Depending upon the material
selected, the split design facilitates intallation on solid
pistons without necessity of auxiliary installation tools.
Fig. 10-7.
Pressure
Double-Acting
Configuration
10
Pressure
Fig. 10-4. Seal Extrusion Legend: Blue arrow shows direction of system
pressure. Red arrows show movement of wedged
back-ups under pressure to bridge extrusion gap
(green arrows).
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Urethane O-rings,
D-rings & Head Seals Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Urethane O-rings, D-rings & Head Seals

Product Offering........................ 11-2 Parker offers many materials for fluid power applications that have
Product Profiles unique advantages in comparison to traditional materials (see Section
3, Materials). The physical characteristics and mechanical properties of
568 Resilon® O-ring.............. 11-3
urethane based compounds such as Resilon® 4300 and Resilon® 4301
DG Profile, D-Ring................ 11-9 used in AS568 style o-rings and D-Rings, and P4700 used in urethane
HS Profile, Head Seal......... 11-11 head seals, deliver performance advantages over traditional elastomers
with low compression set and excellent extrusion resistance.
Urethane O-rings
Parker urethane o-rings offer the material advantages exclusive to the
Resilon family of compounds in standard and custom o-ring sizes. High
temperature Resilon o-rings eliminate the need for back-ups, simplifying
installation and reducing damage due to spiral failure.
Urethane D-rings
Parker’s Resilon polyurethane D-ring is a one-piece hydraulic valve
sealing solution which delivers longer life and reduced warranty costs
over traditional multiple-component seals.
Urethane Head Seals

HS profile static head seals are ideal for replacing o-rings and back-
ups in hydraulic cylinder heads. Installation is simplified and failure due
to pinching and blow-out is eliminated. The characteristics offered by
P4700 urethane provide the performance advantages for this profile.

11
Urethane Urethane
Head Seal O-ring
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Urethane O-rings, D-Rings & Head Seals

Profiles
Application (Duty)
Pneumatic
Medium
Heavy
Light
Series Description Page
568 High Performance 11-3
Urethane O-rings
DG High Performance 11-9

Urethane D-rings
HS Static Head Seals 11-11
11
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Urethane O-ring
568 Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
568 Profile, Resilon® O-ring

Parker is pleased to offer the material advantages of the Resilon®
family of urethanes in standard o-ring sizes. The high extrusion
resistance of Resilon® 4300 and related compounds eliminates the
need for a back-up in many hydraulic applications, thereby simplifying
installation and reducing groove width. Resilon’s unmatched
temperature rating makes it suitable in applications where other
urethanes fail. In addition, Resilon® 4301 provides superior water
resistance and compression set resistance in water-based fluids.
Premium urethane o-rings are much less prone to spiral failure and
installation damage compared with rubber o-rings. Dimensions
and tolerances of Parker Resilon o-rings match up with AS568B
specifications for diameter and cross-section and are used in the same
grooves.
Technical Data
Standard
Materials* Temperature Pressure
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5,000 psi (344 bar) dynamic

568 Cross Section material, please contact your local Parker seal representative.
11
568 installed on 568 installed in Static Head Gland

Cartridge Valve
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
568 Profile
4 3 0 0 568 2 - 1 2 8
4 Digit Material Code Profile AS568 O-ring Dash Number

Example: 4300 = Resilon® 4300 Example: 2-128 = 1.487" I.D. x 0.103" CS
Gland Dimensions — 568 Profile — Dynamic
Gland Depth
Gland
Depth
B C A
D F E
Rod Piston
Dynamic Gland
Table 11-3. General O-ring Dimensional Data
Dynamic
O-ring E
L 0 1 2 R Max.
Diametral
2-Size Gland Back-up Back-up Back-up Groove Eccentricity
Nominal Actual Actual % Clearance
AS568 Depth Ring Ring Ring Radius (b)
(a)
(G) (G) (G)
004 .055 .010 15 .002 .093 .138 .205 .005
.070
to 1/16 to to to to to to to to .002
±.003
050 .057 .018 25 .005 .098 .143 .210 .015
102 .088 .01 10 .002 .140 .171 .238 .005
.103
±.003
178 .090 .018 17 .005 .145 .176 .243 .015
201 .121 .012 9 .003 .187 .208 .275 .010
.139
±.004
284 .123 .022 16 .006 .192 .213 .280 .025
309 .185 .017 8 .003 .281 .311 .410 .020
.210
±.005
11 395
425
.188
.237
.030
.029
14
11
.006
.004
.286
.375
.316
.408
.415
.538
.035
.020
.275
±.006
475 .240 .044 16 .007 .380 .413 .543 .035
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
568 Profile
Table 11-4. 568 Dynamic O-ring Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Seal Dimensions Hardware Dimensions
O-ring Piston Rod
Mean Part
2-Size Inside A B C D E F Number
AS568 Dia. ± Width ± O.D.
(Ref) Bore Groove Piston Rod Groove Throat
Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia.
+.002/ +.000/ +.000/ +.000/ +.002/ +.001/
-.000 -.002 -.001 -.002 -.000 -.000
006 0.114 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.254 0.249 0.139 0.247 0.124 0.234 0.126 43005682-006
007 0.145 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.285 0.280 0.170 0.278 0.155 0.265 0.157 43005682-007
008 0.176 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.316 0.311 0.201 0.309 0.186 0.296 0.188 43005682-008
009 0.208 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.348 0.343 0.233 0.341 0.218 0.328 0.220 43005682-009
010 0.239 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.379 0.374 0.264 0.372 0.249 0.359 0.251 43005682-010
011 0.301 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.441 0.436 0.326 0.434 0.311 0.421 0.313 43005682-011
012 0.364 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.504 0.499 0.389 0.497 0.374 0.484 0.376 43005682-012
104 0.112 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.318 0.312 0.136 0.310 0.124 0.300 0.126 43005682-104
107 0.206 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.412 0.406 0.230 0.404 0.218 0.394 0.220 43005682-107
110 0.362 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.568 0.562 0.386 0.560 0.374 0.550 0.376 43005682-110
111 0.424 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.630 0.624 0.448 0.622 0.436 0.612 0.438 43005682-111
112 0.487 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.693 0.687 0.511 0.685 0.499 0.675 0.501 43005682-112
113 0.549 0.007 0.103 0.003 0.755 0.749 0.573 0.747 0.561 0.737 0.563 43005682-113
114 0.612 0.009 0.103 0.003 0.818 0.812 0.636 0.810 0.624 0.800 0.626 43005682-114
115 0.674 0.009 0.103 0.003 0.880 0.874 0.698 0.872 0.686 0.862 0.688 43005682-115
116 0.737 0.009 0.103 0.003 0.943 0.937 0.761 0.935 0.749 0.925 0.751 43005682-116
206 0.484 0.005 0.139 0.004 0.762 0.750 0.508 0.747 0.498 0.740 0.501 43005682-206
208 0.609 0.009 0.139 0.004 0.887 0.875 0.633 0.872 0.623 0.865 0.626 43005682-208
210 0.734 0.010 0.139 0.004 1.012 1.000 0.758 0.997 0.748 0.990 0.751 43005682-210
211 0.796 0.010 0.139 0.004 1.074 1.062 0.820 1.059 0.810 1.052 0.813 43005682-211
212 0.859 0.010 0.139 0.004 1.137 1.125 0.883 1.122 0.873 1.115 0.876 43005682-212
214 0.984 0.010 0.139 0.004 1.262 1.250 1.008 1.247 0.998 1.240 1.001 43005682-214
216 1.109 0.012 0.139 0.004 1.387 1.375 1.133 1.372 1.123 1.365 1.126 43005682-216
217 1.171 0.012 0.139 0.004 1.449 1.437 1.195 1.434 1.185 1.427 1.188 43005682-217
218 1.234 0.012 0.139 0.004 1.512 1.500 1.258 1.497 1.248 1.490 1.251 43005682-218
219 1.296 0.012 0.139 0.004 1.574 1.562 1.320 1.559 1.310 1.552 1.313 43005682-219
Those Piston O.D.’s shown in shaded area may over stretch the O-ring. If so, select a material with greater elongation
or use a two-piece piston.
11
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
568 Profile
Gland Dimensions — 568 Profile — Static
D E F C A B
Static Gland
Please refer to Engineering Section 2, page 2-8 for surface finish and additional
Table 11-5. General O-ring Dimensional Data

Static
E
O-ring L 0 1 2 R Max.
Diametral
2-Size Gland Clearance Back-up Back-up Back-up Groove Eccentricity
AS568 Nominal Actual Depth Actual % Radius (b)
(a) Ring Ring Ring
(G) (G) (G)
004 0.050 0.015 22 0.002 0.093 0.138 0.205 0.005
0.070
to 1/16 to to to to to to to to 0.002
±0.003
050 0.052 0.023 32 0.005 0.098 0.143 0.210 0.015
102 0.081 0.017 17 0.002 0.140 0.171 0.238 0.005
.103
±0.003
178 0.083 0.025 24 0.005 0.145 0.176 0.243 0.015
201 0.111 0.022 16 0.003 0.187 0.208 0.275 0.010
.139
±0.004
284 0.113 0.032 23 0.006 0.192 0.213 0.280 0.025
309 0.170 0.032 15 0.003 0.281 0.311 0.410 0.020
.210
±0.005
395 0.173 0.045 21 0.006 0.286 0.316 0.415 0.035
425 0.226 0.040 15 0.004 0.375 0.408 0.538 0.020
.275
±0.006
475 0.229 0.055 20 0.007 0.380 0.413 0.543 0.035
11
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
568 Profile
Table 11-6. 568 Static O-ring Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Seal Dimensions Piston Rod
O-ring A B C D E F Part
2-Size Mean
Inside Number
AS568 ± Width ± O.D. Piston Bore Groove Rod Throat Groove
Dia. (Ref) Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia.
+.000/ +.002/ +.000/ +.000/ +.001/ +.002/
-.001 -.000 -.002 -.002 -.000 -.000
005 0.101 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.241 0.235 0.237 0.137 0.112 0.114 0.212 43005682-005
006 0.114 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.254 0.248 0.250 0.150 0.125 0.127 0.225 43005682-006
007 0.145 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.285 0.279 0.281 0.181 0.156 0.158 0.256 43005682-007
008 0.176 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.316 0.310 0.312 0.212 0.187 0.189 0.287 43005682-008
009 0.208 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.348 0.341 0.343 0.243 0.218 0.220 0.318 43005682-009
010 0.239 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.379 0.373 0.375 0.275 0.250 0.252 0.350 43005682-010
011 0.301 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.441 0.435 0.437 0.337 0.312 0.314 0.412 43005682-011
012 0.364 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.504 0.498 0.500 0.400 0.375 0.377 0.475 43005682-012
013 0.426 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.566 0.560 0.562 0.462 0.437 0.439 0.537 43005682-013
014 0.489 0.005 0.070 0.003 0.629 0.623 0.625 0.525 0.500 0.502 0.600 43005682-014
015 0.551 0.007 0.070 0.003 0.691 0.685 0.687 0.587 0.562 0.564 0.662 43005682-015
016 0.614 0.009 0.070 0.003 0.754 0.748 0.750 0.650 0.625 0.627 0.725 43005682-016
017 0.676 0.009 0.070 0.003 0.816 0.810 0.812 0.712 0.687 0.689 0.787 43005682-017
018 0.739 0.009 0.070 0.003 0.879 0.873 0.875 0.775 0.750 0.752 0.850 43005682-018
019 0.801 0.009 0.070 0.003 0.941 0.935 0.937 0.837 0.812 0.814 0.912 43005682-019
020 0.864 0.009 0.070 0.003 1.004 0.998 1.000 0.900 0.875 0.877 0.975 43005682-020
021 0.926 0.009 0.070 0.003 1.066 1.060 1.062 0.962 0.937 0.939 1.037 43005682-021
022 0.989 0.010 0.070 0.003 1.129 1.123 1.125 1.025 1.000 1.002 1.100 43005682-022
023 1.051 0.010 0.070 0.003 1.191 1.185 1.187 1.087 1.062 1.064 1.162 43005682-023
024 1.114 0.010 0.070 0.003 1.254 1.248 1.250 1.150 1.125 1.127 1.225 43005682-024
026 1.239 0.011 0.070 0.003 1.379 1.373 1.375 1.275 1.250 1.252 1.350 43005682-026
027 1.301 0.011 0.070 0.003 1.441 1.435 1.437 1.337 1.312 1.314 1.412 43005682-027
028 1.364 0.013 0.070 0.003 1.504 1.498 1.500 1.400 1.375 1.377 1.475 43005682-028
029 1.489 0.013 0.070 0.003 1.629 1.623 1.625 1.525 1.500 1.502 1.600 43005682-029
030 1.614 0.013 0.070 0.003 1.754 1.748 1.750 1.650 1.625 1.627 1.725 43005682-030
031 1.739 0.015 0.070 0.003 1.879 1.873 1.875 1.775 1.750 1.752 1.850 43005682-031
104 0.112 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.318 0.308 0.310 0.148 0.125 0.127 0.287 43005682-104
107 0.206 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.412 0.403 0.405 0.243 0.219 0.221 0.381 43005682-107
109 0.299 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.505 0.498 0.500 0.338 0.312 0.314 0.474 43005682-109
110 0.362 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.568 0.560 0.562 0.400 0.375 0.377 0.537 43005682-110
111 0.424 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.630 0.623 0.625 0.463 0.437 0.439 0.599 43005682-111
112 0.487 0.005 0.103 0.003 0.693 0.685 0.687 0.525 0.500 0.502 0.662 43005682-112
113 0.549 0.007 0.103 0.003 0.755 0.748 0.750 0.588 0.562 0.564 0.724 43005682-113
114 0.612 0.009 0.103 0.003 0.818 0.810 0.812 0.650 0.625 0.627 0.787 43005682-114
115 0.674 0.009 0.103 0.003 0.880 0.873 0.875 0.713 0.687 0.689 0.849 43005682-115
116 0.737 0.009 0.103 0.003 0.943 0.935 0.937 0.775 0.750 0.752 0.912 43005682-116
11
117 0.799 0.010 0.103 0.003 1.005 0.998 1.000 0.838 0.812 0.814 0.974 43005682-117
Those Piston O.D.’s shown in shaded area may over stretch the o-ring. If so, select a material with greater elongation
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
568 Profile
Table 11-6. 568 Static O-ring Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes (cont’d)
Seal Dimensions Piston Rod
O-ring A B C D E F Part
2-Size Mean
Inside Number
AS568 ± Width ± O.D. Piston Bore Groove Rod Throat Groove
Dia. (Ref) Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia.
+.000/ +.002/ +.000/ +.000/ +.001/ +.002/
-.001 -.000 -.002 -.002 -.000 -.000
118 0.862 0.010 0.103 0.003 1.068 1.060 1.062 0.900 0.875 0.877 1.037 43005682-118
119 0.924 0.010 0.103 0.003 1.130 1.123 1.125 0.963 0.937 0.939 1.099 43005682-119
120 0.987 0.010 0.103 0.003 1.193 1.185 1.187 1.025 1.000 1.002 1.162 43005682-120
121 1.049 0.010 0.103 0.003 1.255 1.248 1.250 1.088 1.062 1.064 1.224 43005682-121
122 1.112 0.010 0.103 0.003 1.318 1.310 1.312 1.150 1.125 1.127 1.287 43005682-122
123 1.174 0.012 0.103 0.003 1.380 1.373 1.375 1.213 1.187 1.189 1.349 43005682-123
124 1.237 0.012 0.103 0.003 1.443 1.435 1.437 1.275 1.250 1.252 1.412 43005682-124
125 1.299 0.012 0.103 0.003 1.505 1.498 1.500 1.338 1.312 1.314 1.474 43005682-125
126 1.362 0.012 0.103 0.003 1.568 1.560 1.562 1.400 1.375 1.377 1.537 43005682-126
127 1.424 0.012 0.103 0.003 1.630 1.623 1.625 1.463 1.437 1.439 1.599 43005682-127
128 1.487 0.012 0.103 0.003 1.693 1.685 1.687 1.525 1.500 1.502 1.662 43005682-128
129 1.549 0.015 0.103 0.003 1.755 1.748 1.750 1.588 1.562 1.564 1.724 43005682-129
130 1.612 0.015 0.103 0.003 1.818 1.810 1.812 1.650 1.625 1.627 1.787 43005682-130
131 1.674 0.015 0.103 0.003 1.880 1.873 1.875 1.713 1.687 1.689 1.849 43005682-131
132 1.737 0.015 0.103 0.003 1.943 1.935 1.937 1.775 1.750 1.752 1.912 43005682-132
133 1.799 0.015 0.103 0.003 2.005 1.998 2.000 1.838 1.812 1.814 1.974 43005682-133
134 1.862 0.015 0.103 0.003 2.068 2.060 2.062 1.900 1.875 1.877 2.037 43005682-134
135 1.925 0.017 0.103 0.003 2.131 2.123 2.125 1.963 1.997 1.939 2.099 43005682-135
136 1.987 0.017 0.103 0.003 2.193 2.185 2.187 2.025 2.000 2.002 2.162 43005682-136
140 2.237 0.017 0.103 0.003 2.443 2.435 2.437 2.275 2.250 2.252 2.412 43005682-140
143 2.425 0.020 0.103 0.003 2.631 2.623 2.625 2.463 2.437 2.439 2.599 43005682-143
144 2.487 0.020 0.103 0.003 2.693 2.685 2.687 2.525 2.500 2.502 2.662 43005682-144
150 2.862 0.022 0.103 0.003 3.068 3.060 3.062 2.900 2.875 2.877 3.037 43005682-150
154 3.737 0.028 0.103 0.003 3.943 3.935 3.937 3.775 3.750 3.752 3.912 43005682-154
155 3.987 0.028 0.103 0.003 4.193 4.185 4.187 4.025 4.000 4.002 4.162 43005682-155
156 4.237 0.030 0.103 0.003 4.443 4.435 4.437 4.275 4.250 4.252 4.412 43005682-156
206 0.484 0.005 0.139 0.004 0.762 0.747 0.750 0.528 0.500 0.503 0.722 43005682-206
208 0.609 0.009 0.139 0.004 0.887 0.872 0.875 0.653 0.625 0.628 0.847 43005682-208
210 0.734 0.010 0.139 0.004 1.012 0.997 1.000 0.778 0.750 0.753 0.972 43005682-210
211 0.796 0.010 0.139 0.004 1.074 1.059 1.062 0.840 0.812 0.815 1.034 43005682-211
212 0.859 0.010 0.139 0.004 1.137 1.122 1.125 0.903 0.875 0.878 1.097 43005682-212
214 0.984 0.010 0.139 0.004 1.262 1.247 1.250 1.028 1.000 1.003 1.222 43005682-214
216 1.109 0.012 0.139 0.004 1.387 1.372 1.375 1.153 1.125 1.128 1.347 43005682-216
217 1.171 0.012 0.139 0.004 1.449 1.434 1.437 1.215 1.187 1.190 1.409 43005682-217
218 1.234 0.012 0.139 0.004 1.512 1.497 1.500 1.278 1.250 1.253 1.472 43005682-218
11 219 1.296 0.012 0.139 0.004 1.574 1.559 1.562 1.340 1.312 1.315 1.534 43005682-219
Those Piston O.D.’s shown in shaded area may over stretch the o-ring. If so, select a material with greater elongation
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Urethane D-ring
DG Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
DG Profile, Urethane D-Ring

Parker’s DG profile urethane D-ring is a problem solver featuring a
variety of design advantages. The molded “D” shape which is higher
in the middle and lower on the ends, provides sealing in critical areas
while reducing the chance of a seal being cut during installation. Its
sealing lip contact footprint is minimized, thus reducing the amount
of friction between seal and bore while providing expected sealing
performance. The “D” shape is symmetrical so there is no performance
degradation as the valve cycles in the reverse direction nor concern
of backward installation of the seal. The design also incorporates
“pressure pedestals” to eliminate the potential for “blow-by,” common
in reverse cycling.
Technical Data
Standard

DG Profile Cross Section
DG installed in Gland
11
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
DG Profile
Part Number Nomenclature — DG Profile
Table 11-7. DG Profile
4 3 0 0 DG 1 2 - 0 1 4
4 Digit Material Code Profile Groove Width O-ring Dash Number

Example: 4300 = Resilon 4300 ( 0, 1, or 2 Example: 2-014 = .514" I.D. x .070” CS
4301 = Resilon 4301 back-up rings)
Gland Dimensions — DG Profile
C1
Gland Depth
B D A
Gland Dimensions — DG Profile

Table 11-8. DG Profile — Piston Gland Dimensions, ·Parker Standard Sizes
Gland Dimensions
O-ring
2-Size A B C1 D
Bore Groove Groove Width Piston Part Number
AS568A- Diameter Diameter One Back-up Diameter
.002/ +.000/ +.005/ +.000/

-.000 -.002 -.000 -.001
010 0.374 0.264 0.138 0.372 4300DG12-010
011 0.436 0.326 0.138 0.434 4300DG12-011
012 0.499 0.389 0.138 0.497 4300DG12-012
013 0.561 0.451 0.138 0.559 4300DG12-013
014 0.624 0.514 0.138 0.622 4300DG12-014
015 0.686 0.576 0.138 0.684 4300DG12-015
016 0.749 0.639 0.138 0.747 4300DG12-016
017 0.811 0.701 0.138 0.809 4300DG12-017
11 018 0.874 0.764 0.138 0.872 4300DG12-018
019 0.936 0.826 0.138 0.934 4300DG12-019
020 0.999 0.889 0.138 0.997 4300DG12-020
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Urethane Head Seal

HS Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
HS Profile, Static Head Seal

As mobile equipment OEM’s continue to consider warranty costs,
one area of focus has been a review of down time related to cylinder
head glands. Two of the most common seal failures on cylinder heads
are o-ring back-up blow-out and pinched back-ups. Both failures are
common in systems with high eccentricities or large extrusion gaps. To
address these situations and to reduce down time HS profile static head
seals are specified to replace the industry-standard o-ring and back-
up. Incorporating high performance plastics with a stable, symmetrical
geometry dramatically reduces the risks of installation damage and
back-up blow-out. Both problems are eliminated with the HS profile’s
one piece urethane design offering improved fit and a stable geometry.
Technical Data
Standard
P4700A90 -65°F to +200°F 10,000 psi (688 bar) static
(-54°C to +93°C)

HS Cross Section
HS installed in Static Head Gland
11
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
HS Profile
Part Number Nomenclature —HS Profile
Table 11-9. HS Profile — Inch
4 7 0 0 HS 1 2 - 2 2 8
4 Digit Material Code Profile AS568 O-ring Dash Number

Example: 4700A90 = Polyurethane Example: 2-228 = 2-228 O-ring Equivalent
Groove Width
1 = Single Back-up O-ring Groove Width
2 = Double Back-up O-ring Groove Width (very rare)
Gland Dimensions — HS Profile

D
C A B
Table 11-10. HS Gland Dimensions — Inch

Gland Dimensions
O-ring
2-Size A B C D Part Number
AS568 Head Bore Groove Groove
+.000/-.001 +.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.005/-.000
228 2.497 2.500 2.278 0.208 4700HS12-228
230 2.747 2.750 2.528 0.208 4700HS12-230
232 2.997 3.000 2.778 0.208 4700HS12-232
234 3.247 3.250 3.028 0.208 4700HS12-234
235 3.372 3.375 3.153 0.208 4700HS12-235
236 3.497 3.500 3.278 0.208 4700HS12-236
238 3.747 3.750 3.528 0.208 4700HS12-238
240 3.997 4.000 3.778 0.208 4700HS12-240
242 4.247 4.250 4.028 0.208 4700HS12-242
244 4.497 4.500 4.278 0.208 4700HS12-244
246 4.747 4.750 4.528 0.208 4700HS12-246
11 248 4.997 5.000 4.778 0.208 4700HS12-248
+.000/-.001 +.002/-.000 +.000/-.004 +.005/-.000
250 5.247 5.250 5.028 0.208 4700HS12-250
251 5.372 5.375 5.153 0.208 4700HS12-251
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
HS Profile
Table 11-10. HS Gland Dimensions — Inch (Continued)
Gland Dimensions
O-ring
2-Size A B C D Part Number
AS568 Head Bore Groove Groove
+.000/-.001 +.002/-.000 +.000/-.004 +.005/-.000
252 5.497 5.500 5.278 0.208 4700HS12-252
254 5.747 5.750 5.528 0.208 4700HS12-254
256 5.997 6.000 5.778 0.208 4700HS12-256
342 3.997 4.000 3.660 0.311 4700HS12-342
344 4.247 4.250 3.910 0.311 4700HS12-344
346 4.497 4.500 4.160 0.311 4700HS12-346
348 4.747 4.750 4.410 0.311 4700HS12-348
350 4.997 5.000 4.660 0.311 4700HS12-350
352 5.247 5.250 4.910 0.311 4700HS12-352
353 5.372 5.375 5.035 0.311 4700HS12-353
354 5.497 5.500 5.160 0.311 4700HS12-354
356 5.747 5.750 5.410 0.311 4700HS12-356
358 5.997 6.000 5.660 0.311 4700HS12-358
360 6.247 6.250 5.910 0.311 4700HS12-360
11
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Notes
11
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Metric Seals Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Metric Seal Profiles

Product Offering........................ 12-2 Parker’s extensive portfolio of sealing profiles, compounds and
Metric Seal Profiles dimensions for precision hydraulic sealing is the result of many years
of development and field experience gained in the various sectors of
BT Profile, Rod Seal.............. 12-3 mechanical engineering. The profiles, materials and sizes shown here
AY Profile, Rod Wiper........... 12-5 as Preferred Profiles were selected based on existing ISO standards
BP Profile, Piston Seal.......... 12-7 and recommended suitability for a broad range of applications.
Parker offers a comprehensive range of solutions to manufacturers of

hydraulics equipment. Contact our application engineering experts if
you need assistance with alternate profiles and sizes.

Urethane Urethane
Head Seal O-ring
09/01/2015 12

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Metric Seal
Profiles = Preferred Metric Seal profile

Application (Duty)
Medium
Heavy
Page
Light
Pneu
Series Description
BT U-cup 12-3
Rod Seal
AY Double-Lip 12-5
Rod Seal
BP Bi-directional 12-7
Piston Seal
12 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal
BT Metric Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BT Profile, Premium U-cup Rod Seal

The BT profile is a non-symmetrical design for use in hydraulic rod
sealing applications. Using Finite Element Analysis, the BT profile was
designed to provide improved sealing performance and stability in the
gland. A knife trimming process is used to form the beveled lip which
is best for removing fluid from the rod. By design, the BT profile has a
more robust primary sealing lip than the BS profile and the stabilizing
lip is located at the base of the heel. The standard compound for the
BT profile is Parker’s proprietary Resilon® polyurethane compound. The
BT profile provides long life, extrusion resistance, low compression
set, shock load resistance and increased sealing performance at zero
pressure. The BT profile is designed for use as a stand alone rod seal
or for use with the BR or OD profile buffer seals for more critical sealing
applications.
Technical Data
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F 5000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
* Dimensions: Dimensions according to ISO 5597.

† Pressure Range without wear rings (see Table 2-4, page 2-5).
Special Operating Conditions: For special operating conditions
(specific pressure, temperature, speed, use of water, HFA, HFB fluids,
etc.), please contact Parker’s application engineering team.
BT Cross-Section
BT Installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015 12

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BT Metric Profile
Gland Dimensions — BT Metric Profile
L + 0,25 R ≤ 0, 2
H R ≤ 0, 2
R ≤ 0, 2 R ≤ 0, 2
*)
e
Please refer
to Engineering
Section 2,
page 2-8 for
surface finish
and additional
Ø D H11
hardware
H8
Ø d f7
ØD
Ød
considerations.
Table 12-2. BT Profile — Gland Dimensions and Part Number

d D H L ISO1) ISO2) Part Number See Appendix G for tolerances.
25 35 7.3 8 • M300BT05.0025-7.3
*In the case of designs according to ISO
28 36 5.7 6.3 • • M300BT04.0028-5.7 standard, the radii given there should be used.
32 42 7.3 8 • M300BT05.0032-7.3
36 44 5.7 6.3 • • M300BT04.0036-5.7
40 50 7.3 8 • M300BT05.0040-7.3
45 53 5.6 6.3 • • M300BT04.0045-5.6
50 60 7.3 8 • M300BT05.0050-7.3
55 65 7.3 8 M300BT05.0055-7.3
56 66 6.5 7.5 • • M300BT05.0056-6.5
63 78 11.4 12.5 • M300BT07.5063-11.4
65 80 9.0 9.6 M300BT07.5065-9
70 85 11.4 12.5 • M300BT07.5070-11.4
80 95 9.0 9.6 M300BT07.5080-9
80 95 11.4 12.5 • M300BT07.5080-11.4
90 100 6.5 7.5 • • M300BT05.0090-6.5
100 120 14.5 16 • M300BT10.0100-14.5
110 125 9.6 10.6 • • M300BT07.5110-9.6
125 145 14.5 16 • M300BT10.0125-14.5
140 155 9.6 10.6 • • M300BT07.5140-9.6
160 185 18.2 20 • M300BT12.5160-18.2
180 205 18.2 20 • M300BT12.5180-18.2
200 225 18.2 20 • M300BT12.5200-18.2
220 250 22.7 25 • M300BT15.0220-22.7
250 280 22.7 25 • M300BT15.0250-22.7
280 310 22.7 25 • M300BT15.0280-22.7
1) For housings according to ISO 5597 for ISO 6020-2 cylinders.
2) Standard sizes for housings according to ISO 5597.
12 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Wiper
AY Metric Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
AY Profile, Double-Lip Wiper

The AY profile can be used as a heavy to light duty wiper. When used
in high pressure applications with the proper Parker rod seals, the AY
complements the sealing system by providing an additional beveled
sealing lip, yielding excellent film-breaking and the driest rod sealing
available. These dual acting features also enable it to be used by itself
in low pressure applications as both the rod seal and the wiper.
Knife-trimmed sealing lips ensure the best possible film breaking.
IMPORTANT: When using the AY wiper in conjunction with other

pressure relief of fluid into the system, otherwise a pressure trap
may form between the wiper and rod seal. Suggested rod seal
profile is BT Profile u-cup.
Technical Data
P4300A90 -65°F to +275°F <1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (0.5 m/s)
Dimensions according to DIN ISO 6195, Type C.

Special Operating Conditions: For special operating conditions
(specific pressure, temperature, speed, use in water, HFA, HFB fluids
etc.), please contact Parker’s application engineering team.
AY Cross-Section
AY installed in Rod Gland
09/01/2015 12

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
AY Metric Profile
+ 0,2 (Ø ≤ 90)
a=H-h L + 0,3 (Ø ≥ 100)
a *Edges deburred
H
*)
h
R1
R1
R = 0,5
15°
Ø ≤ 90: R 1 = 0,2
Ø ≥ 100: R 1 = 0,3 page 2-8 for surface finish and additional
Ø D 1 H11
Ø D 2 H11
ØD
Ød
Ød
Table 12-3. AY Metric Profile — Gland Dimensions and Part Number

d D H h D2 L ISO1) Part Number See Appendix G for tolerances.
20 26 4.8 3.6 22.5 4 • M300AY03.0020-3.6
25 31 4.8 3.6 27.5 4 • M300AY03.0025-3.6
28 36 5.8 4.5 31 5 • M300AY04.0028-4.5
32 40 5.8 4.5 35 5 • M300AY04.0032-4.5
36 44 5.8 4.5 39 5 • M300AY04.0036-4.5
40 48 5.8 4.5 43 5 • M300AY04.0040-4.5
45 53 5.8 4.5 48 5 • M300AY04.0045-4.5
50 58 5.8 5.0 53 5 M300AY04.0050-5.0
55 65 5.8 4.5 58 5 M300AY05.0055-4.5
55 65 6.8 5.3 58 6 M300AY05.0055-5.3
56 66 6.8 5.3 59 6 • M300AY05.0056-5.3
63 73 6.8 5.3 66 6 • M300AY05.0063-5.3
64 74 6.8 5.3 67 6 M300AY05.0064-5.3
70 80 6.8 5.3 73 6 • M300AY05.0070-5.3
75 85 6.8 5.3 78 6 M300AY05.0075-5.3
80 90 6.8 5.3 83 6 • M300AY05.0080-5.3
90 100 6.8 5.3 93 6 • M300AY05.0090-5.3
100 110 6.8 5.3 103 6 • M300AY05.0100-5.3
110 125 9.5 7.5 114 8.5 • M300AY07.5110-7.5
120 135 9.5 7.5 124 8.5 • M300AY07.5120-7.5
125 140 9.5 7.5 129 8.5 • M300AY07.5125-7.5
140 155 9.5 7.5 144 8.5 • M300AY07.50140-7.5
160 175 9.5 7.5 164 8.5 • M300AY07.50160-7.5
1) DIN ISO 6195, Type C, for ISO 6020-2 cylinders
Further sizes on request.
12 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Piston Seal
BP Metric Profile Preferred Profile Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BP Profile, Premium TPU Cap Seal

Parker’s metric BP profile is a double-acting, squeeze type, piston
seal for use in medium to heavy duty hydraulic applications. The
standard material combination for the profile’s components are a TPU
cap in Resilon® 4304 polyurethane with improved sliding and high
modulus, and a rectangular cross-section NBR elastomer energizer.
The BP profile is easy to install on a single part piston. The unique cap
design of the BP profile makes the seal insensitive to pressure spikes.
The BP profile is sold only as an assembly (seal and energizer).
Technical Data
Cap
P4304D60 -65°F to +275°F 7,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to +135°C) (482 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Energizer
(-34°C to +121°C)
* Dimensions: Dimensions according to ISO 7425-1.

2-4, page 2-5.
Metric BP Cross-Section
BP installed in Piston Gland
09/01/2015 12

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
BP Metric Profile
Gland Dimensions — BP Metric Profile
L + 0, 2
,3 R
≤0
≤0 ,3
R
,3 R
≤0
≤0 ,3
R
Please refer to Engineering Section 2, page

2-8 for surface finish and additional hardware
considerations.
Ø D 1 -0,1
Ø D H9
Ø d h9
ØD
Ød
Table 12-4. BP Metric Profile — Gland Dimensions and Part Number

D d L D1 ISO1) Order Code See Appendix G for tolerances.
32 24.5 3.2 31.7 • M304BP03.7032-3.2A
40 32.5 3.2 39.7 • M304BP03.7040-3.2A
50 39 4.2 49.7 • M304BP05.5050-4.2A
63 52 4.2 63.7 • M304BP05.5063-4.2A
80 69 4.2 79.7 • M304BP05.5080-4.2A
85 69.5 6.3 84.7 M304BP07.7080-6.3A
90 69 8.1 89.5 M304BP10.5090-8.1A
95 79.5 6.3 94.6 M304BP07.7095-6.3A
100 79 8 100 M304BP10.5100-8.1A
125 109.5 6.3 124.6 • M304BP07.7125-6.3A
140 119 8.1 139.5 M304BP10.5140-8.1A
150 129 10.5 149.5 M304BP10.5150-10.5A
160 139 8.1 159.5 • M304BP10.5160-8.1A
200 179 8.1 199.5 • M304BP10.5200-8.1A
1) ISO 7425-1
12 09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Appendix
Table of Contents Design Action Request Form A
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
English / Metric Conversions B
Custom Groove Calculations C

& Tolerances (Army / Navy) D
MS-28776 (MS-33675) Dash Size

Grooves (for SH959 Profile WIpers) E
Commercial PTFE Back-Ups for Retrofit

MS-28774 and MS-27595 Grooves F
ISO Gland Tolerances G

Phone: 801 972 3000
Fax: 801 973 4019
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
A
A
Design
Design Action
Action Request
Request Form
Form Catalog EPS 5350/USA
NEED HELP? If you need assistance, please photocopy these pages. Fill out the required information and
fax
NEEDto 801 973 4019.
HELP? If you Submit a sketch if necessary.
need assistance, Use thethese
please photocopy information below and
three pages. Fill other information
out the required in this
catalog to determine
information the(801)
and fax to dimensions needed.
973-4019. Use theWe information
will contact you to discuss
below your
and other specific application
information and to
in this catalog
make recommendations.
determine the dimensions If you need We
needed. helpwill
filling out this
contact youform, please call
to discuss yourParker’s
specificApplications
application Engineering
and make
team at 801 972 3000.
recommendations. If you need help filling out this form, please call Applications Engineering at
(801) 972-3000.
ENGINEERED POLYMER SYSTEMS DIVISION
DESIGN ACTION REQUEST
Applications Engineering Use:
EPS Division Project # ____________________________
2220 South 3600 West Date Entered ________________________
Salt Lake City, UT Date Required _______________________
Prepared by _________________________
Tel: (801) 972-3000
Territory Mgr. ________________________
Fax: (801) 973-4019
Distributor ___________________________
Referred by _________________ Distributor ___________________________
Lead # _____________________ Dist. Sales __________________________
COMPANY: ___________________________________________ FAX NUMBER: _________________________________________

ADDRESS: ___________________________________________ P.O. BOX:______________________ MAIL STOP: __________
CITY: _________________________ STATE: ______________ ZIP:___________________________ COUNTRY: ___________
CONTACT: ____________________ TITLE: _______________ PHONE: _______________________ EXT:_________________
ALT. CONTACT: ________________ TITLE: _______________ PHONE: _______________________ EXT:_________________
E-MAIL: ______________________________________________
EQUIPMENT/MANUFACTURER: _________________________________________________________ MODEL NO.: _____________

EXISTING SEAL MANUFACTURER: ______________________________________________________ PART NO.: ______________
REASON FOR CHANGE: PERFORMANCE DELIVERY NEW APPLICATION PRICE
CURRENT PRICE: ________ @ _____ PCS. MONTHLY USAGE: _____ HOURS OPERATION: _____ HOURS SERV. LIFE: _____
TARGET PRICE: ________ @ _____ PCS. QUOTE QTY.: _____ PROTO QTY.: _____ DATE PROTO REQ’D.: _____
SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS: YES NO SPECIAL PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS: YES NO
EXPLAIN: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________
MOTION
STATIC RECIPROCATING OSCILLATORY ROTARY
PRODUCT TYPE
NON-ROTARY — FILL OUT SECOND PAGE ROTARY — FILL OUT THIRD PAGE
ROD/SHAFT WIPER SOLID SEAL PTFE LIP SEAL
PISTON BEARING SPLIT SEAL ELASTOMER LIP SEAL
INTERNAL FACE VANE BEARING ISOLATOR
EXTERNAL FACE NON-SEAL
01/09/06
09/01/2015
A-1
A-1
EPS Division
Salt Lake City, UT
Tel: (801) 972-3000
Phone: 801 972 3000
Parker Hannifin Corporation www.parkerseals.com
www.parker.com/eps Fax: (801) 973-4019
Click to Go to
Catalog
Catalog EPS
EPS5370/USA
5350/USA CATALOG
Table of Contents
Design Action
Design Action Request
Request Form
Form
A
A
OPERATING PARAMETERS UNIT (CIRCLE ONE) MINIMUM OPERATING MAXIMUM
TEMPERATURE: °K °F °C ____________ ____________ ____________
P R E SS U R E : PSI BAR MPA ____________ ____________ ____________
STROKE LENGTH (RECIPROCATING): INCH MM ____________ ____________
CYCLE RATE: CYCLES/MIN CYCLES/HR HZ ____________ ____________
DEGREE OF ARC (OSCILLATING): DEGREES ____________ ____________ ____________
VELOCITY: FT/MIN. MM/MIN. ____________ ____________ ____________
VACUUM: IN HG TORR ____________ ____________ ____________
ROTARY SPEED RPM ____________ ____________ ____________
MEDIA TO BE SEALED: __________________________________
Rod Piston Face Seal

D E
D
E
B
A
D
B C A
C B A
Other Piston Other Rod

E D D
F
E
F
A B C
A B C
HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS HARDWARE DRAWINGS INCLUDED WITH DAR: YES NO

A DIAMETER: MIN. ________ MAX. ________ HARDNESS ________ FINISH ________ MAT’L ________
B DIAMETER: MIN. ________ MAX. ________ HARDNESS ________ FINISH ________ MAT’L ________
C DIAMETER: MIN. ________ MAX. ________ HARDNESS ________ FINISH ________ MAT’L ________
D GROOVE WIDTH: MIN. ________ MAX. ________ CAN HARDWARE BE CHANGED? YES NO
E RADIAL CLEARANCE: MIN. ________ MAX. ________ HOW? ________________________________________________
F ROD / PISTON STEP HEIGHT: MIN. ________ MAX. ________
SIDE LOAD (LBS. NEWTONS): _______ PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
MIL-G-5514 O-RING DASH #: ______ BACK-UP WIDTH ____ (CIRCLE ONE)
AS4716 O-RING DASH #: ______ BACK-UP WIDTH ____ FRICTION: LBS OZ GMS BREAKOUT ____ DYNAMIC ____
RUNOUT (TIR) _________________________ EXPECTED LIFE: CYC HRS YRS _______________________
ECCENTRICITY _________________________ MAX. LEAKAGE: DROPS CC/MIN _________________________
MOST CRITICAL ASPECT: _______________________________
CONTAMINATION: ______________________________________
GLAND TYPE METRIC
____ SPLIT ____ OPEN YES
____ SOLID ____ STEPPED NO
01/09/06
09/01/2015
A-2 EPS Division
Salt Lake City, UT
A-2 Parker Hannifin Corporation
Tel: (801) 972-3000
Parker Hannifin Corporation www.parkerseals.com Fax: (801) 973-4019
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Fraction/aMetric
English l/Decim al/Metric CoFractions
Conversions: nversion CatalogEPS
Catalog EPS 5350/USA
5370/USA
Fractional Decimal Metric Fractional Decimal Metric Fractional Decimal Metric Fractional Decimal Metric
B
— 0.004 0.10 37/64 0.578 14.68 1 15/32 1.469 37.31 — 2.874 73.00
— 0.010 0.25 — 0.591 15.00 — 1.496 38.00 2 7/8 2.875 73.03
1/64 0.016 0.40 19/32 0.594 15.08 1 1/2 1.500 38.10 — 2.913 74.00
— 0.020 0.50 39/64 0.609 15.48 1 17/32 1.531 38.89 2 15/16 2.938 74.61
— 0.030 0.75 5/8 0.625 15.88 — 1.535 39.00 — 2.953 75.00
1/32 0.031 0.79 — 0.630 16.00 1 9/16 1.562 39.69 — 2.992 76.00
— 0.039 1.00 41/64 0.641 16.27 — 1.575 40.00 3 3.000 76.20
3/64 0.047 1.19 — 0.650 16.50 1 19/64 1.594 40.48 — 3.032 77.00
— 0.059 1.50 21/32 0.656 16.67 — 1.614 41.00 3 1/16 3.062 77.79
1/16 0.063 1.59 — 0.669 17.00 1 5/8 1.625 41.28 — 3.071 78.00
5/64 0.078 1.98 43/64 0.672 17.01 — 1.654 42.00 — 3.110 79.00
— 0.079 2.00 11/16 0.688 17.46 1 21/32 1.656 42.07 3 1/8 3.125 79.38
3/32 0.094 2.38 45/64 0.703 17.86 1 11/16 1.688 42.86 — 3.150 80.00
— 0.098 2.50 — 0.709 18.00 — 1.693 43.00 3 3/16 3.188 80.96
7/64 0.109 2.78 23/32 0.719 18.26 1 23/32 1.719 43.66 — 3.189 81.00
— 0.118 3.00 — 0.728 18.49 — 1.732 44.00 — 3.228 82.00
1/8 0.125 3.18 47/64 0.734 18.65 1 3/4 1.750 44.50 3 1/4 3.250 82.55
— 0.138 3.50 — 0.748 19.00 — 1.772 45.00 — 3.268 83.00
9/64 0.141 3.57 3/4 0.750 19.05 1 25/32 1.781 45.24 — 3.307 84.00
5/32 0.156 3.97 49/64 0.766 19.45 — 1.811 46.00 3 5/16 3.312 84.14
— 0.158 4.00 25/32 0.781 19.84 1 13/16 1.813 46.04 — 3.346 85.00
11/64 0.172 4.37 — 0.787 20.00 1 27/32 1.844 46.83 3 3/8 3.375 85.73
— 0.177 4.50 51/64 0.797 20.24 — 1.850 47.00 — 3.386 86.00
3/16 0.188 4.76 13/16 0.813 20.64 1 7/8 1.875 47.63 — 3.425 87.00
— 0.197 5.00 — 0.827 21.00 — 1.890 48.00 3 7/16 3.438 87.31
13/64 0.203 5.16 53/64 0.828 21.03 1 29/32 1.906 48.42 — 3.465 88.00
— 0.217 5.50 27/32 0.844 21.43 — 1.929 49.00 3 1/2 3.500 88.90
7/32 0.219 5.56 55/64 0.859 21.83 1 15/16 1.938 49.21 — 3.504 89.00
15/64 0.234 5.95 — 0.866 22.00 — 1.970 50.00 — 3.543 90.00
— 0.236 6.00 7/8 0.875 22.23 1 31/32 1.970 50.01 3 9/16 3.562 90.49
1/4 0.250 6.35 57/64 0.891 22.62 2 2.000 50.80 — 3.583 91.00
— 0.256 6.50 — 0.906 23.00 — 2.008 51.00 — 3.622 92.00
17/64
—
0.266
0.276
6.75
7.00
29/32
59/64
0.906
0.922
23.02
23.42
—
2 1/16
2.047
2.062
52.00
52.39
3 5/8
—
3.625
3.661
92.08
93.00
G
9/32
—
0.281
0.295
7.14
7.50
15/16
—
0.938
0.945
23.81
24.00
—
2 1/8
2.087
2.125
53.00
53.98
3 11/16
—
3.688
3.701
93.66
94.00
G
19/64 0.297 7.54 61/64 0.953 24.21 — 2.126 54.00 — 3.740 95.00
5/16 0.313 7.94 31/32 0.969 24.61 — 2.165 55.00 3 3/4 3.750 95.25
— 0.315 8.00 — 0.984 25.00 2 3/16 2.188 55.56 — 3.780 96.00
21/64 0.328 8.33 1 1.000 25.40 — 2.205 56.00 3 13/16 3.813 96.84
— 0.335 8.50 — 1.024 26.00 — 2.244 57.00 — 3.819 97.00
11/32 0.344 8.73 1 1/32 1.031 26.19 2 1/4 2.250 57.15 — 3.858 98.00
— 0.354 9.00 1 1/16 1.062 26.99 — 2.284 58.00 3 7/8 3.875 98.43
23/64 0.359 9.13 — 1.063 27.00 2 5/16 2.312 58.74 — 3.898 99.00
— 0.374 9.50 1 3/32 1.094 27.78 — 2.323 59.00 — 3.937 100.00
3/8 0.375 9.53 — 1.102 28.00 — 2.362 60.00 3 15/16 3.938 100.01
25/64 0.391 9.92 1 1/8 1.125 28.58 2 3/8 2.375 60.33 — 3.976 101.00
— 0.394 10.00 — 1.148 29.00 — 2.402 61.00 4 4.000 101.60
12/32 0.406 10.32 1 5/32 1.156 29.37 2 7/16 2.438 61.91 4 1/16 4.062 103.19
— 0.413 10.50 — 1.181 30.00 — 2.441 62.00 4 1/8 4.125 104.78
27/64 0.422 10.72 1 3/16 1.188 30.16 — 2.480 63.00 — 4.134 105.00
— 0.433 11.00 1 7/32 1.219 30.96 2 1/2 2.500 63.50 4 3/16 4.188 106.36
7/16 0.438 11.11 — 1.221 31.00 — 2.520 64.00 4 1/4 4.250 107.95
29/64 0.453 11.51 1 1/4 1.250 31.75 — 2.559 65.00 4 5/16 4.312 109.54
15/32 0.469 11.91 — 1.260 32.00 2 9/16 2.562 65.09 — 4.331 110.00
— 0.472 12.00 1 9/32 1.281 32.54 — 2.598 66.00 4 3/8 4.375 111.13
31/64 0.484 12.30 — 1.299 33.00 2 5/8 2.625 66.68 4 7/16 4.438 112.71
— 0.492 12.50 1 5/16 1.312 33.34 — 2.638 67.00 4 1/2 4.500 114.30
1/2 0.500 12.70 — 1.339 34.00 — 2.677 68.00 — 4.528 115.00
— 0.512 13.00 1 11/32 1.344 34.13 2 11/16 2.688 68.26 4 9/16 4.562 115.89
33/64 0.516 13.10 1 3/8 1.375 34.93 — 2.717 69.00 4 5/8 4.625 117.48
17/32 0.531 13.50 — 1.378 35.00 2 3/4 2.750 69.85 — 4.724 120.00
35/64 0.547 13.90 1 13/32 1.406 35.72 — 2.756 70.00 4 3/4 4.750 120.65
— 0.551 14.00 — 1.417 36.00 — 2.795 71.00 4 7/8 4.875 123.83
9/16 0.563 14.29 1 7/16 1.438 36.51 2 13/16 2.813 71.44 — 4.921 125.00
— 0.571 14.50 — 1.457 37.00 — 2.835 72.00 5 5.000 127.00
03/03/06
G-1 Parker Hannifin Corporation

09/01/2015
EPS Division
Toll Free: (800) 233-3900
B-1 Parker Hannifin Corporation
www.parkerseals.com Engineered Polymer Systems Division
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
English / Metric Conversions
RPM to
RPM to FPM
FPM Conversion
Conversion Catalog EPS 5350/USA
Shaft Diameter Shaft Speed

B Inches Millimeters RPM
12.000 12000
11.000 275,0 11000
10.000 250,0 10000
9000
Surface Speed
8.000 200,0 8000
7.500 FPM Meters/min.
7.000 175,0 12000 7000
6.500
6.000 10000 3000 6000
150,0 9000
5.500 8000 2500
5.000 7000 2000 5000
125,0 6000
4.500 5000 1500 4500
4.000 100,0 4000 4000
3.500 90,0 1000 3500
3000
80,0 800
3.000 700 3000
2.750 70,0 2000 600
2.500 500 2500
60,0 1500
2.250 400
2.000 50,0 1000 300 2000
900
1.750 800
40,0 700 200
1.500 600 1500
35,0 500 150
1.250 400
G 30,0
100
1200
300
1.000 25,0 250 80 1000
0.875 200 900
60
20,0 50 800
0.750 150
40 700
0.625 100 30
15,0 600
75
0.500 12,5 20 500
0.437 50 450
15
10,0 40 12.5 400
0.375
9,0 10 350
30
0.312 8,0 8
7 300
7,0 20 6
0.250 5 250
6,0
4
5,0 10 3 200
0.187
4,0
150
A straight-edge lined up with the values on any pair of vertical
0.125 lines will cross the third line at the approximate corresponding
3,0
value; e.g. when set at 1.000 in. shaft diameter and 4000 rpm, it
0.100 crosses the middle line at 1050 sfpm. 100
03/03/06

EPS Division
Toll Free: (800)09/01/2015
233-3900
www.parkerseals.com
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Pressure Conversion
Pressure: PSI / Bar PSI / BAR Catalog EPS 5350/USA
1-40 41-80 81-200 205-500 510-900 910-1500

psi bar psi bar psi bar psi bar psi bar psi bar
B
1 0.07 41 2.83 81 5.59 205 14.13 510 35.17 910 62.76
2 0.14 42 2.90 82 5.65 210 14.48 520 35.86 920 63.45
3 0.21 43 2.97 83 5.72 215 14.82 530 36.55 930 64.14
4 0.28 44 3.03 84 5.79 220 15.17 540 37.24 940 64.83
5 0.34 45 3.10 85 5.86 225 15.51 550 37.92 950 65.52
6 0.41 46 3.17 86 5.93 230 15.86 560 38.62 960 66.21
7 0.48 47 3.24 87 6.00 235 16.20 570 39.31 970 66.90
8 0.55 48 3.31 88 6.07 240 16.55 580 40.00 980 67.59
9 0.62 49 3.38 89 6.14 245 16.89 590 40.69 990 68.28
10 0.69 50 3.45 90 6.21 250 17.24 600 41.37 1000 68.95
11 0.76 51 3.52 91 6.27 255 17.58 610 42.07 1010 69.66
12 0.83 52 3.59 92 6.34 260 17.93 620 42.76 1020 70.34
13 0.90 53 3.65 93 6.41 265 18.27 630 43.45 1030 71.03
14 0.97 54 3.72 94 6.48 270 18.62 640 44.14 1040 71.72
15 1.03 55 3.79 95 6.55 275 18.96 650 44.82 1050 72.41
16 1.10 56 3.86 96 6.62 280 19.31 660 45.52 1060 73.10
17 1.17 57 3.93 97 6.69 285 19.65 670 46.21 1070 73.79
18 1.24 58 4.00 98 6.76 290 20.20 680 43.90 1080 74.48
19 1.31 59 4.07 99 6.83 295 20.34 690 47.59 1090 75.17
G 20 1.38 60 4.14 100 6.90 300 20.69 700 48.27 1100 75.86
21 1.45 61 4.21 105 7.24 310 21.37 710 48.97 1120 77.24
22 1.52 62 4.28 110 7.58 320 22.06 720 49.66 1140 78.62
23 1.59 63 4.34 115 7.93 330 22.75 730 50.34 1160 80.00
24 1.65 64 4.41 120 8.27 340 23.44 740 51.03 1180 81.38
25 1.72 65 4.48 125 8.62 350 24.13 750 51.71 1200 82.76
26 1.79 66 4.55 130 8.89 360 24.82 760 52.41 1220 84.14
27 1.86 67 4.62 135 9.31 370 25.51 770 53.10 1240 85.52
28 1.93 68 4.69 140 9.65 380 26.21 780 53.79 1260 86.90
29 2.00 69 4.76 145 10.10 390 26.89 790 54.48 1280 88.28
30 2.07 70 4.83 150 10.34 400 27.85 800 55.16 1300 89.66
31 2.14 71 4.90 155 10.69 410 28.27 810 55.86 1320 91.03
32 2.21 72 4.97 160 11.03 420 28.96 820 56.55 1340 92.41
33 2.28 73 5.03 165 11.38 430 29.65 830 57.24 1360 93.79
34 2.34 74 5.10 170 11.72 440 30.34 840 57.93 1380 95.17
35 2.41 75 5.17 175 12.07 450 31.03 850 58.61 1400 96.55
36 2.48 76 5.24 180 12.41 460 31.72 860 59.31 1420 97.93
37 2.55 77 5.31 185 12.76 470 32.41 870 60.00 1440 99.31
38 2.62 78 5.38 190 13.10 480 33.10 880 60.69 1460 100.69
39 2.69 79 5.45 195 13.45 490 33.79 890 61.38 1480 102.07
40 2.76 80 5.52 200 13.79 500 34.48 900 62.06 1500 103.45
03/03/06

EPS Division
09/01/2015
Toll Free: (800) 233-3900
www.parkerseals.com
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Temperature Conversion
Temperature: Celsius / Fahrenheit
Catalog EPS 5350/USA
Celsius Fahrenheit Celsius Fahrenheit Celsius Fahrenheit Celsius Fahrenheit Celsius Fahrenheit
B -169
-168
-273
-270
-7.8
-7.2
18
19
17.8
18.3
64
65
93
99
200
210
343
349
650
660
-162 -260 -6.7 20 18.9 66 100 212 354 670
-157 -250 -6.1 21 19.4 67 104 220 360 680
-151 -240 -5.6 22 20 68 110 230 366 690
-146 -230 -5 23 20.6 69 116 240 371 700
-140 -220 -4.4 24 21.1 70 121 250 377 710
-134 -210 -3.9 25 21.7 71 127 260 382 720
-129 -200 -3.3 26 22.2 72 132 270 388 730
-123 -190 -2.8 27 22.8 73 138 280 393 740
-118 -180 -2.2 28 23.3 74 143 290 399 750
-112 -170 -1.7 29 23.9 75 149 300 404 760
-107 -160 -1.1 30 24.4 76 154 310 410 770
-101 -150 -0.6 31 25 77 160 320 416 780
-96 -140 0 32 25.6 78 166 330 421 790
-90 -130 0.6 33 26.1 79 171 340 427 800
-84 -120 1.1 34 26.7 80 177 350 432 810
-79 -110 1.7 35 27.2 81 182 360 438 820
-73 -100 2.2 36 27.8 82 188 370 443 830
-68 -90 2.8 37 28.3 83 193 380 449 840
-62 -80 3.3 38 28.9 84 199 390 454 850
-57 -70 3.9 39 29.4 85 204 400 460 860
-51 -60 4.4 40 30 86 210 410 466 870
-46 -50 5 41 30.6 87 216 420 471 880
-40 -40 5.6 42 31.1 88 221 430 477 890
-34 -30 6.1 43 31.7 89 227 440 482 900
-29 -20 6.7 44 32.2 90 232 450 488 910 G
-23 -10 7.2 45 32.8 91 238 460 493 920
-17.8 0 7.8 46 33.3 92 243 470 499 930
-17.2 1 8.3 47 33.9 93 249 480 504 940
-16.7 2 8.9 48 34.4 94 254 490 510 950
-16.1 3 9.4 49 35 95 260 500 516 960
-15.6 4 10 50 35.6 96 266 510 521 970
-15 5 10.6 51 36.1 97 271 520 527 980
-14.4 6 11.1 52 36.7 98 277 530 532 990
-13.9 7 11.7 53 37.2 99 282 540 538 1000
-13.3 8 12.2 54 37.8 100 288 550 549 1020
-12.8 9 12.8 55 43 110 293 560 560 1040
-12.2 10 13.3 56 49 120 299 570 571 1060
-11.7 11 13.9 57 54 130 304 580 582 1080
-11.1 12 14.4 58 60 140 310 590 593 1100
-10.6 13 15 59 66 150 316 600 604 1120
-10 14 15.6 60 71 160 321 610 616 1140
-9.4 15 16.1 61 77 170 327 620 627 1160
-8.9 16 16.7 62 82 180 332 630 638 1180
-8.3 17 17.2 63 88 190 338 640 649 1200
03/03/06

EPS Division
Toll Free: (800)09/01/2015
233-3900
www.parkerseals.com
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Custom Groove
Dimensions Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents There are times when using standard seal groove dimensions is not
an option. Whether it is for cylinders that have been refinished or off
Piston Gland............................... C-1 sized metal, there are some simple calculations to use to determine
Rod Seal and Rod Wiper............ C-2 what the appropriate groove dimensions should be. The formulas for
calculating custom groove dimensions are included below. C
Piston Wear Ring........................ C-2
Rod Wear Ring........................... C-3
Piston Gland Custom Groove Calculation

Subtract the standard bore diameter from the next smallest standard bore diameter to determine the Offset
Factor. Apply the Offset Factor to the Groove Diameter, X, and the Shoulder Diameter, Y, as shown below.
Groove Width, Z, will remain unchanged.
Offset Factor Diameter: If the required diameter is smaller than the standard
diameter, a negative Offset Factor will be calculated,
and the piston seal will be compressed. In most
Offset = Required Standard
Factor Bore Diameter – Bore Diameter circumstances, Parker advises against compressing
smaller sizes of piston seals to fit oversized bores.
Please contact your local Parker representative for
New Groove Diameter, X: assistance in these cases.
Standard Offset IMPORTANT: It is necessary to calculate the

X = +
Groove Diameter Factor additional stretch that the piston seal will be
subjected to. Do this by using the equation below:
New Piston Diameter, Y:

Additional = Offset Factor
Stretch % X 100
Standard Bore Diameter
Y =
Standard + Offset
Piston Diameter Factor
Parker recommends that the Additional Stretch
Percentage not exceed 5%. If this percentage
does exceed 5%, please contact your local Parker
representative for assistance.
09/01/2015
C-1 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Seal and Rod Wiper

Custom Groove Calculation Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Subtract the required rod diameter from the next largest standard rod diameter to determine the Offset
Factor. Apply the Offset Factor to the Groove Diameter, X, and the Throat Diameter, Y, as shown below.
Groove Width, Z, will remain unchanged.
Offset Factor Diameter If the required diameter is larger than the standard
C diameter, a negative Offset Factor will be calculated,
Offset = Standard Required and the rod seal will be stretched. In most
Factor Rod Diameter – Rod Diameter circumstances, Parker advises against stretching
smaller sizes of rod seals to fit oversized rods.
Please contact your local Parker representative for
New Groove Diameter, X: assistance in these cases.
Standard Offset IMPORTANT: It is necessary to calculate the

X = –
Groove Diameter Factor additional compression that the rod seal will be
subjected to. Do this by using the equation below:
New Shoulder Diameter, Y:

Additional = Offset Factor

Compression % Standard Bore Diameter X 100
Standard
Y =
Offset
Shoulder Diameter – Factor
Parker recommends that the Additional Compression
Percentage not exceed 2%. If this percentage
does exceed 2%, please contact your local Parker
representative for assistance.
Piston Wear Ring Groove Calculation

The formula for calculating piston wear ring grooves using alternative extrusion gaps, metal-to-metal
clearances and machining tolerances:
1. Maximum Groove Diameter, B:

Notes:
B =
Minimum Bore – .001" – 2 X Max. Cross 1. Tolerance for dimension D is +.010" / -.000"
Diameter, A Section 2. Groove radii must not exceed .015" max.
3. Parker recommends a minimum .005" radial
2. Minimum Groove Diameter: metal-to-metal clearance. Using the above
equations may result in metal-to-metal contact if
Minimum = B – Machining the material’s compressive properties are not
Groove Diameter Tolerances considered, contact your local Parker representative
for assistance.
3. Maximum Piston Diameter, C:
Min. Groove + 2 X Min. Cross – 2 X Desired Min. Radial

C =
Diameter Section Metal-to-Metal Clearance
4. Minimum Groove Width, D:
Nominal Width, W + .010"

D =

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
CATALOG SECTION
Rod Wear Ring

Groove Calculation Catalog EPS 5370/USA
The formula for calculating rod wear ring grooves using alternative extrusion gaps metal-to-metal clearances
and machining tolerances:
1. Minimum Groove Diameter, B1: Notes:

1. Tolerance for dimension D is +.010" / -.000"
B1 =
Maximum Rod Max. Cross
+ .001" + 2 X Section
2. Groove radii must not exceed .015" max. C
3. Parker recommends a minimum .005" radial
metal-to-metal clearance. Using the above
2. Maximum Groove Diameter: equations may result in metal-to-metal contact if
the material’s compressive properties are not
Machining considered, contact your local Parker representative
= B1 + Tolerances for assistance.
3.
Desired Min. Radial

Diameter Section Metal-to-Metal Clearance
4. Minimum Groove Width, D:
Nominal Width, W + .010"

D =

09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Notes
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
AN6226 Gland Dimensions Catalog EPS 5370/USA
& Tolerances (Army/Navy)
Gland Dimensions — AN6226 Profile

C
C Gland Depth
Gland
D
Depth
A E B
A D B
Rod Piston
Table D-1A. Rod Gland Dimension Tolerances Table D-1B. Piston Gland Dimension Tolerances
Nominal A B C D Nominal B A C E
Gland Rod Groove Groove Throat Gland Bore Groove Groove Piston
Depth Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Depth Diameter Diameter Width Diameter
1/8 +.000/-.001 +.002/-.000 +.002/-.000 1/8 +.003/-.000 +.000/-.001 +.000/-.001
3/16 +.000/-.001 +.002/-.000 +.002/-.000 3/16 +.003/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.000/-.001
1/4 +.000/-.002 +.003/-.000 +.010/-.010 +.003/-.000 1/4 +.003/-.000 +.000/-.003 +.010/-.010 +.000/-.001
5/16 +.000/-.002 +.004/-.000 +.004/-.000 5/16 +.003/-.000 +.000/-.004 +.000/-.002
3/8 +.000/-.002 +.005/-.000 +.004/-.000 3/8 +.004/-.000 +.000/-.005 +.000/-.002
Table D-2. AN6226 Gland Dimensions — Inch

A B C D E
(Rod)
Rod (Rod)
Groove
Diameter Groove Width (Bore)
Diameter Throat Part Number
Piston
(Bore) Diameter*
Bore (Bore) Diameter**
Groove Diameter Groove Width
Diameter
0.125 0.500 0.218 0.126 0.498 42956226-01
0.187 0.562 0.218 0.188 0.560 42956226-02
0.250 0.625 0.218 0.251 0.623 42956226-03
0.312 0.687 0.218 0.313 0.685 42956226-04
0.375 0.750 0.218 0.376 0.748 42956226-05
0.437 0.812 0.218 0.438 0.810 42956226-06
*If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring throat diameter, see Section 9.
**If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring piston diameter, see Section 9.
Part numbers shown as example only. Consult www.parker.com/eps/FluidPower for part number availability.
Contact your Parker representative for assistance.
09/01/2015
D-1 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Table D-2. AN6226 Gland Dimensions — Inch (Continued)
A B C D E
(Rod)
Rod (Rod)
Groove
Piston
(Bore) Diameter*
Diameter
0.500 0.875 0.218 0.501 0.873 42956226-07
0.250 0.750 0.281 0.251 0.748 42956226-08
0.312 0.812 0.281 0.313 0.810 42956226-09
0.375 0.875 0.281 0.376 0.873 42956226-10
0.437 0.937 0.281 0.438 0.935 42956226-11
D 0.500 1.000 0.281 0.501 0.998 42956226-12
0.562 1.062 0.281 0.563 1.060 42956226-13
0.625 1.125 0.281 0.626 1.123 42956226-14
0.687 1.187 0.281 0.688 1.185 42956226-15
0.750 1.250 0.281 0.751 1.248 42956226-16
0.812 1.312 0.281 0.813 1.310 42956226-17
0.875 1.375 0.281 0.876 1.373 42956226-18
0.937 1.437 0.281 0.938 1.435 42956226-19
1.000 1.500 0.281 1.001 1.498 42956226-20
1.062 1.562 0.281 1.063 1.560 42956226-21
1.125 1.625 0.281 1.126 1.623 42956226-22
1.187 1.687 0.281 1.188 1.685 42956226-23
1.250 1.750 0.281 1.251 1.748 42956226-24
1.250 1.875 0.344 1.252 1.873 42956226-25
1.375 2.000 0.344 1.377 1.998 42956226-26
1.500 2.125 0.344 1.502 2.123 42956226-27
1.625 2.250 0.344 1.627 2.248 42956226-28
1.750 2.375 0.344 1.752 2.373 42956226-29
1.875 2.500 0.344 1.877 2.498 42956226-30
2.000 2.625 0.344 2.002 2.623 42956226-31
2.125 2.750 0.344 2.127 2.748 42956226-32
2.250 2.875 0.344 2.252 2.873 42956226-33
2.375 3.000 0.344 2.377 2.998 42956226-34
2.500 3.125 0.344 2.502 3.123 42956226-35
2.500 3.250 0.406 2.502 3.248 42956226-36
2.625 3.375 0.406 2.627 3.373 42956226-37
2.750 3.500 0.406 2.752 3.498 42956226-38
2.875 3.625 0.406 2.877 3.623 42956226-39
3.000 3.750 0.406 3.002 3.748 42956226-40
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Table D-2. AN6226 Gland Dimensions — Inch (Continued)
A B C D E
(Rod)
Rod (Rod)
Groove
Piston
(Bore) Diameter*
Diameter
0.125 0.375 0.156 0.126 0.373 42956226-41
0.187 0.437 0.156 0.188 0.435 42956226-42
0.250 0.500 0.156 0.251 0.498 42956226-43
0.312 0.562 0.156 0.313 0.560 42956226-44
0.375 0.625 0.156 0.376 0.623 42956226-45
0.437 0.687 0.156 0.438 0.685 42956226-46 D
0.500 0.750 0.156 0.501 0.748 42956226-47
0.625 1.000 0.218 0.626 0.998 42956226-48
0.750 1.125 0.218 0.751 1.123 42956226-49
0.875 1.250 0.218 0.876 1.248 42956226-50
1.000 1.375 0.218 1.001 1.373 42956226-51
1.125 1.500 0.218 1.126 1.498 42956226-52
1.250 1.625 0.218 1.251 1.623 42956226-53
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Notes
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
MS-28776 (MS-33675) Dash Size Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Grooves (for SH959 Profile Wipers)
Gland Dimensions
Please refer to Engineering Section 2, page 2-8 for surface finish and
Table E-1. Gland Dimensions — Inch

A B C D E Example Part Number
Dash Rod Groove Groove Shoulder Max. Wiper Compound Profile &
Size Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Axial Width Code Dash Size
+.000/-.002 +.004/-.000 +.003/-.003 +.005/-.000
-1 0.500 0.760 0.107 0.647 0.187 XXXX SH 959-01
-2 0.562 0.823 0.107 0.710 0.187 XXXX SH 959-02
-3 0.625 0.885 0.107 0.772 0.187 XXXX SH 959-03
-4 0.687 0.948 0.107 0.834 0.187 XXXX SH 959-04
-5 0.750 1.010 0.107 0.897 0.187 XXXX SH 959-05
-6 0.812 1.084 0.107 0.960 0.187 XXXX SH 959-06
-7 0.875 1.147 0.107 1.023 0.187 XXXX SH 959-07
-9 1.000 1.272 0.107 1.148 0.187 XXXX SH 959-09
-10 1.062 1.334 0.107 1.210 0.187 XXXX SH 959-10
-11 1.125 1.397 0.107 1.273 0.187 XXXX SH 959-11
-12 1.187 1.459 0.107 1.335 0.187 XXXX SH 959-12
-13 1.250 1.522 0.107 1.398 0.187 XXXX SH 959-13
-14 1.312 1.614 0.107 1.480 0.187 XXXX SH 959-14
-15 1.375 1.677 0.107 1.542 0.187 XXXX SH 959-15
-16 1.437 1.739 0.107 1.605 0.187 XXXX SH 959-16
-17 1.500 1.802 0.107 1.668 0.187 XXXX SH 959-17
-M 1.562 1.865 0.107 1.731 0.187 XXXX SH 959-M
-18 1.625 1.927 0.107 1.793 0.187 XXXX SH 959-18
-19 1.750 2.052 0.107 1.918 0.187 XXXX SH 959-19
-A 1.812 2.115 0.107 1.981 0.187 XXXX SH 959-A
-20 1.875 2.177 0.107 2.043 0.187 XXXX SH 959-20
-21 2.000 2.302 0.107 2.178 0.187 XXXX SH 959-21
09/01/2015
E-1 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
MS-28776 (MS-33675) Dash Size Grooves (for SH959 Profile Wipers)
Table E-1. Gland Dimensions — Inch (Continued)
A B C D E Example Part Number

Dash Rod Groove Groove Shoulder Max. Wiper Compound Profile &
Size Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Axial Width Code Dash Size
+.000/-.003 +.004/-.000 +.003/-.003 +.005/-.000
-22 2.125 2.427 0.107 2.303 0.187 XXXX SH 959-22
-23 2.250 2.552 0.107 2.428 0.187 XXXX SH 959-23
-24 2.375 2.677 0.107 2.553 0.187 XXXX SH 959-24
-25 2.500 2.802 0.107 2.678 0.187 XXXX SH 959-25
+.000/-.003 +.004/-.000 +.003/-.003 +.005/-.000
-26 2.625 2.989 0.122 2.834 0.211 XXXX SH 959-26
-27 2.750 3.114 0.122 2.959 0.211 XXXX SH 959-27
-28 2.875 3.239 0.122 3.084 0.211 XXXX SH 959-28
-29 3.000 3.364 0.122 3.209 0.211 XXXX SH 959-29
-30 3.125 3.489 0.122 3.334 0.211 XXXX SH 959-30
-31 3.250 3.614 0.122 3.459 0.211 XXXX SH 959-31
-32 3.375 3.739 0.122 3.584 0.211 XXXX SH 959-32
-33 3.500 3.864 0.122 3.709 0.211 XXXX SH 959-33
-34 3.625 3.989 0.122 3.834 0.211 XXXX SH 959-34
E -35 3.750 4.114 0.122 3.959 0.211 XXXX SH 959-35
-36 3.875 4.239 0.122 4.084 0.211 XXXX SH 959-36
-37 4.000 4.427 0.138 4.240 0.238 XXXX SH 959-37
-38 4.125 4.552 0.138 4.365 0.238 XXXX SH 959-38
-39 4.250 4.677 0.138 4.490 0.238 XXXX SH 959-39
-41 4.500 4.927 0.138 4.740 0.238 XXXX SH 959-41
-42 4.625 5.052 0.138 4.865 0.238 XXXX SH 959-42
-43 4.750 5.177 0.138 4.990 0.238 XXXX SH 959-43
-45 5.000 5.427 0.138 5.240 0.238 XXXX SH 959-45
-47 5.250 5.677 0.138 5.490 0.238 XXXX SH 959-47
-49 5.500 5.927 0.138 5.740 0.238 XXXX SH 959-49
-51 5.750 6.239 0.154 6.022 0.264 XXXX SH 959-51
-53 6.000 6.489 0.154 6.272 0.264 XXXX SH 959-53
+.000/-.004 +.005/-.000 +.003/-.003 +.005/-.000
-55 6.500 6.989 0.154 6.772 0.264 XXXX SH 959-55
-56 6.750 7.239 0.154 7.022 0.264 XXXX SH 959-56
-57 7.000 7.489 0.154 7.272 0.264 XXXX SH 959-57
-L 7.375 7.864 0.154 7.647 0.264 XXXX SH 959-L
-59 7.500 7.989 0.154 7.772 0.264 XXXX SH 959-59
-62 8.500 8.989 0.154 8.772 0.264 XXXX SH 959-62
+.000/-.005 +.005/-.000 +.003/-.003 +.010/-.000
-63 9.000 9.489 0.154 9.272 0.264 XXXX SH 959-63
-64 9.500 9.989 0.154 9.772 0.264 XXXX SH 959-64
-65 10.000 10.489 0.154 10.272 0.264 XXXX SH 959-65
-66 10.500 10.989 0.154 10.772 0.264 XXXX SH 959-66
-FF 11.250 11.739 0.169 11.522 0.289 XXXX SH 959-FF
-68 11.500 11.989 0.169 11.772 0.289 XXXX SH 959-68
-69 12.000 12.489 0.169 12.272 0.289 XXXX SH 959-69
-70 12.500 12.989 0.169 12.772 0.289 XXXX SH 959-70
-K 13.750 14.239 0.169 14.022 0.289 XXXX SH 959-K
-77 14.000 14.489 0.169 14.272 0.289 XXXX SH 959-77
-Q 14.250 14.739 0.169 14.522 0.289 XXXX SH 959-Q
09/01/2015
E-2 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Commercial PTFE
Back-up Ring Dimensions Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Commercial PTFE Back-up Ring Dimensions per MS28774
Part Dimensions — PDBA Profile, Split Ring

C
A
E Please refer to Engineering Section 2,
page 2-8 for surface finish and additional F
D hardware considerations.
Table F-1. PDBA Dimensions, Split Ring

Seal Dimensions Seal Dimensions
Dash Dash
# B E # B E
A D A D
MS Radial C Split MS Radial C Split
Inside Split Inside Split
28774 Cross- Width Angle 28774 Cross- Width Angle
Dia. Gap Dia. Gap
Section Degree Section Degree
+.001/ +.001/
-.001 -.001
004 0.109 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 39 024 1.148 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22
005 0.124 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 33 025 1.210 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22
006 0.140 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 30 026 1.273 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22
007 0.171 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 26 027 1.335 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22
008 0.202 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 028 1.398 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22
009 0.234 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 110 0.390 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
010 0.265 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 111 0.452 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
011 0.327 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 112 0.515 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
012 0.390 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 113 0.577 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
013 0.455 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 114 0.640 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
014 0.518 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 115 0.702 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
015 0.580 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 116 0.765 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
016 0.643 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 117 0.832 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
017 0.705 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 118 0.895 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
018 0.768 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 119 0.957 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
019 0.830 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 120 1.020 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
020 0.898 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 121 1.082 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
021 0.960 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 122 1.145 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
022 1.023 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 123 1.207 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
023 1.085 .052/.054 .045/.052 .000/.005 22 124 1.270 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22
NOTE: Measure Split Gap using a Mandrel with “A” Diameter.
09/01/2015
F-1 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Commercial PTFE Back-up Ring Dimensions
Table F-1. PDBA Dimensions, Split Ring (cont'd)

Dash Dash
# B E # B E
A D A D
MS Radial C Split MS Radial C Split
Inside Split Inside Split
28774 Cross- Width Angle 28774 Cross- Width Angle
Dia. Gap Dia. Gap
Section Degree Section Degree
+.001/ +.001/
-.001 -.001
125 1.332 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 233 2.881 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
126 1.397 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 234 3.006 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
127 1.459 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 235 3.131 .118/.120 . 045/.052 .000/.007 22
128 1.522 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 236 3.256 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
129 1.584 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 237 3.381 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
130 1.647 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 238 3.506 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
131 1.709 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 239 3.631 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
132 1.772 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 240 3.756 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
133 1.934 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 241 3.881 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
134 1.897 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 242 4.006 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
135 1.959 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 243 4.131 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
136 2.022 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 244 4.256 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
137 2.084 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 245 4.381 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
138 2.147 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 246 4.506 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
139 2.209 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 247 4.631 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22
140 2.258 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 325 1.513 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
141 2.320 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 326 1.638 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
F 142
143
2.383
2.445
.085/.087
.085/.087
.045/.052
.045/.052
.000/.006
.000/.006
22
22
327
328
1.763
1.888
.182/.184
.182/.184
.065/.075
.065/.075
.000/.007
.000/.007
22
22
144 2.508 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 329 2.013 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
145 2.570 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 330 2.138 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
146 2.633 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 331 2.268 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
147 2.695 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 332 2.393 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
148 2.758 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 333 2.518 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
149 2.820 .085/.087 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 334 2.643 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
210 0.766 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 335 2.768 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
211 0.828 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 336 2.893 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
212 0.891 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 337 3.018 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
213 0.953 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 338 3.143 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
214 1.016 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 339 3.273 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
215 1.078 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 340 3.398 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
216 1.141 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 341 3.523 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
217 1.203 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 342 3.648 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
218 1.266 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 343 3.773 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
219 1.344 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 344 3.898 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
220 1.397 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 345 4.028 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
221 1.459 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 346 4.153 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
222 1.522 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.006 22 347 4.278 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
223 1.647 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 348 4.403 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
224 1.772 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 349 4.528 .182/.184 .065/.075 .000/.007 22
225 1.897 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 425 4.551 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
226 2.022 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 426 4.676 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
227 2.147 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 427 4.801 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
228 2.272 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 428 4.926 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
229 2.397 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 429 5.051 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
230 2.522 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 430 5.176 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
231 2.631 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 431 5.301 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
232 2.756 .118/.120 .045/.052 .000/.007 22 432 5.426 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Table F-1. PDBA Dimensions, Split Ring (cont'd)
Seal Dimensions
Dash
# B E
A D
MS Radial C Split
Inside Split
28774 Cross- Width Angle
Dia. Gap
Section Degree
+.001/
-.001
433 5.551 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
434 5.676 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
435 5.801 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
436 5.926 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
437 6.051 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
438 6.274 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
439 6.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
440 6.774 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
441 7.024 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
442 7.274 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
443 7.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
444 7.774 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
445 8.024 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
446 8.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
447 9.024 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
448 9.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
449 10.024 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
450
451
10.524
11.024
.235/.237
.235/.237
.106/.110
.106/.110
.000/.008
.000/.008
22
22
F
452 11.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
453 12.024 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
454 12.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
455 13.024 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
456 13.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
457 14.024 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
458 14.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
459 15.024 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
460 15.524 .235/.237 .106/.110 .000/.008 22
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Commercial PTFE Back-up Ring Dimensions per MS27595
Dimensions — PDBB Profile, Solid Ring

C
Please refer to Engineering Section 2, page

2-8 for surface finish and additional hardware
considerations.
Table F-2. PDBB Dimensions, Solid Ring

Seal Dimensions Seal Dimensions Seal Dimensions
Dash A B C Dash A B C Dash A B C
Number I.D. Radial Width Number I.D. Radial Width Number I.D. Radial Width
MS27595 Cross- MS27595 Cross- MS27595 Cross-
Section Section Section
+.001/ +.001/ +.002/
-.000 -.002 -.002
004 0.080 .054/.056 .048/.052 116 0.749 .087/.089 .048/.052 148 2.754 .087/.089 .048/.052
005 0.111 .054/.056 .048/.052 117 0.815 .087/.089 .048/.052 149 2.817 .087/.089 .048/.052
F 006 0.125 .054/.056 .048/.052 118 0.877 .087/.089 .048/.052 +.001/
-.002
007 0.156 .054/.056 .048/.052 119 0.940 .087/.089 .048/.052
008 0.187 .054/.056 .048/.052 120 1.002 .087/.089 .048/.052 210 0.753 .118/.120 .048/.052
009 0.219 .054/.056 .048/.052 +.002/ 211 0.815 .118/.120 .048/.052
010 0.250 .054/.056 .048/.052 -.002 212 0.878 .118/.120 .048/.052
011 0.312 .054/.056 .048/.052 121 1.065 .087/.089 .048/.052 213 0.940 .118/.120 .048/.052
012 0.375 .054/.056 .048/.052 122 1.127 .087/.089 .048/.052 214 1.003 .118/.120 .048/.052
013 0.440 .054/.056 .048/.052 123 1.190 .087/.089 .048/.052 215 1.065 .118/.120 .048/.052
014 0.503 .054/.056 .048/.052 124 1.252 .087/.089 .048/.052 216 1.128 .118/.120 .048/.052
015 0.565 .054/.056 .048/.052 125 1.315 .087/.089 .048/.052 217 1.190 .118/.120 .048/.052
016 0.628 .054/.056 .048/.052 126 1.377 .087/.089 .048/.052 218 1.253 .118/.120 .048/.052
017 0.690 .054/.056 .048/.052 127 1.440 .087/.089 .048/.052 219 1.315 .118/.120 .048/.052
018 0.753 .054/.056 .048/.052 128 1.502 .087/.089 .048/.052 220 1.378 .118/.120 .048/.052
019 0.815 .054/.056 .048/.052 129 1.565 .087/.089 .048/.052 221 1.440 .118/.120 .048/.052
020 0.881 .054/.056 .048/.052 130 1.629 .087/.089 .048/.052 222 1.503 .118/.120 .048/.052
+.002/ 131 1.691 .087/.089 .048/.052 223 1.629 .118/.120 .048/.052
-.002 132 1.754 .087/.089 .048/.052 224 1.754 .118/.120 .048/.052
021 0.943 .054/.056 .048/.052 133 1.816 .087/.089 .048/.052 225 1.880 .118/.120 .048/.052
022 1.006 .054/.056 .048/.052 134 1.879 .087/.089 .048/.052 226 2.005 .118/.120 .048/.052
023 1.068 .054/.056 .048/.052 135 1.942 .087/.089 .048/.052 227 2.130 .118/.120 .048/.052
024 1.131 .054/.056 .048/.052 136 2.004 .087/.089 .048/.052 228 2.255 .118/.120 .048/.052
025 1.193 .054/.056 .048/.052 137 2.067 .087/.089 .048/.052 229 2.380 .118/.120 .048/.052
026 1.256 .054/.056 .048/.052 138 2.129 .087/.089 .048/.052 230 2.505 .118/.120 .048/.052
027 1.318 .054/.056 .048/.052 139 2.192 .087/.089 .048/.052 231 2.630 .118/.120 .048/.052
028 1.381 .054/.056 .048/.052 140 2.254 .087/.089 .048/.052 232 2.755 .118/.120 .048/.052
+.001/ 141 2.317 .087/.089 .048/.052 233 2.880 .118/.120 .048/.052
-.002 142 2.379 .087/.089 .048/.052 234 3.005 .118/.120 .048/.052
110 0.374 .087/.089 .048/.052 143 2.442 .087/.089 .048/.052 235 3.130 .118/.120 .048/.052
111 0.437 .087/.089 .048/.052 144 2.504 .087/.089 .048/.052 236 3.255 .118/.120 .048/.052
112 0.499 .087/.089 .048/.052 145 2.567 .087/.089 .048/.052 237 3.380 .118/.120 .048/.052
113 0.562 .087/.089 .048/.052 146 2.629 .087/.089 .048/.052 238 3.505 .118/.120 .048/.052
114 0.624 .087/.089 .048/.052 147 2.692 .087/.089 .048/.052 239 3.630 .118/.120 .048/.052
115 0.687 .087/.089 .048/.052
03/28/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Table F-2. PDBB Dimensions, Solid Ring (cont’d)
Dash A B C Dash A B C
Number I.D. Radial Width Number I.D. Radial Width
MS27595 Cross- MS27595 Cross-
Section Section
+.001/ +.002/
-.002 -.000
240 3.755 .118/.120 .048/.052 428 4.877 .235/.237 .106/.110
241 3.880 .118/.120 .048/.052 429 5.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
242 4.005 .118/.120 .048/.052 430 5.127 .235/.237 .106/.110
243 4.130 .118/.120 .048/.052 431 5.252 .235/.237 .106/.110
244 4.255 .118/.120 .048/.052 432 5.377 .235/.237 .106/.110
245 4.380 .118/.120 .048/.052 433 5.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
246 4.505 .118/.120 .048/.052 434 5.627 .235/.237 .106/.110
247 4.630 .118/.120 .048/.052 435 5.752 .235/.237 .106/.110
325 1.497 .184/.186 .071/.075 436 5.877 .235/.237 .106/.110
326 1.622 .184/.186 .071/.075 437 6.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
327 1.748 .184/.186 .071/.075 438 6.252 .235/.237 .106/.110
328 1.873 .184/.186 .071/.075 439 6.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
329 1.998 .184/.186 .071/.075 440 6.752 .235/.237 .106/.110
330 2.123 .184/.186 .071/.075 441 7.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
331 2.248 .184/.186 .071/.075 442 7.252 .235/.237 .106/.110
332 2.373 .184/.186 .071/.075 443 7.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
333 2.498 .184/.186 .071/.075 444 7.752 .235/.237 .106/.110
334 2.623 .184/.186 .071/.075 445 8.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
335 2.748 .184/.186 .071/.075 +.003/
336 2.873 .184/.186 .071/.075 -.003 F
337 2.998 .184/.186 .071/.075 446 8.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
338 3.123 .184/.186 .071/.075 447 9.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
339 3.248 .184/.186 .071/.075 448 9.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
340 3.373 .184/.186 .071/.075 449 10.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
341 3.498 .184/.186 .071/.075 450 10.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
342 3.623 .184/.186 .071/.075 +.004/
-.004
343 3.748 .184/.186 .071/.075
451 11.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
344 3.873 .184/.186 .071/.075
452 11.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
345 3.998 .184/.186 .071/.075
453 12.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
346 4.123 .184/.186 .071/.075
454 12.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
347 4.248 .184/.186 .071/.075
455 13.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
348 4.373 .184/.186 .071/.075
+.005/
349 4.498 .184/.186 .071/.075 -.005
+.002/ 456 13.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
-.000
457 14.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
425 4.502 .235/.237 .106/.110 458 14.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
426 4.627 .235/.237 .106/.110 459 15.002 .235/.237 .106/.110
427 4.752 .235/.237 .106/.110 460 15.502 .235/.237 .106/.110
NOTE: For sizes larger than those shown in
the table, please contact your local Parker
Seal representative.
03/28/2018

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Notes
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
ISO Gland Tolerances Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Metric Tolerances used for Seal Hardware (per ISO 286-2:1988)
Basic Size H8 H9 H11 f7 f8 h8 h9 h10

mm
Up To and
Above mm
Including
+0.014 +0.025 +0.060 -0.006 -0.006 0 0 0

– 3
0 0 0 -0.016 -0.020 -0.014 -0.025 -0.040
+0.018 +0.030 +0.075 -0.010 -0.010 0 0 0
3 6 0 0 0 -0.022 -0.028 -0.018 -0.030 -0.048
+0.022 +0.036 +0.090 -0.013 -0.013 0 0 0
6 10 0 0 0 -0.028 -0.035 -0.022 -0.036 -0.058
+0.027 +0.043 +0.110 -0.016 -0.016 0 0 0
10 18 0 0 0 -0.034 -0.043 -0.027 -0.043 -0.070
+0.033 +0.052 +0.130 -0.020 -0.020 0 0 0
18 30 0 0 0 -0.041 -0.053 -0.033 -0.052 -0.084
+0.039 +0.062 +0.160 -0.025 -0.025 0 0 0
30 50 0 0 0 -0.050 -0.064 -0.039 -0.062 -0.100
+0.046 +0.074 +0.190 -0.030 -0.030 0 0 0
50 80 0 0 0 -0.060 -0.076 -0.046 -0.074 -0.120
+0.054 +0.087 +0.220 -0.036 -0.036 0 0 0
80 120
0 0 0 -0.071 -0.090 -0.054 -0.087 -0.140
+0.063 +.0100 +0.250 -0.043 -0.043 0 0 0
120 180 0 0 0 -0.083 -0.106 -0.063 -0.100 -0.160
+0.072 +0.115 +0.290 -0.050 -0.050 0 0 0
180 250 0 0 0 -0.096 -0.122 -0.072 -0.115 -0.185
250 315 +0.081

0
+0.130
0
+0.320
0
-0.056
-0.108
-0.056
-0.137
0
-0.081
0
-0.130
0
-0.210
G
+0.089 +0.140 +0.360 -0.062 -0.062 0 0 0
315 400 0 0 0 -0.119 -0.151 -0.089 -0.140 -0.230
+0.097 +0.155 +0.400 -0.068 -0.068 0 0 0
400 500 0 0 0 -0.131 -0.165 -0.097 -0.155 -0.250
+0.110 +0.175 +0.440 -0.076 -0.076 0 0 0
500 630 0 0 0 -0.146 -0.186 -0.110 -0.175 -0.280
+0.125 +0.200 +0.500 -0.080 -0.080 0 0 0
630 800 0 0 0 -0.160 -0.205 -0.125 -0.200 -0.320
+0.140 +0.230 +0.560 -0.086 -0.086 0 0 0
800 1000 0 0 0 -0.176 -0.226 -0.140 -0.230 -0.360
+0.165 +0.260 +0.660 -0.098 -0.098 0 0 0
1000 1250 0 0 0 -0.203 -0.263 -0.165 -0.260 -0.420
+0.195 +0.310 +0.780 -0.110 -0.110 0 0 0
1250 1600 0 0 0 -0.235 -0.305 -0.195 -0.310 -0.500
+0.230 +0.370 +0.920 -0.120 -0.120 0 0 0
1600 2000 0 0 0 -0.270 -0.350 -0.230 -0.370 -0.600
+0.280 +0.440 +1.100 -0.130 -0.130 0 0 0
2000 2500 0 0 0 -0.305 -0.410 -0.280 -0.440 -0.700
+0.330 +0.540 +1.350 -0.145 -0.145 0 0 0
2500 3150 0 0 0 -0.355 -0.475 -0.330 -0.540 -0.860
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
Table of Contents
Notes
09/01/2015

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to
OFFER OF SALE Go to
The items described in this document and other documents and descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors (“Seller”) CATALOG
are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Seller. This offer and its acceptance by any customer (“Buyer”) shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Table of
Conditions. Buyer’s order for any item described in its document, when communicated to Seller verbally, or in writing, shall constitute acceptance of this offer. All goods, Contents
services or work described will be referred to as “Products”. View the latest terms of sale here: www.parker.com/saleterms
1. Terms and Conditions. Seller’s willingness to offer Products, or accept an order or any other person, arising out of: (a) improper selection, improper application or other
for Products, to or from Buyer is subject to these Terms and Conditions or any newer misuse of Products purchased by Buyer from Seller; (b) any act or omission, negligent
version of the terms and conditions found on-line at www.parker.com/saleterms/. or otherwise, of Buyer; (c) Seller’s use of patterns, plans, drawings, or specifications
Seller objects to any contrary or additional terms or conditions of Buyer’s order or any furnished by Buyer to manufacture Product; or (d) Buyer’s failure to comply with these
other document issued by Buyer. terms and conditions. Seller shall not indemnify Buyer under any circumstance except
2. Price Adjustments; Payments. Prices stated on Seller’s quote or other as otherwise provided.
documentation offered by Seller are valid for 30 days, and do not include any sales, 12. Cancellations and Changes. Orders shall not be subject to cancellation or
use, or other taxes unless specifically stated. Unless otherwise specified by Seller, change by Buyer for any reason, except with Seller’s written consent and upon terms
all prices are F.C.A. Seller’s facility (INCOTERMS 2010). Payment is subject to credit that will indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless against all direct, incidental and
approval and is due 30 days from the date of invoice or such other term as required by consequential loss or damage. Seller may change product features, specifications,
Seller’s Credit Department, after which Buyer shall pay interest on any unpaid invoices designs and availability with notice to Buyer.
at the rate of 1.5% per month or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. 13. Limitation on Assignment. Buyer may not assign its rights or obligations under
3. Delivery Dates; Title and Risk; Shipment. All delivery dates are approximate and this agreement without the prior written consent of Seller.
Seller shall not be responsible for any damages resulting from any delay. Regardless 14. Force Majeure. Seller does not assume the risk and shall not be liable for delay
of the manner of shipment, title to any products and risk of loss or damage shall pass or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason of circumstances beyond the
to Buyer upon placement of the products with the shipment carrier at Seller’s facility. reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter “Events of Force Majeure”). Events of Force
Unless otherwise stated, Seller may exercise its judgment in choosing the carrier and Majeure shall include without limitation: accidents, strikes or labor disputes, acts of
means of delivery. No deferment of shipment at Buyers’ request beyond the respective any government or government agency, acts of nature, delays or failures in delivery
dates indicated will be made except on terms that will indemnify, defend and hold from carriers or suppliers, shortages of materials, or any other cause beyond Seller’s
Seller harmless against all loss and additional expense. Buyer shall be responsible for reasonable control.
any additional shipping charges incurred by Seller due to Buyer’s acts or omissions.
15. Waiver and Severability. Failure to enforce any provision of this agreement will
4. Warranty. Seller warrants that the Products sold hereunder shall be free from not waive that provision nor will any such failure prejudice Seller’s right to enforce that
defects in material or workmanship for a period of twelve months from the date of provision in the future. Invalidation of any provision of this agreement by legislation
delivery to Buyer or 2,000 hours of normal use, whichever occurs first. The prices or other rule of law shall not invalidate any other provision herein. The remaining
charged for Seller’s products are based upon the exclusive limited warranty stated provisions of this agreement will remain in full force and effect.
above, and upon the following disclaimer: DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY: THIS
WARRANTY COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO 16. Termination. Seller may terminate this agreement for any reason and at any time
PRODUCTS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, by giving Buyer thirty (30) days written notice of termination. Seller may immediately
EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS terminate this agreement, in writing, if Buyer: (a) commits a breach of any provision
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. of this agreement (b) appointments a trustee, receiver or custodian for all or any part
of Buyer’s property (c) files a petition for relief in bankruptcy on its own behalf, or by
5. Claims; Commencement of Actions. Buyer shall promptly inspect all Products a third party (d) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (e) dissolves or
upon delivery. No claims for shortages will be allowed unless reported to the Seller liquidates all or a majority of its assets.
within 10 days of delivery. No other claims against Seller will be allowed unless
asserted in writing within 30 days after delivery. Buyer shall notify Seller of any alleged 17. Governing Law. This agreement and the sale and delivery of all Products
breach of warranty within 30 days after the date the defect is or should have been hereunder shall be deemed to have taken place in and shall be governed and
discovered by Buyer. Any action based upon breach of this agreement or upon any construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, as applicable to contracts
other claim arising out of this sale (other than an action by Seller for an amount due executed and wholly performed therein and without regard to conflicts of laws
on any invoice) must be commenced within 12 months from the date of the breach principles. Buyer irrevocably agrees and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and
without regard to the date breach is discovered. venue of the courts of Cuyahoga County, Ohio with respect to any dispute, controversy
or claim arising out of or relating to this agreement.
6. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. UPON NOTIFICATION, SELLER WILL, AT ITS OPTION,
REPAIR OR REPLACE A DEFECTIVE PRODUCT, OR REFUND THE PURCHASE PRICE. IN NO 18. Indemnity for Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights. Seller shall have
EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE TO BUYER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade dress, trade
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF, OR AS THE RESULT OF, THE SALE, secrets or similar rights except as provided in this Section. Seller will defend and
DELIVERY, NON-DELIVERY, SERVICING, USE OR LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCTS OR indemnify Buyer against allegations of infringement of U.S. patents, U.S. trademarks,
ANY PART THEREOF, OR FOR ANY CHARGES OR EXPENSES OF ANY NATURE INCURRED copyrights, trade dress and trade secrets (“Intellectual Property Rights”). Seller will
WITHOUT SELLER’S WRITTEN CONSENT, EVEN IF SELLER HAS BEEN NEGLIGENT, defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages awarded in
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY. IN NO EVENT SHALL an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that a Product sold pursuant
SELLER’S LIABILITY UNDER ANY CLAIM MADE BY BUYER EXCEED THE PURCHASE to this Agreement infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party. Seller’s
PRICE OF THE PRODUCTS. obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller
within ten (10) days after Buyer becomes aware of such allegations of infringement,
7. User Responsibility. The user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely and Seller having sole control over the defense of any allegations or actions including
responsible for making the final selection of the system and Product and assuring all negotiations for settlement or compromise. If a Product is subject to a claim that
that all performance, endurance, maintenance, safety and warning requirements of it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party, Seller may, at its sole
the application are met. The user must analyze all aspects of the application and expense and option, procure for Buyer the right to continue using the Product, replace
follow applicable industry standards and Product information. If Seller provides or modify the Product so as to make it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of the
Product or system options, the user is responsible for determining that such data Product and return the purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation.
and specifications are suitable and sufficient for all applications and reasonably Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringement
foreseeable uses of the Products or systems. based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to Products delivered hereunder
8. Loss to Buyer’s Property. Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, for which the designs are specified in whole or part by Buyer, or infringements
confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other items which resulting from the modification, combination or use in a system of any Product sold
become Buyer’s property, will be considered obsolete and may be destroyed by hereunder. The foregoing provisions of this Section shall constitute Seller’s sole and
Seller after two consecutive years have elapsed without Buyer ordering the items exclusive liability and Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual
manufactured using such property. Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or Property Rights.
damage to such property while it is in Seller’s possession or control. 19. Entire Agreement. This agreement contains the entire agreement between the
9. Special Tooling. A tooling charge may be imposed for any special tooling, including Buyer and Seller and constitutes the final, complete and exclusive expression of the
without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, acquired to manufacture terms of sale. All prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements or negotiations
Products. Such special tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding with respect to the subject matter are herein merged.
payment of any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in 20. Compliance with Law, U. K. Bribery Act and U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices
apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the Products, Act. Buyer agrees to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including both
even if such apparatus has been specially converted or adapted for such manufacture those of the United Kingdom and the United States of America, and of the country or
and notwithstanding any charges paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall countries of the Territory in which Buyer may operate, including without limitation
have the right to alter, discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other the U. K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.S.
property in its sole discretion at any time. Anti-Kickback Act (the “Anti-Kickback Act”), and agrees to indemnify and hold
10. Buyer’s Obligation; Rights of Seller. To secure payment of all sums due or harmless Seller from the consequences of any violation of such provisions by Buyer,
otherwise, Seller shall retain a security interest in the goods delivered and this its employees or agents. Buyer acknowledges that they are familiar with the provisions
agreement shall be deemed a Security Agreement under the Uniform Commercial of the U. K. Bribery Act, the FCPA and the Anti-Kickback Act, and certifies that Buyer
Code. Buyer authorizes Seller as its attorney to execute and file on Buyer’s behalf all will adhere to the requirements thereof. In particular, Buyer represents and agrees that
documents Seller deems necessary to perfect its security interest. Buyer shall not make any payment or give anything of value, directly or indirectly to
11. Improper use and Indemnity. Buyer shall indemnify, defend, and hold Seller any governmental official, any foreign political party or official thereof, any candidate
harmless from any claim, liability, damages, lawsuits, and costs (including attorney for foreign political office, or any commercial entity or person, for the purpose of
fees), whether for personal injury, property damage, patent, trademark or copyright influencing such person to purchase products or otherwise benefit the business of
infringement or any other claim, brought by or incurred by Buyer, Buyer’s employees, Seller.
02/12

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parker.com/eps
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Click to Go to
CATALOG
Table of Contents
Worldwide Fluid Power Sealing
North America Asia Pacific Europe
EPS Division, Headquarters China Germany
Salt Lake City, Utah Parker Hannifin Motion & Parker Prädifa
phone 801 972 3000 Control (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. phone 49 7142 351 0
fax 801 973 4019 phone 86 21 2899 5181 fax 49 7142 351293
fax 86 21 5834 8975
Denmark
Polar Seals ApS
phone 45 49 121700
fax 45 49 121701
Belgium
Parker Hannifin,
Advanced Products, NV
phone 32 3 880 81 50
fax 32 3 888 48 62
Your Local Authorized Parker Distributor
EPS 5370 Digital 05/17/2019

2220 South 3600 West
Salt Lake City, UT 84119
phone 801 972 3000
fax 801 973 4019
www.parker.com/eps U.S. $75.00

Parker Seals NG Store

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Parker Seals NG Store

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Click to Go to

Fluid Power Seal

Engineered Polymer Systems

Care is taken in the preparation of

Offer of Sale NOTE: Failure or improper selection or improper

Parker Hannifin Corporation

Fluid Power Applications 4

Wear Rings / Bearings 9

Parker Hannifin Corporation

www.parker.com/eps Metric Seals 12

C Custom Groove Calculations

AN6226 Gland Dimensions

MS-28776 (MS-33675) Dash Size

Commercial PTFE Back-Ups for Retrofit

G ISO Gland Tolerances

Introduction Catalog EPS 5370/USA

Custom Designs and Material Formulations

Definition of Terminology Used in This Catalog

1-1 Parker Hannifin Corporation

1-2 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Wear Rings and Bearings

Polyurethane O-rings, D-rings and Head Seals

1-3 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Premium knife trimmed buffer or secondary seal designed to work with a

UR Standard non-symmetrical u-cup with trimmed lip. Standard material is 5-25

Bi-directional rod “T-seal” available in no back-up, single back-up, and two

Preferred Profile (see page 1-1 for definition).

1-4 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Deep PolyPak. A rectangular shaped symmetrical squeeze seal with a

Type B PolyPak. A rectangular shaped symmetrical squeeze seal with a

8400 Symmetrical rubber u-cups used primarily in pneumatic applications.

A dual lip seal created by the combination of a standard square PolyPak

Standard symmetrical u-cup with trimmed beveled lips. Standard material

Industry standard symmetrical u-cups per the old Army / Navy (AN)

Piston Seals (See Section 7)

Premium bi-directional rubber energized urethane cap piston seal.

Standard bi-directional rubber energized urethane cap piston seal.

Bi-directional rubber energized step-cut nylon cap piston seal.

Bi-directional piston seal created by the combination of a PIP Ring®

Premium non-symmetrical u-cup with knife trimmed lip piston seal.

Preferred Profile (see page 1-1 for definition).

1-5 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Non-symmetrical low friction rounded lip pneumatic piston seal. Standard

Bi-directional piston “T-seal” available in no back-up, single back-up, and

Economical medium duty bi-directional o-ring energized PTFE piston seal.

Medium to heavy duty bi-directional lathe cut energized PTFE piston

Bi-directional, rubber energized PTFE cap piston seal. Full range of

Uni-directional rubber energized PTFE piston seal, typically used as

Standard bi-directional rubber energized rectangular PTFE cap piston

Bi-directional rubber energized PTFE piston seal used in rotary or

1-6 Parker Hannifin Corporation

An industry standard slotted heel Army / Navy (AN) wiper designed to fit

Standard single-lip, press in place, metal canned wiper with a knife

Premium snap-in place double-lip wiper for hydraulic applications.

Standard snap-in place double-lip wiper. Standard materials for H wiper

Double acting, double-lip, rubber energized PTFE wiper. Full range of

Wear Rings / Bearings (See Section 9)

Tight tolerance piston wear ring with chamfered corners. Standard

PTFE wear strip/bearing available cut to length or in bulk rolls. A variety

Preferred Profile (see page 1-1 for definition).

1-7 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Light cross-section back-up for PolyPak and u-cup seals. Standard

Back-up rings designed for o-ring grooves. Standard material is 4651.